Home

Installation and Operation Manual

1. 1 R R PULSE A 3 K s COMMON 2 PULSE B P gt 6 K gt COMMON Z 5 e 0V Namur Flow meter connected through external barrier with NPN open collector emitter outputs for example Stahl 9170 series FIGURE 3 26 Dual Pulse Input connections NOTE The connector CN135 used in the illustration refers to the connector on the backplane that connects to OPI1 It is only an example Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 43 System Description Input Functions 3 8 4 2 Characteristics Item Minimum Typical Maximum Unit Isolation voltage Switching level Vy Switching level VL Switching current lew Input switching frequency Input on time Tow Input off time Torr DPI Phase 3 8 5 Analog Input Al 3 8 5 1 Functional Description The Analog Input Al supports 2 wire 4 20 mA and can be configured by a switch to operate in active mode or passive mode See FIGURE 3 27 In the active mode the external transmitter is directly powered from the 24 V which is generated by the MSC L power supply Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 3 44 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Input Functions In the passive mode the transmitter is powe
2. 3 48 Digital Input AC 3 48 Functional 3 48 CEE 3 49 Output Functions Eden 3 50 CAI PPS Ap altr 3 50 Pulse Output PO DC 3 50 Functional Description 3 50 3 52 Analog cui ER RERO 3 52 Functional 3 52 CHharac eriSI6S uyu uk usus E 3 3 53 Digital Output Electromechanical Relay 0 3 53 Functional Description 3 53 Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual iii Table of Contents 3 9 4 2 Characteristics 3 54 3 9 5 Digital Output Electromechanical Relay or 3 55 3 9 5 1 Functional Description 3 55 3 9 5 2 Characteristics 3 57 3 9 6 Digital Output Solid State Relay 3 57 3 9 6 1 Functional Description
3. Floor plan Signal Typical Terminal I O ID Signal name description Type ROTA DI DC 28 H DC28 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable Inputs DI DC 28 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 29 H DC29 hi Signal Input DI DC 29 C COMMON Common DI DC 30 H DC30 hi Signal Input DI DC 30 C COMMON Common 24 V 24 V Power active Analog input 4 20 mA input for mode control temperature measurement EDU ae Digital mode for mode digital input A Analog signal Signal Input active passive mode Al 2 24 V 24 V Power active Analog input 4 20 mA input for mode control temperature measurement Al 2 C 24 V common 22 Digital mode for mode digital input Al 2 A Analog signal Signal Input active passive mode Al 3 24V 24 V Power active Analog input 4 20 mA input for mode control temperature measurement Al 3 C 24 V common Li Digital mode for mode digital input Al 3 A Analog signal Signal Input active passive mode Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Terminal Floor plan I Signal Typical T LO ID s gua name description ype functions Al 4 24 V 24 V Power active Analog input 4 20 mA input for mode control temperature measurement Al 4 C 24 V common di Digital
4. 3 3 3 4 9 1 StralghELoadiig taana RE 3 3 3 13 22 Ratio Blending ames 8333 ape eee 3 9 3 1 3 3 Side Stream Blending 3 3 3 1 4 Additive 3 4 3 1 5 Loading Prineip le urit iba ee o ie ERR a ao a w gos ew 3 4 3 1 5 1 Device loading capabilities 3 6 3 1 6 Menu based MSC L Control 3 7 4 2 MID Compliant ana 3 7 S22 INMOGUCHON 3 7 3 2 2 MID Approval Approach 3 7 3 2 3 Component level Requirements 3 8 3 2 4 System level Requirements 3 11 3 2 5 he Fusiond MSC L 3 11 3 3 System 3 12 3 4 FlexConn 3 14 SAI GERE sn s wg ae Fa Ge oe ee Sa k ale ee 3 14 3 5 Hardware 3 15 35 1 HOUSING esp G6 ot ea pee ok oe OTT OTT na sua a asao 3 15 29 2 aqha bon eet Baa et 3 17 3 5 3 Grounding CONCEP 2 6 aaa sa aaa akoi
5. 5 5 Integrated Keyboard 5 6 Navigation with Fusion4 IR Controller and Fusion4 LAD 5 8 Basic Navigation Fusion4 IR Controller Fusion4 LAD 5 8 Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual V Table of Contents vi 5 3 4 2 LEDs Fusion4 IR Controller Fusion4 LAD 5 9 5 3 4 3 Special Function Key Only LAD 5 10 t Bs 5 11 5 3 4 4 1 Product Type Selection 5 12 5 3 4 4 2 Directory Structure and File Organization 5 13 5 3 4 4 3 5 13 5945 Eangudde Pa6kKS ii zo sraka us dee ak ua uq wna der qox uo d ani gea 5 14 5 3 4 5 1 Building a Local Language Pack for the MSC L 5 14 5 3 4 5 2 Configuring a User Display Language for the MSC L 5 14 5 4 Menu and Navigation 5 15 54 1 General tara 5 15 5 4 2 Key benefits of the HMI the Main Menu 5 15 5 4 3 Navigation Rules for the Menu based Screens 5 15 5 4 4 Main 5 16 5 4 5 Stream
6. CNx m T 1 3 5 7 EMRx di 22 2 _ External 2 4 6 8 IEMR_common DC PSU e LOAD SPST Configurable as N O or N C via jumper CAN IN OUT MSC External equipment JPx N O N C CNx m I 1 3 5 7 EMRx c s 3A T L C CJ N 2 4 6 8 EMR common LOAD SPST Configurable as N O or N C via jumper FIGURE 3 33 DO EMR connections Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf System Description Output Functions 3 9 5 2 Characteristics Item Minimum Typical Maximum Unit Load voltage to be switched Switching current Steady state current Output contact type Operate time Release time Setting time Control voltage high level Control voltage low level Control current high level 3 9 6 Digital Output Solid State Relay AC 3 9 6 1 Functional Description The Digital Output Solid State Relay AC DO SSR AC allows the controller to switch high voltage AC signals to control solenoids digital control valves alarms and other loads The two output terminals behave as a volt free contact and require an external AC power supply to drive a load FIGURE 3 34 illustrates a simplified block diagram of the DO SSR AC self powered connections and FIGURE 3 35 illustrates a simplified block diagram of the DO SSR AC externally po
7. 3 57 3 9 5 2 Characteristics 3 59 3 10 Communication 3 60 O10 General an be ee eee s O wa 3 60 3 10 2 RS 485 Communication 2 wire or 4 wire 3 60 3 10 2 1 Functional Description 3 60 3 10 22 GhiaracteriSliGS su acu itd xe Box ee Das bala ee eee gr a 3 62 3 10 2 3 Cable 3 62 3 10 3 Ethernet 3 62 3 10 3 1 Functional Description 3 62 3 10 3 2 Characteristics 3 63 3 10 3 3 Cable Specifications 3 63 CHAPTER 4 Installation e vom m ee w se 4 1 4 1 Mounting and 5 4 1 4 2 bia EB RES MP E 4 6 AA nt bau yan G Sis 4 6 4 2 2 Metric Gland Entries 4 6 4 2 3 NPT Cable 4 7 4 3 Opening the MSC L 4 8 4 4 Closing the MSC Lid 4 11
8. Floor plan Signal Typical ID pigra name description Type functions DI DC 43 H DC43 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable inputs DI DC 43 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 44 H DC44 hi Signal Input DI DC 44 C COMMON Common DI DC 45 H DC45 hi Signal Input DI DC 45 C COMMON Common DI DC 46 H DCA46 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable inputs DI DC 46 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 47 H DC47 hi Signal Input DI DC 47 C COMMON Common DI DC 48 H DCA48 hi Signal Input DI DC 48 C COMMON Common DI DC 49 H DC49 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable inputs DI DC 49 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 50 H DC50 hi Signal Input DI DC 50 C COMMON Common DI DC 51 H DC51 hi Signal Input DI DC 51 C COMMON Common DI DC 52 H DC52 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable inputs DI DC 52 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 53 H DC53 hi Signal Input DI DC 53 C COMMON Common DI DC 54 H DC54 hi Signal Input DI DC 54 C COMMON Common Honeywell Enraf Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Installation Wiring Termination Guidance i Floor plan Signal Typical He ID SG WEN name description functions DI DC 55 H DC55_hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable inputs DI DC 55 C COMMON Common E
9. 3 33 PUSS sega HERES ded Rd EE 3 35 MSC SHORTCUT BOARD 3 35 Device Electrical 3 35 ri l ascritti palati 3 35 uuu Pm 3 36 Available Input Output Functions of the MSC L 3 36 Input PUNCHIONS x acumsan patriae a d er d 3 38 GENIAL MT 3 38 Digital Input DC DI DC 3 38 Functional Description 3 38 3 40 enge Pulse INPUT 25 2 95 3 9 2294 ORO ERI eee 3 40 Functional 3 40 3 42 Dual Pulse Input Quad 3 42 Functional Description 3 42 3 44 Analog Input 3 44 Functional 3 44 Character SlCS 3 46 Resistance Temperature 3 46 Functional Description 3 46
10. 2 10 Environmental Conditions 2 10 LAD Labels 2 11 Safety Instructions for the IR Controller 2 12 Shell ood oe 62 one ILE 2 13 Precautions 2 13 Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual i Table of Contents 2 4 2 1 EC declaration of conformity for 2 14 24 5 InstallatlQl ee a uod ao sassa E ear eX papa RE ACE REOR ee 2 14 2 4 4 Commissioning 2 14 2 4 5 Operation 2 14 2 4 6 Maintenance and Troubleshooting 2 14 2 4 7 Additional Information 2 15 2 4 8 IR Controller 2 15 UGNEBLj 2 16 CHAPTERS System 3 1 cau scsi ee alii 3 1 l eni IL Tr 3 1 3 1 1 1 Transactions and Batches 3 1 3 1 2 3 1 3 1 2 1 Batch Flow Stages uus u Romac l awa w murio Q gw oaa Oa Rb S ox ed E 3 2 3 1 3 Types of Blending
11. DEDCGE Lenny DI IC ay DI CN DI DX 12 IM Za N j DI DC 15 Fi Di AC 1 DI AC 4 Lr J D AC 3 cn DI TX 3 D MEI 32 cn I LORA c DI DX 31 CRA Ca IMI Low i DI LX 38 Low L CP 38 Tt 5 12 2 1 Digital Output On the Diagnostics Dashboard screen select Digital output The Diagnostics Dashboard Digital Outputs screen appears which displays the state or value of all the available Digital output blocks Diagnostics Dashboard Digital Outputs 88 00 5581 Inactive ER LA SSE DO SSRK 4 DO 55R DO 556 9 DO EME DC FMR l DOEMER SS DC FMR i DOSS Sj DO SSR DO SSK E 2 5 11 1 3 n 9 13 15 21 Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive lnaclive Inactive Imacthie Inactive DO 55 8 2 Inactive Inactive Ej DCO SS5R 6 Inactive DO SSE 8 MEL UB 10 Inactive VE DCESSE 12 D EME 2 Inactive DCO EME 4 Inactive DO EMB 6 Inacive DO FMR 8 Inactive DO EMR 10 Inactive D SSR 14 Inactive j DL 55 16 Inactive DO SSR 22 Inacive 5 166 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Operation Diagnostics 5 12 2 2 Pulse Input On the Diagnostics Dashboard screen select
12. 5 102 5093 PROOUC CONN uu sus azas s UR Eq 64 5 103 5 9 1 3 2 Valve 5 104 5 9 1 4 Volume 5 5 105 5 9 1 4 1 Volume Conversion Essential Information 5 105 5 9 1 4 2 Volume Conversion Calculation Details 5 109 5 9 1 4 2 1 MPMS 11 1 01250 04 Commodity Groups A B D 5 109 5 9 1 4 2 2 MPMS 11 1 D1250 04 Commodity Group C Special Applications 5 109 5 9 1 4 2 3 MPMS 11 2 4 TP27 07 Commodity Group E NLG amp LPG 5 109 5 9 1 4 2 4 EN14214 2008 Commodity Group FAME Fatty Acid Methyl Esters 5 110 5 9 1 4 2 5 Volume Conversion Terms 5 111 5 9 1 4 2 6 Calculation of Gross Standard Volume 5 111 5 9 1 4 3 Product Stream Config Stream Volume Conversion 5 112 5 9 1 4 3 1 Conversion Options 5 112 5 9 1 4 3 2 Lab Observation Data 5 113 5 9 1 5 Product Stream Config Stream Alarms 5 114 5 9 1 5 0 1 Leaking 5 114 KIRSO s toys oes eee doves deeds Es T PEE awisa tees 5 115 SIRIG S NOPUMD a ur on d eter E RR ap ow E dr Se se ee
13. Nain stream ide Additive flow pulses Bay active pulses hard wired S PI Q PI Bay light hard wired hard wired S PI Q PI Solenoid control hard wired Solenoid control hard wired DO hard wired 2 x DO Loading arm parked hard wired Loading arm in position hard wired Tank empty hard wired Block valve feedback hard wired Block valve 7 control hard wired Alarm reset hard wired comms Fusion4 IR contr LAD Dead man outputs hard wired FIGURE 5 21 Loading application overview Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 52 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration 5 8 System Configuration To perform the System Configuration 1 On the Main Menu screen select the System Configuration icon The System Configuration screen appears which displays the functions available for system configuration Main Menu EL FIGURE 5 22 System Configuration icon 2 On the System Configuration screen select either lt Device gt or lt Bay gt to configure the MSC L System Configuration Bay Prese OK to salect Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 53 Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 Device Configuration m On the System Configuration screen select Device The Device C
14. Floor plan ID Signal name Signal description Type Typical functions DI DC 16 DC16 hi Signal Input DI DC 16 COMMON Common DI DC 17 DC17 hi Signal Input DI DC 17 COMMON Common DI DC 18 DC18 hi Signal Input DI DC 18 COMMON Common DC input control Programmable Inputs ESD input DI DC 19 DC19 hi Signal Input DI DC 19 COMMON Common DI DC 20 DC20 hi Signal Input DI DC 20 COMMON Common DI DC 21 DC21 hi Signal Input DI DC 21 COMMON Common DC input control Programmable Inputs ESD input DI DC 22 DC22 hi Signal Input DI DC 22 COMMON Common DI DC 23 DC23 hi Signal Input DI DC 23 COMMON Common DI DC 24 DC24 hi Signal Input DI DC 24 COMMON Common DC input control Programmable Inputs ESD input DI DC 25 DC25 hi Signal Input DI DC 25 COMMON Common DI DC 26 DC26 hi Signal Input DI DC 26 COMMON Common DI DC 27 DC27 hi Signal Input DI DC 27 COMMON Common DC input control Programmable Inputs ESD input Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance
15. Good Prese OK to view function health 5 16 3 Test LED and LAD Information Submenus NO eroi Ho end No Ho eroi On the LAD screen select Test LED to view the diagnostics or the I O tests on the Test LED of LAD The LAD Test LED screen appears which displays the I O tests available on the MSC L LAD Test LED lon B LIPI 2B UPIAA UPI 5B LM SSA 1 DO 55R 4 DA SSR 7 OSSA 10 PU 1 CON 2 QPI 3A OPI 46 QPIGA DCESSE 2 DCF 588 5 X 55R 58 DC 588 11 2 DAE RE 1 A 3 n ES 7 ETH 1 3 Dx 3 b uM NL Use to select to confirm NOTE The Test LED on the LAD displays the status of the health of the selected I O Select the status of the I O which is displayed on the Test LED of LAD and then select lt OK gt The Test LED is red if the health of the assigned I O is bad and is green if the health of the assigned I O is good 3 5 21 668 LK 3 55 R 3 103 55 9 A 2 55 12 COM 1 Al 2 A 5 ALE Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 231 Operation LAD Functions 5 16 4 Function Key On the LAD screen select lt Function key gt to specify the functions that can be programmed to the function F key on the LAD This helps you to achieve a quicker operation of the MSC L The LAD Functio
16. Recipe name DIESEL 1913 2000 Load GOV 19 13 L Remaining qty 87 L Flow rate min FIGURE 5 43 Loading progress for the default language with progress bar color white See FIGURE 5 44 for a sample of a loading progress when the default language selected in the User display language is English UK and different colors are selected for the arms Arm 1 02 0305 m 1 Load 1 Load Progress 3961 3000 Compartment 7 Recipe name Load GOV 396 1 L Remaining qty 40 3 9 L Flow rate 1790 mi min DK to continue FIGURE 5 44 Loading progress for the default language with different colors for the arms Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 252 Installation amp Operation Manual oneywell Enraf Operation Running Screens The following table describes the operational data on the Load Progress SCreen Acronym used on the Load Progress screen Compartment Description Displays the Compartment ID entered Arm name Displays the name of the Arm that is selected Recipe name Displays the name of the Recipe that is selected Load GOV Displays the GOV of the finished product being loaded Remaining qty Displays the remaining quality of the finished product that is yet to be loaded Flow rate Displays the actual flow rate The Load GOV the Remaining qty and the Flow rate are the default labels These labels can be configured to display some
17. 5 135 The I O Bindings Output Parameters 5 136 Arm Configuration Arm n Control Settings 5 136 Arm Configuration Arm n Product 5 5 138 Arm Configuration Arm Additive Streams 5 139 Arm Configuration Arm Recipes 5 140 Arm Configuration Arm Alarms 5 146 FOW Ie F 0 147 Initial Flow Alarms 5 147 F l Fow EL CD rnm 5 147 Pre stop Flow lt 5 148 Programmable 5 148 Block Valve amp scs acd som bo ore a miku aa ase ei Ie xdi bcr aca dO i clt 5 150 Prese usu ls ru e ae ees b ue AMO atr caede a 5 150 Clean Arm Underrun 5 150 da hoes gs ee eee ak 5 150 LOGS RR 5 151 MANSI CION searen d a washa ass asa ed 5 152 e ciom P 5 157 A MEER 5 159 Be 5 160 DIAGNOSUCS mq M 5 161 Plaisance badia UOI TOT TET TOT RTT Kan ma 0 163 BECERA 5 164 Dashb
18. 5 187 5 13 3 Manual Calibration 5 189 5 13 3 1 Product Stream Selection 5 190 5 13 3 2 Additive Stream 5 195 5 13 4 Wizard Calibration 5 197 5 13 4 1 Product Stream Selection 5 198 5 13 4 2 Additive Stream Selection 5 206 5 14 Info Device Information 5 210 5 14 1 Device Information 5 210 5 14 2 Status 5 213 5 15 ansie aaa uqa kuq aa esas 5 214 Sloe i 5 215 5 15 2 Retrieving Transaction Records 5 217 5 15 2 1 Transaction Details 5 218 221252 COMIGUIAIONS 5 221 5 15 4 Evens L06088 uuu mite b d axe t Fark om ERE E RE ae 5 222 5 15 5 Calibration Records 5 223 5 15 6 5 224 5 15 7 Language lt 5 225 5 16 1 5 pere 5 226 5 161 General idr ra 5 227 5 16 2 Firmware Update 5
19. ADDITIVE anie Maps uM RM MM MEM i TANK I m im TEMPERATURE SENSOR STRAINER DI 000 g gt _ ED Se N Di E N LOADING FLOW CONTROL BASE PUMP METER VALVE PRODUCT L L L L LL L LL LL _ wi od TANK EU S UM S LIE E Lj r LY I I TEMPERATURE I SENSOR STRAINER 1 CU p lt TFS FLOW CONTROL BLEND METER VALVE PRODUCT TANK FIGURE 1 1 Basic MSC L principle of operation example NOTE The MSC L can control up to six loading arms simultaneously Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 1 2 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf General Functionality Overview 1 2 Functionality Overview Functionality Global Ex approvals ATEX FM CSA IECEx Expandable I O hardware Firmware in situ upgradeable Fully configurable I O binding Diagnostics dashboard Configuration upload download Transaction and calibration logs upload download Interface to Fusion4 Portal printing and so on Multi language display Free programmable language pack Transaction storage Alarm log records Calibration log records Event records Comms ports Ethernet ports Single pulse inputs Pulse outputs Digital inputs Digital outputs Analog I O and RTDs NOTE The functionality overview lists the maximum available I O hardware 1 3 Targ
20. product base conditions temperature product base conditions pressure product base conditions volume product mass product equilibrium vapour pressure product compressibility factor temperature correction factor from conditions A to conditions B pressure correction factor from conditions A to conditions B temperature and pressure correction factor from conditions A to con ditions B 5 9 1 4 2 6 Calculation of Gross Standard Volume The calculation of the Gross Standard Volume GSV is performed incrementally by performing a volume conversion calculation on an incremental measured product stream volume The volume converted values of these incremental product stream observed volumes are then added together to generate the running accumulative GSV value The gross standard volume after N number of incremental calculation intervals is provided by the following formula N VCF GOV GOV i l GSV transaction The GOV represents the total accumulative gross observed volume after i calculation intervals GOVg is always 0 Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 111 Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 4 3 5 9 1 4 3 1 Commodity group Product Stream Config Stream n Volume Conversion On the Product Stream Config Stream n screen select Volume conversion
21. Program MSC configuration from SD card per board Capture MSC configuration stored on SD card per device MSC menu screen navigation configuration calibration diagnostics execute special function F H Capture MSC recipe Stored on SD card Program MSC recipe from SD card User feedback LAD status MSC data transfer MSC I O test PC data exchange read and write data from SD card Program MSC language pack from SD card FP LAD firmware upgrade firmware located on SD card Capture MSC transactions stored on SD card MSC firmware upgrade per micro controller MSC must be unsealed first Capture MSC calibration records stored on SD card Capture MSC W amp M MID sealing event logs records function enabled by embedded debug log license key W amp M log LAD for notified body and alarm log accredited service engineer stored on SD card Basic setup Advanced setup MSC interface comms power FIGURE 5 4 LAD application overview Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Operation Service Tools 5 3 3 Integrated Keyboard The keyboard is used for navigating to the user display functions It also helps in providing inputs for the transaction work flow and the diagnostics functionali
22. o do ox o Eoo eon e mu i 5 80 Deadman 5 81 Deadman refresh 5 5 81 Device Configuration Alarms Permissives 5 81 Device Configuration Authorization 5 82 Device Configuration Authorization 5 82 Device Configuration Authorization Databases 5 83 User 5 83 Objects 5 84 Device Configuration Base Conditions 5 85 Base Temperature 5 85 Base Pressure 5 85 Device Configuration Workflow Settings 5 86 Device Configuration Workflow Settings Options 5 86 Device Configuration Workflow Settings Prompts 5 87 Device Configuration RIT Panel 5 88 CONnNQUIAUION cx siria ra maswa q ua pk 5 90 Bay Configuration Identification 5 90 Bay Configuration I O Binding 5 91 Bay Configuration I O Binding Inputs 5 91 Device Configuration I O Binding Outputs 5 91
23. Modbus byte order With this entity you can select the byte representation of the information retrieved by the modbus protocol Little endian the LSB is sent first Big endian the MSB is sent first Little endian default Big endian FlexConn address With this entity the unit address for flexcon protocol can be entered 0 to 999 default lt 0 gt Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 3 3 IR HHC The following table lists the entities available for the IR HHC communication on the Device Configuration IR HHC screen Entity Description Value range Long IR access Disabling this entity default uses the lt Long IR disabled gt short login sequence of pressing only lt Long IR enabled gt default the ATTN key Enabling this entity makes the controller require the long login sequence of four buttons being pressed ATTN F1 F2 and IR access With this entity you can enable the lt IR disabled default IR interface if it is turned off IR enabled NOTE In a few installations of Honeywell Enraf controllers it is reported that sunlight or any strong artificial light sources can unlock the infrared port the same way as pressing the ATTN key on the Hand Held Controller If this occurs parameter values may acci dentally be changed
24. Navigation buttons Navigation buttons 21094 Select the navigation buttons to move left right up or down to configure parameter entities in the device Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 7 Operation Service Tools 5 3 4 Navigation with Fusion4 IR Controller and Fusion4 LAD 5 3 4 1 Basic Navigation Fusion4 IR Controller Fusion4 LAD The basic navigation of the Fusion4 IR Controller the Fusion4 LAD and the Integrated keyboard are identical See FIGURE 5 6 Fusion4 IR Controller Fusion4 LAD Integrated Keyboard A Up V Down lt Left gt Right OK Select ESC Back DEL keyboard Clear FIGURE 5 6 Basic navigation Fusion4 IR Controller Fusion4 LAD Integrated keyboard Fusion4 MSC L 5 8 Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Operation Service Tools 5 3 4 2 LEDs Fusion4 IR Controller Fusion4 Fusion4 IR Controller Fusion4 LAD Button Description Button Description send blinking Fusion4 IR control status dual color green OK ler is ready for red Fault operation data amber ON data transfer NOTE When the LED is OFF select Note Do NOT the ATTN key on disconnect during the LAD to wake data transfer the Fusion4 IR test dual color green ma
25. Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 209 Operation Info Device Information 5 14 Info Device Information 5 14 1 Device Information To view the Device Information m On the Main Menu screen select the Info icon to view the device and the module information The Device Info screen appears which displays the Device infor mation and the Module information Main Menu 0 0 071570 FIGURE 5 32 Info icon The Device Info section displays the important information about the device which includes the following Device serial number Production date e Sales code License NOTE All the above device information is programmed by Honeywell Enraf factory as per the order received The Module Info section provides the identification information about the individual boards and the firmware modules available in the device The module information includes the following e Module Bootloader version Application firmware version Application build version e Serial number Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 210 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Info Device Information Iinio Device Info Device serial num bet 12345678 Production date 7014 01 11 sales code x14 License MSC AD Module Info Module Boot version App verion Apm build Serial ERE 1 4100
26. With this entity you can select the physical Any of the unused DO EMR n DO SSR n source for the DCV function PO n or None 5 100 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration Description Can be linked to Low flow 2SV With this entity you can select the output Any of the unused DO EMR n DO SSR n used in a two stage value to enable low prod PO n or None uct flow output is also enabled in high flow stage High flow 2SV With this entity you can select the output Any of the unused DO EMR n DO SSR n used in a two stage value to enable high PO n or None product flow Pump demand With this entity you can select the physical Any of the unused DO EMR n DO SSR n source for the pump demand function PO n or None Block valve control With this entity you can select the physical Any of the unused DO EMR n DO SSR n source for the block valve control function PO n or None Hydraulic pump With this entity you can select the physical Any of the unused DO EMR n DO SSR n demand source for the hydraulic pump demand func PO n or None tion Factored pulse output With this entity you can select the physical Any of the unused DO EMR n DO SSR n source for the factored pulse output PO n or None 5 9 1 2 2 1 Pump Demand m Product stream pump demand output should be driven high when th
27. 0055820 DigtslComoled 7 DO SSR 2 A LAW LJ DO SSR2 N FIGURE 4 15 AC cable 4 gland 5 Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 35 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 6 6 Analog Cable 1 Gland 6 Cable Shigided bie Analog Outputs Tempera hint Senior RTIkZ iS FIGURE 4 16 Analog cable 1 gland 6 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 36 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 6 7 AC Cable 5 Gland 7 2 DO SSR 0 Ti Digital Controlled gc Vale o Solero DO SSR 3 M FIGURE 4 17 AC cable 5 gland 7 4 7 6 8 DC Cable 2 Gland 8 Cable gand Bursa pn FIGURE 4 18 DC cable 2 gland 8 Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 37 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 6 9 DC Cable 3 Gland 9 Cabe giang Cabe FIGURE 4 19 DC cable 3 gland 9 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 38 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance FIGURE 4 20 4 7 6 10 DC Cable 4 Gland 10 cable qiand shieiderd Cable DC cable 4 gland 10 FIGURE 4 21 4 7 6 11 DC Cable 5 Gland 11 Cable gland S h
28. Device Configuration Units rue W amp M compliant default False Not W amp M compliant On the Device Configuration General screen select Units The following entities are displayed on the Device Configuration Units screen Description With this entity you can select the engineering units for preset Value range GOV default lt GSV gt lt Mass gt Units of volume With this entity you can select the engineering units for volume Liter default Cubic Meter Cubic Centimeter gt Cubic Decimeter gt US Gallons UK Gallons Barrel Units of additive volume With this entity you can select the engi neering units for additive volume Milliliter default Cubic Centimeter Units of temperature With this entity you can select the engineering units for temperature Degree Celsius default Degree Fahrenheit Units of pressure With this entity you can select the engineering units for pressure Pascal default Kilo Pascal Pounds per Square Inch Bar Units of density With this entity you can select the engineering units for density Kilogram per Cubic Meter default Degrees API Pounds per Cubic Feet Relative Density at 60 F gt Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Operation System Configura
29. Neutral Neutral Live Live Mains AC power Redundant external AC power for device Earth Earth operation or Mains AC power link to first backplane ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC Neutral Neutral Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 78 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation General CHAPTER 5 OPERATION 5 1 General 5 1 1 Introduction This chapter provides the commissioning information for the MSC L Commissioning the MSC L is accomplished by configuring entities or parameters to the required values This is performed using the menu options of the MSC L See section 5 4 Menu and Navigation for more information 5 1 2 Text Conventions In contrast with the explanatory text all instructions are preceded by a 3 All Entity and entity related texts are in a recognizable format For example the Entity is in the format Units of additive volume and the entity related text is in the format lt Milliliter gt 5 2 Service Interfaces The MSC L can be configured through four interfaces as follows m The infrared interface with IR Controller m he wired Ex i interface with Local Access Device LAD m The COMMS interface which connects to the Fusion4 portal through RS 485 or Ethernet m he Ethernet communication m hekeyboard Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 1 Operation S
30. No hydraulic pump The feedback signal is not detected within the hydraulic pump feedback timeout It is only possible if the I O binding for hydraulic pump is ON OFF and the hydraulic pump indication is configured Block valve fault The block valve feedback signal is not detected within the block valve feedback timeout It is only possible if the I O binding for the block valve is ON OFF and the block valve indications are configured Blend tolerance low The blend ratio between the delivered product quantity with the delivered batch quantity is less than the blend ratio specified in the recipe by blend tolerance limit Blend tolerance high The blend ratio between the delivered product quantity with the delivered batch quantity is more than the blend ratio specified in the recipe by blend tolerance limit Stream exceeds over run limit The product quantity delivered exceeds the preset quantity by the configured overrun volume limit Valve fault The product stream valve is not closed in the Valve fault timeout entity after sending the signal to close the product stream valve VCF out of range The calculated VCF is out of range during the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L VCF non convergence The Non convergence error occurs during the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L VCF supercritical fluid The Superficial fluid error occurs during the v
31. None Select None only if Remote verification authorization is not required No verification Select this option only if you need to enter the PIN However verification is not required Local verification Select this option only if you need to verify the PIN locally in the MSC L Remote verification Select this option only if you need to verify the PIN by remote device that is TAS Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 82 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration Description Value range Authorization type This configuration defines the input None device for all the authorization screens lt PIN gt default used in the workflow PIN indicates a lt NexWatch gt value entered directly by the user through the MSC L keyboard lt Nedap gt NexWatch and Nedap refer to two different types of external reader devices When configured for NextWatch or Nedap the user must present a card RFID tag to the reader as a means of entering the authorization data 5 8 1 6 2 Device Configuration Authorization Databases 1 On the Device Configuration Authorization screen select lt Databases gt The Device Configuration Authorization Databases screen appears with the following entities 5 8 1 6 2 1 User Database 1 On the Device Configuration Authorization Databases screen select lt User database gt The Device Confi
32. Note that this is an EXTREMELY rare possibility NOTE The Long Infrared access parameter enables or disables an extended login sequence of characters for the infrared communications port on the bezel of the MSC L Using an extended login character sequence raises the odds of a random pattern of interference matching the correct login sequence to astronomical levels Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 66 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 4 Device Configuration I O Settings 1 On the Device Configuration screen select lt 1 0 settings The Device Configuration I O Settings screen appears Device Configuration I O Settings n 2 On the Device Configuration I O Settings screen select the available entities The following available I Os are displayed Entity Available I Os DI DC n DI AC n QPI 1A QPI 1B QPI 2A QPI 2B QPI 3A QPI 3B QPI 4A QPI 4B QPI 5A QPI 5B QPI 6A QPI 6B QPI 7A QPI 7B QPI 8A QPI 8B QPI 9A QPI 9B QPI 10A QPI 10B QPI 11A QPI 11B QPI 12A QPI 12B RTD 1 RTD 2 RTD 3 RTD 4 RTD 5 RTD 6 Al 1 Al 2 Al 3 Al 4 Al 5 Al 6 Al 7 Al 8 Al 9 Al 10 Al 11 Al 12 Al 13 Al 14 AO 1 AO 2 AO 3 AO 4 AO 5 AO 6 PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 DO EMR n On the Device Configuration I O Settings screen select the available I Os The following entities are displayed Part N
33. The alarm shutdown output is set to ON e Running batch is paused 2 On the Bay Configuration Alarms screen select each entity to configure the alarms Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration 5 8 2 3 1 Bay Configuration Alarms Programmable Alarms On the Device Configuration Alarms screen select Programmable alarms The following entities are displayed on the Device Configuration Alarms Programmable Alarms screen The MSC L contains five bay programmable alarms Programmable alarm 1 Programmable alarm 2 Programmable alarm 3 Programmable alarm 4 and Programmable alarm 5 When any of the device programmable alarm arises the MSC L stops or pauses all the running batches based on the configuration To clear the programmable alarm the programmable input must be connected disconnected based on the expected input state configured Then the alarm disappears and the MSC L resumes again However it is not required to reset the condition with normal alarms NOTE You can configure Emergency Stop as the MSC L programmable alarm Description Value range IO binding With this entity you can select the Any of the unused QPI n Al n DI AC n physical input source for the DI DC n or None programmable alarm function The default value is None Alarm action With this entity you can configure the Disabled
34. WARNING Maintaining the ground bonding of the lid to the local Protective Earth PE using the lid ground wire is crucial for ensuring intrinsic safety Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 2 5 Safety Safety Instructions for the MSC L 2 2 7 Accordance to Regulations 2 2 7 1 Explosion Safety Limiting Values Explosion safety items Limiting values Type of protection Power supply Mains input 100 240 VAc 50 60 Hz Maximum allowed power dissipation inside the enclosure 90 W LAD interface circuit LAD front con Uo 15 75 V lo 1 49 A Po 1 92 Type of protection intrinsic safety Ex nector W 2 69 uF Lo 62 uH ia IIB Thermal protection limitation of the output current 250 VAC 160 2 2 7 2 Explosion Safety Approval Certificate no Type of protection identification DEKRA 12ATEX0101X II2G Ex d ia IIB T6 Gb DEK 12 0021 X Zone 1 Ex d ia IIB T6 Gb 3048063 Class I Division 1 group C D T4 Class I Division 1 Group C amp D T6 Class I Zone 1 Ex d ia IIB T6 Gb Ta 40 65 40 F 149 F 26 3172 2 2 7 3 Low Voltage Directive The MSC L is suitable for the following categories m Pollution degree 2 Overvoltage category Il m Class equipment Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 2 6 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Sa
35. 2000 0 Flow rate min Press ORK to continue Part No 4418 309 04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 243 Operation Truck Driver Operations To stop or resume the batches press the OK key which displays a prompt as follows Stop all batches No Perform one of the following on the Stop all batches screen m Select lt Yes gt if you want to stop all the batches All the batches are stopped and a prompt is displayed to load another compartment Perform one of the following on the load compartment screen e Select Yes to start a batch on another arm e Select No to end the transaction A transaction details screen is displayed and the transaction is ended 5 244 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Truck Driver Operations m Select No if you want to resume the batches A screen is displayed with a list of paused arms You must first pick a paused arm before choosing the action to perform on it Select Paused Arm Arm 2 Arm 3 Arm 4 Select the arm that needs to resumed and press OK A screen is displayed that allows you to select the desired action Choose action 2 2 Resume Perform one of the following m Select Resume to restart the arm and a screen is displayed with a list to select the remaining paused arms Choose the action for the other
36. Alarms For information regarding the parameter and entity details see section 5 8 System Configuration Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 33 Operation Device Commissioning 5 6 2 2 Stream Configuration Stream Configuration Fusion4 MSC L 5 34 Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Operation Device Commissioning Product Stream Config Stream n Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Operation Device Commissioning Product Stream Config an Stream n Inputs Stream n I O Bindings Product stream meter Product temperature Stream n Control Settings Product pressure Product density Pump feedback Tank low level switch Tank empty switch Hydraulic pump feedback Block valve feedback Product Stream Config Product Stream Config Stream n Product Control Dead band kdb Feed forward kff Integral ki Output kout Proportional kp Pump rum timeout Hydr pump run timeout Factored pulse out Block valve activation time Product Stream Config Stream n Outputs NO DCV NC DCV Low flow 2SV High flow 2S V Pump demand Block valve control Hydraulic pump demand Factored pulse output Product Stream Config Stream n Valve Valve type Valve closing volume DC
37. Observed pressure Lab O kPa Base density 1000 0 kg m Part No 4418 309 04 4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 183 Operation Diagnostics 4 Select OIML info The Diagnostics OIML screen appears These values are used only during OIML testing Diagnostics OIML GOW OPI 13 1003 08 GOY OF A 3 GoW CPI 1 Gov A A RTL 1 Banane Lom p RTT z em Pressure AL 1100000 kPa Pressure A 7100000 kPa Density 100000 0 kein Density AI 3 1600000 kepit PELA D Cr 4 D GPL 16 0 QPI 4B Al 1 D 00686 2 0 006835 42 38 R1 Alive IL AC 2 Low AC T 94 Abs f AU 2 947500 Al 5 D ggas DO SSR 1s Active 1 Low POL Acte 1 w DCO EMR 1 Active P LIE Lewy LAD LR HME Keyboard UK MESE 125500 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 184 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Calibration 5 13 Calibration 5 13 1 Why Calibrate A flow meter provides a number of pulses per amount of fuel that passes the meter The number of pulses per unit of volume the meter provides is called K factor This K factor is specified per delivered flow meter by the manufacturer To increase the accuracy of the flow meter a calibration process can be performed This process is performed by comparing the actual resulting fuel volume received in
38. SSr7_feed_ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid AC output Additive injection control feedback SSr7 sw Signal Output N Neutral L Live SSr8 feed ac Feed SSr8_sw_ac Signal Output Alarm shutdown N Neutral Alarm indication Pump start L Live Product block valve Additive blocking valve Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 51 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical ID description Type functions DO SSR 9 F SSr9 feed ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs i fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 9 O SSr9 sw ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection DO SSR 9 N N Neutral control feedback DO SSR 9 L L Live DO SSR 10 F SSr10 feed ac Feed DO SSR 10 N N Neutral Alarm indication Pump start DO SSR 10 L L Live Product block valve Additive blocking valve DO SSR 11 F SSr11_feed ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 11 O SSr11 sw ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection control feedback DO SSR 11 N N Neutral DO SSR 11 L L Live DO SSR 12 F SSr12 feed ac Feed DO SSR 12 N N Neutral Alarm indication Pump start DO SSR 12 L L Live Product block valve Additive blocking valve DO SSR 13
39. Signal Output common Neutral no Signal Output common Neutral EMR4 no Signal Output common Neutral Low frequency slow switching AC or DC output control Alarm shutdown Alarm indication Pump start Product block valve Deadman callout Deadman bell Secondary interface for Actuator output Additive solenoid Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical ID signal lame description Type functions DO EMR 5 A EMR5_no Signal Output Low frequency Alarm shutdown slow switching Alarm indication AC or DC output Pump start DO EMR 5 B EMR common Neutral Control Produet block DO EMR 6 A EMR6_no Signal Output valve Deadman callout DO EMR 6 B EMR_common Neutral Deadman bell DO EMR 7 A EMR7_no Signal Output DO EMR 7 B EMR_common Neutral DO EMR 8 A EMR8 no Signal Output Secondary DO EMR 8 B EMR_common Neutral interface for Actuator output Additive solenoid DO EMR 11 A EMR11_no Signal Output Low frequency Alarm shutdown slow switching Alarm indication AC or DC output Pump start DO EMR 11 B EMR common Neutral sui Produet olock DO EMR 12 A EMR12_no Signal Output valve Deadman callout DO EMR 12 B EMR comm
40. alarm behavior in case this particular Display Display shutdown Display pause default Alarm name With this entity you can configure the A maximum of 32 alphanumeric characters name of the alarm are allowed for configuration Response time With this entity you can set the time lt 0 gt lt 255 gt S seconds which is the time required for default 0 S the input to change from one state to other Alarm activation Idle With this entity you can set the state of None default the input when the MSC L is in idle Active state for the alarm function The MSC L lt Deactive gt state is idle when the transactions are not started for loading process None The alarm is ignored Active The alarm occurs when the input state is active Deactive The alarm occurs when the input state is deactive Part No 4418 309 04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 93 Operation System Configuration Description Value range Alarm activation Running With this entity you can set the state of None default the input when the MSC L is in running Active state for the alarm function After Deactive successful authorization and permissives gets connected to start a loading process the MSC L is in the running state and continues to be in this state till all the permissives are disconnected afte
41. m MSC SHORTCUT BOARD m ARM1 BACKPLANE MSC m ARM2 BACKPLANE MSC EXIO HMI MSC L m CAN PSF MSC m CAN HMI MSC m CAN ARM MSC m CAN IN OUT MSC CAN ARM MSC ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC _ JARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC FIELD WIRING CONNECTORS CAN PSF MSC ASC SHORTCUT BOARD CAN HMI MSC KEYBOARD WEM SWITCH FIGURE 3 10 PCB configurations MSC SHORTCUT BOARD and the CAN HMI MSC Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honevwell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 17 System Description Hardware Structure PCB name Module name Description CAN HMI MSC Controls the display and the LAD interface CAN ARM MSC Provides the I O functions required for load ing blending and additive injection pro cesses FM PI Provides the firmware to control the pulse input signals from the connected flow meters CAN IN OUT MSC FM IN OUT Provides I O functions which are necessary to control the enhanced loading and additive injection processes CAN PSF MSC Delivers the internal power for the MSC L MSC SHORTCUT BOARDS a A PCB with software installed 3 5 3 LL dx a IL ng ul x s _V J une le 2 R P Protects the internal electronics so that the high current can be withdrawn Grounding Concept The CAN ARM MSC board and the CAN IN OUT MSC board contain two grounding points which are mechanically connected
42. select Product control The Product Stream Config Stream n Product Control screen is displayed with the following entities Description With this entity you can configure the allowed volume deviation from the target product volume When the observed blend volume is less than the Dead band limit the control output from the controller is locked Changes are not made to the product stream control valve This value effectively establishes the dead band in which the product stream volume can deviate without correction The dead band defines this value Value range default 15 litres Feed forward kff This entity is used only for non DCV type valves default 0 00 Integral ki With this entity the Integral part of the PI D controller can be set default 0 00 Output kout With this entity the collaboration with the 1 1 limiter is used for setting the operational range of the controller default 100 00 Proportional kp With this entity the gain of the proportional part of the PI D controller can be set default 1 00 Pump run timeout With this entity you can enter the time in minutes between the last injection and the additive pump stop 1 min 255 mins default 10 mins Hydr pump run timeout With this entity you can enter the time in minutes between stopping the blend stream flow and closing the hydraulic pump
43. 1 min 255 minutes default 10 mins Factored pulse out With this entity you can select the amount of pulses for each unit of the product volume dispensed 1 Pulse Unit default 10 Pulses Unit 100 Pulses Unit 1000 Pulses Unit Block valve activation time With this entity you can configure the time that the MSC L waits after the activation of block valve before controlling the DCV This entity is used only if the block valve feedback is not configured 0 sec 999 secs default 0 sec Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 103 Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 3 2 Valve Control On the Product Stream Config Stream n Control Settings screen select Valve control The Product Stream Config Stream n Valve screen is displayed with the following entities Entity Description Value range Valve type With this entity you can select an entity None default for configuring the valve type lt DCV gt lt Two stage valve gt lt Simulated DCV gt Valve closing volume With this entity you can configure the default 0 maximum stream volume that is allowed after the permissive is removed If the MSC L detects more stream volume it generates a stream closing alarm DCV period With this entity you can configure the 100 msec 1000 m
44. 6 3 OGCHANO r 6 3 Alarm Output Configuration 6 5 Operations on 6 6 REIP nea dee ini 6 6 RR RA 6 6 oO li gt aru ark eee ei en eae ba ei 6 6 Acknowledging ess Gah se woe gh ah at 6 6 Resetting allalarms 6 7 Acknowledging all alarms 6 7 ACV u ons tore ei are are at ewe eee tae eee 6 8 Alarm EOUS uso ues EEG ERE E RR Nd EUR RP de wees ai 6 9 suu Nd E ai List of all alarms6 9 Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual xi Table of Contents xii 6 8 1 Device Alarms 6 9 682 DAV 6 10 69 ia 6 11 6 10 Product Stream 6 12 6 11 Additive Stream Alarms 6 15 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf General Product Overview CHAPTER 1 GENERAL Product Overview Fusion4 Multi Stream Controller Loading MSC L is a Load Computer Batch Controller Unit BCU or a Preset which is typically installed on a loading bay at a terminal in the petro chemical industry The MSC L
45. Hardware Structure The CAN HMI MSC board which is mounted on the lid of the MSC L enclosure connects directly to the metal housing through the nine mounting screws as displayed in FIGURE 3 12 FIGURE 3 12 Mechanical grounding of CAN HMI MSC board grounding connection of the lid to the main box and the box to the local grounding system is very crucial If the grounding cable is required to be detached make sure you reinstall the device before any operation is performed 1 Open and install the fasteners from the device using a proper tool 2 Make sure the construction is similar to the original assembly after the grounding cable is detached and all the parts are repositioned in a similar way when reinstalling Take special care of the orientation of the cable rings and toothed rings for the grounding cable 3 Check the wire in the box and the lid Make sure it is not damaged before reinstalling 4 Reinstall the original cable assembly Do not replace it with random parts WARNING For ensuring intrinsic safety of the MSC L the NOTE Complete replacement of the lid should only be done in the Honeywell Enraf factory and not at the site Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 19 System Description Hardware Structure The lid of the metal housing is connected to the MSC enclosure through a separate GND signal transmitted through the GND cable as disp
46. Resetting all alarms performs a ResetAlarm operation on all currently active asserted and acknowledged alarms Acknowledging all alarms Acknowledging all alarms performs an AcknowledgeAlarm operation on all currently asserted alarms The Service Due Reminder alarm has a different Reset operation implemented In the MSC L user interface the Reset button for this alarm is replaced by an Off button Press the Off button to switch off the alarm Switching off the alarm brings the Alarm Action temporarily to the Disabled alarm state When the system is rebooted or when the alarm is recon figured the Alarm Action is set back to the configured Alarm Action To avoid accidently disabling of this alarm resetting all the alarms performs an ordinary reset on the Service Due Reminder alarm causing it to become asserted immediately after again Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Alarm Handling Active Alarms FIGURE 6 1 6 6 Active Alarms The Active alarms screen displays all active and acknowledged alarms See FIGURE 6 1 A 2 alarms L MS product ol Ch LET Anm stream y MEI Stream exceeds overrun limit Lise arrow keys to select r yo Active Alarms To change the state of the alarm to lt ACKNOWLEDGED gt on the Active alarm screen perform the following Scroll to the pa
47. on the IR controller or LAD to select any one of the stream or all the streams The Diagnostics Arm n Execute Tasks screen appears which simulates the following actions by Comms Select recipe e Start batch Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 177 Operation Diagnostics Pause batch e Resume batch e Stop batch e End transaction Diagnostics Arm 1 Execute Tasks Start batch Pause balch Resume batch Stop batch End transaction Pross OK to select 5 12 8 3 Clear Tasks 1 On the Diagnostics Device Tasks screen select Clear tasks The Diagnostics Stream n Clear Tasks screen appears Diagnostics Clear Tasks Product streams Addrtive streams Press OR to select Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 178 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation Diagnostics 2 Select The Diagnostics Clear Task Products screen appears Select the appropriate stream Diagnostics Clear Task Products All streams Stream 2 LI Gasoline O Stream 4 Ethanol 27 HS DIESEI 1 Stream 7 BE QI Stream 9 J Stream 10 C Stream 11 ME Slream 12 The Diagnostics Stream n Clear Tasks screen appears which displays the following options to clear the tasks selected for the stream Clear all alarms Clears all the alarms on all the streams and device level alarms Clea
48. with less than 10 ppm sulfur E Marine destilates Marine destilates Premium kerosine Premium kerosine v Regular kerosine Regular kerosine v Fuel oil light medium heavy Fuel Oil m For example HFO for heavy fuel oil a Bitumen penetration cutback oxi Bitumen dised ibh For example 100 PEN for 100 pene tration Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 143 Operation Arm Configuration Description Menu text displayed Fuel grade ethanol Fuel Grade Ethanol NOTE These streams are not physical streams but abstract placeholders which can configure a stream Each stream must also have an associated flow meter 5 Enter the product for main stream The Arm Configuration Arm n Recipe n stream selection screen appears which allows you to select one of the streams bound to the arm as the main stream Arm Configuration Arm 1 Recipe 5 IHY tud H5S MESEL C Stream 9 iti C Stream 10 m SUE None 6 Enter the product 96 for remaining streams The stream that contains the product 96 as zero is not used during a batch when the recipe is selected for loading 7 Enter the additive value as PPM 8 Enter the pacing volume 9 Press lt ESC gt when all the entities are complete 10 Check the values entered for all the entities f the values entered are correct the re
49. 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Table of Contents 5 9 2 2 2 4 5 9 2 3 5 9 2 3 1 5 9 2 3 2 5 9 2 4 5 9 2 4 1 5 9 2 4 2 5 9 2 4 3 5 9 2 4 4 5 9 2 4 5 5 9 2 4 6 5 10 5 10 1 5 10 2 5 10 2 1 5 10 2 2 5 10 3 5 10 4 5 10 5 5 10 6 5 10 7 5 10 7 1 5 10 7 1 1 5 10 7 1 2 5 10 7 1 3 5 10 7 2 5 10 7 3 5 10 7 4 5 10 7 5 5 10 7 6 5 11 5 11 1 5 11 2 5 11 3 5 11 4 5 12 5 12 1 5 12 2 5 12 2 0 1 5 12 2 0 2 5 12 2 1 5 12 2 2 5 12 2 3 5 12 2 4 5 12 3 Factored Pulse Output 5 127 Additive Stream Config Stream n Control Settings 5 127 Additive OODIUOL s s aeo as wis Shee Ma REUS EE ded 5 127 vg 5 128 Additive Stream Config Stream n Alarms 5 129 Leaking 5 130 No 5 130 5 131 Block Valve TEM 5 131 5 132 2522 55 50 EE E EE set 5 132 Arm COMNGUIANON suu usss usunku ende PER 5 134 Arm Configuration Arm n Identification 5 134 Arm Configuration Arm n I O Bindings 5 135 The I O Bindings Input Parameters
50. 5 234 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Truck Driver Operations 5 17 2 Default standalone MSC L workflow NOTE This procedure is applicable in standalone mode and is not controlled by the TAS 1 When the MSC L displays the Welcome screen press OK on the keyboard Welcome Press OK to begin If permissives are configured then permissive connect screen appears for each of the permissive similar to the grounding Attach grounding The Enter Pin screen appears only if the permissives are connected 2 On the Enter Pin screen enter the truck driver password using the keyboard Press OK on the keyboard to confirm the password Part No 4418 309 04 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 235 Operation Truck Driver Operations NOTE The password is validated against the local database or the remote database based on the configuration If the password entered is not valid then an error message is displayed Enter PIN confirm NOTE Asterisks appear as you type each character of your password If the vehicle carrier trailer contract identification is enabled then you can enter the respective IDs These IDs are validated against the local or the remote database based upon your device authorization settings 3 Enter the ID on the vehicle ID screen Enter vehicle ID connmm 4 Enter the following attri
51. 5 4 2 5 4 3 Menu and Navigation General The menu based Human Machine Interface HMI on the MSC L is Intuitive and informative With the HMI interface you can operate configure and service the MSC L The Main Menu consists of colored icons and logically structured sub menus Key benetits of the HMI on the Main Menu Following are the key benefits of the menu based HMI of the MSC L B Clean intuitive and informative user interface m t is not necessary to memorize parameter codes and enumeration value Wizard based configuration for meter calibration Flexible I O configuration Diagnostic screens Record based approach to transactions recipes and calibrations to make reuse possible m Interoperable with Fusion4 IR Controller Fusion4 LAD and the inte grated keyboard m Graphical user interface for Fusion4 LAD The following sections provide a brief explanation of the main menu items and aspects Navigation Rules for the Menu based Screens Following are the navigation rules for the menu based screens of the MSC L m By default the Diagnostics icon is selected m When an entity is selected a white color focus rectangle appears around tt m When a single stream is selected the values for the entities of a single stream are displayed on the screen m When a single arm is selected the values for the entities of a single arm are displayed on the screen m When all the streams are selected the va
52. 54639823 A xml File name format for Debug logs are as follows lt device type gt lt serial number gt lt file id gt xml Example M C L 54639823 D xml File name format for Recipes are as follows lt device type gt lt file id gt lt recipe name gt xml Example M C L R E20 xml File name format for Configurations are as follows user defined string xml Example MY CONTROLLER 1 xml Generic files built edited in a computer envi ronment can differ from the previous format Generic files built edited in a computer envi ronment MUST BE PLACED in the corre sponding Generic folders as mentioned previously otherwise they cannot be selected during the MSC L LAD interaction Firmware files MUST be placed in the corre sponding folders for the LAD and the MSC L otherwise they cannot be selected during the MSC L LAD interaction Language Packs The procedure to build a language pack for the MSC L will be available in a later release Building a Local Language Pack for the MSC L The procedure to build a custom language pack for the MSC L will be available in a later release Configuring a User Display Language for the MSC L The procedure to configure a user display language for the MSC L will be available in a later release Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Menu and Navigation 5 4 5 4 1
53. A user with SL1 access can perform loading operations and monitor alarms by navigating through the operational screens by typing the correct password at the password entry prompt From anywhere holding ESC key displays a login prompt Only a user with level SL2 or higher can go to the Main Menu by typing the correct password when prompted A padlock symbol on the bottom right of the status bar indicates the device status For SL1 it is closed SL2 and higher it is open For one arm and two arm systems a person icon with a check is displayed in the left pane Each logon event is registered in the events log A user with higher security level overwrites the current session But when the user logs out the user with lower security level can still access it Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Device Security For example if an SL1 user has entered the system and SL2 SL3 logs in to reset the alarm then SL2 SL3 escapes from the Main Menu and logs out yet the SL1 user can access it Transaction is New batch k d Tha keyou ai transaction i No Yes ESC OK If no batches where possible running If alarm From anywhere in the ESC go back 1 screen Progress OK occurs Truck Driver screens i Truck Driver 2 Alarms 10 i ESC previous Back to From gd i Previous anywhere 00 2 we T mao
54. Additive blocking DO SSR 36 L L Live valve DO SSR 37 F SSr37_feed_ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 37 O 55 37 sw ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection DO SSR 37 N N Neutral control feedback DO SSR 37 L L Live DO SSR 38 F SSr38 feed ac Feed DO SSR 38 N N Neutral Alarm indication Pump start DO SSR 38 L L Live Additive blocking valve Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309_Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan ID Signal Typical Terminal description functions Signal name DO SSR 39 SSr39_feed ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 39 SSr39_sw_ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection control feedback DO SSR 39 N Neutral DO SSR 39 L Live DO SSR 40 SSr40 feed ac Feed DO SSR 40 SSr40 sw ac Signal Output Alarm shutdown DO SSR 40 N Neutral Alarm indication Pump start DO SSR 40 L Live Additive blocking valve DI AC 7 8 AC NEUTRAL Neutral AC input control Programmable 9 inputs DI AC 7 AC7 L Live s Dp DI AC 8 AC8 L Live DI AC 9 AC9 L Live DI AC 10 AC NEUTRAL Neutral AC input control Programmable 11 12 inputs DI AC 10 AC10 L Live Boe Mpu DI AC 11 AC11 L Live DI AC 12 AC12 L Live Part No 441
55. Any one of unused Digital Outputs DO SSR n or DO EMR n Pulse Outputs PO n or None RIT red lamp With this entity you can select the physical output for the RIT red lamp function Any one of unused Digital Outputs DO SSR n or DO EMR n Pulse Outputs PO n or None RIT green lamp With this entity you can select the physical output for the RIT green lamp function Any one of unused Digital Outputs DO SSR n or DO EMR n Pulse Outputs PO n or None RIT amber lamp With this entity you can select the physical output for the RIT amber lamp function Any one of unused Digital Outputs DO SSR n or DO EMR n Pulse Outputs PO n or None 5 10 3 Arm Configuration Arm n Control Settings Entity On the Arm Configuration Arm n screen select Control settings The Arm Configuration Arm n Control Settings screen is displayed with the following entities Description Value range default 0 00 L With this entity the total final required GOV of the blended product is obtained This value is either entered directly by the user or supplied exter nally by the TAS Batch preset quantity Ratio default Side stream 0 L to 1000000 L default 300 L With this entity you can select the blend type for the loading process Blend type With this entity you can determine the amount of product that must be deliv ered in
56. Enable default brightness feature When enabled the lt Disable gt ambient light sensor on the HMI senses the ambient light and automatically adjusts the brightness of the display Session timeout value With this entity you can enter the time 10 lt 600 gt s in seconds between the last key default 300 s pressed on the IR Controller and the moment the display switches back to one of the running screens Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 58 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration Entity User display language 5 8 1 1 3 2 Device Configuration Operational Screen Entity Dynamic label 1 Dynamic label 2 and Dynamic label 3 Description With this entity you can select the display language for the running screens Value range English UK English US default French German Dutch Spanish Chinese Japanese Polish Portuguese Italian Thai Local Language On the Device Configuration Display screen select Operational screen The following entities are displayed on the Device Configuration Operational Screen Description With this entity you can select the values which are required to appear on the Load progress screen Value range Preset Load GOV Load GSV gt Remaining time Flow rate Mass Accumula
57. Neutral Low frequency slow switching AC or DC output control Alarm shutdown Alarm indication Pump start Product block valve Deadman callout Deadman bell Secondary interface for Actuator output Additive solenoid Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical ID o gnarname description Type functions DO EMR 31 A EMRS31 no Signal Output Low frequency Alarm shutdown slow switching Alarm indication AC or DC output Pump start DO EMR 31 B common Neutral contro Product Block DO EMR 32 A EMR32 no Signal Output valve Deadman callout DO EMR 32 B common Neutral Deadman bell DO EMR 33 A Signal Output DO EMR 33 B common Neutral DO EMR 34 A EMHR34 Signal Output Secondary DO EMR 34 B EMR_common Neutral interface for Actuator output Additive solenoid DO EMR 35 A EMR35_no Signal Output Low frequency Alarm shutdown slow switching Alarm indication AC or DC output Pump start DO EMR 35 B common Neutral conie Broduerblodk DO EMR 36 A EMR36 no Signal Output valve Deadman callout DO EMR 36 B common Neutral Deadman bell DO EMR 37 A EMHR37 no Signal Output DO EMR 37 B common Neutral DO EMR 38 A 8 Signal Out
58. Output Functions CAN ARM MSC 1 or 3 Pox HI CN144 External equipment 2 or 4 Pox LO NPN CAN ARM MSC 1 or 3 HI or CN144 e v t LOAD External equipment 2 or 4 Pox LO LOAD aos NPN FIGURE 3 30 PO connections External DC PSU External DC PSU Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual System Description Output Functions 3 9 2 2 Characteristics Isolation Minimum Typical Maximum Output load voltage Output load current Sink Output load current Source Fmax Switching frequency ToN and Torr pulse width Control voltage logic high VL Control voltage logic low Control current 3 9 3 Analog Output 3 9 3 1 Functional Description The Analog Output AO supports 2 wire passive 4 20 mA The AO does NOT provide a power supply to power the loop FIGURE 3 31 illustrates the simplified block diagram of the AO connection to the external devices CAN ARM MSC or CAN IN OUT MSC External equipment CN 24V pc AO il 1 30r5 ax N power supply 9 4 20mA AO e 2 4 or 6 bx FIGURE 3 31 AO connections Fusion4 MSC L Part No 441
59. The mechanical and electrical installation must be performed only by trained personnels with the knowledge of the requirements for installation of explosion proof equipment in hazardous areas The entire installation procedure for the MSC L must be implemented in accordance with national local and company regulations The entire electrical installation may be performed in accordance with the national requirements for electrical equipment to be installed in hazardous areas Additional Information For additional information about Honeywell Enraf s solutions see the back cover of this manual to contact Honeywell Enraf or its representative Environmental Conditions The environmental conditions regarding the permissible operating temperature for the MSC L is 40 C to 65 C 40 F to 149 F When the MSC L is used in operating temperatures above 40 the enclosure is hot when it is touched Operation After commissioning the MSC L can be used for its flow controller or a load computer for a multi stream product Maintenance and Troubleshooting In the unlikely event of a malfunction only a qualified service technician trained by Honeywell Enraf and with the knowledge of safety regulations for working in hazardous areas must be allowed to service maintain assemble and dismantle the MSC L Any repairs or part replacements must be done by a Honeywell Enraf trained service technician Personal Safety National
60. With this entity you can set the number of retries for opening the solenoid again in case additive pulses are not received Value range 0 2 default lt 2 gt Close delay With this entity you can set the time in ms The additive pulses must be stopped after the solenoid is closed lt 500 gt ms lt 10000 gt ms default lt 500 gt ms Dwell time With this entity you can set the minimum time in ms that the solenoid opens and closes The parameter value is normally set to zero in injectors that require the solenoid to open and stay open until the full volume per cycle is injected The numeric value represents the ON time of the solenoid in milliseconds The OFF time is equal to the ON time When this value is non zero the controller continues to pulse the valve control output until the amount of additive available in the Injection Volume setting is dispensed The stroke repeat rate is double the Solenoid Dwell Time 0 ms 32767 ms default 0 ms 5 128 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 2 4 Additive Stream Config Stream n Alarms On the Additive Stream Config Stream n screen select Alarms The Additive Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen is displayed Alarms can have the following alarm actions Disabled
61. error A problem inside the device prohibits the batch to be initial ized Calibration batch ini tialization error A problem inside the device prohibits the calibration batch to be initialized Batch start error A problem inside the device prohibits the batch to be started Calibration batch start error A problem inside the device prohibits the calibration batch to be started Batch stop error A problem inside the device prohibits the batch to be stopped Calibration batch stop error A problem inside the device prohibits the calibration batch to be stopped Batch pause error A problem inside the device prohibits the batch to be paused Batch resume error A problem inside the device prohibits the batch to be resumed Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Alarm Handling Product Stream Alarms Leaking valve 6 10 Product Stream Alarms Alarm Cause The volume accumulated on the product stream meter exceeds the Leaking Volume Limit entity within the Leaking Timeout period when the stream is idle No product No product flow is detected from the product stream meter within the no product timeout period No pump The pump feedback signal is not detected within the pump feedback timeout It is only possible if the I O binding for the pump is ON OFF and the pump indications are configured
62. or None m If the Pump feedback I O binding is defined then the controller should generate an error if the pump indication input is inactive after the pump demand is active m he allowable delay is defined by the Pump feedback timeout entity defined in the alarm settings submenu for this alarm Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Operation Stream Configuration Entity NO DCV 5 9 1 2 1 2 2 9 1 2 1 3 5 9 1 2 1 4 5 9 1 2 2 Tank Low Level Switch Supply tank level monitoring is useful in applications where a very small supply tank is used This is typical in portable or mobile applications such as truck mounted systems By monitoring a hardware input connected to a level switch in the supply tank the controller can detect when the level in the tank is nearing empty and take appropriate action This prevents the pump from running completely dry and prevents fueling operations from being Interrupted mid load The tank level signals used must provide a simple form contact closure upon detection of a low level in excess of some low point in the supply tank Consideration must be given to the pump intake position in the tank and to the amount of blend volume required for a normal fuel delivery The switch activation level must be positioned so that it is slightly higher than the level required for normal delivery If the tank
63. 100 Ethernet Communication Interface CAT5E SWA FTP LSZH 24 AWG 4PAIR 4 7 5 Wire Crimps 10 100 Ethernet Communication Interface There are no strictly prescribed wire crimps However it is advised to fit crimps bootlace ferrules to multi strand cable wires Wire crimps are to reinforce the fine wire strands when terminating a cable into a connector block Wire crimps are not required to be fitted for solid core cable wires Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 6 Internal Wiring diagram 4 7 6 1 AC Cable 1 Gland 1 quand Unsmielded Cabe Mans Suggh A lingua 13 Doser apc FEES 11 708 SR DOS SR By Oy DOM SE B NI ia DOF SR TI Di DOSSA TIMI SSR 7 D DGSSE E H Nj 8001 Len DO SSE DOMUS SR UNI STL Pe A AEST DOF 11 bj DOAER 12 DO amp ESR 12 NI DORSE 120 mjet F LA 4 ENTEOS Di 18 18 621 DOS amp R 14 Bi DOS SR MS E Dici mE M DOG SR TT DOSSR TT H DEFRA 228438 TE H D SSA 1845 DO SER T8 4 DOS 55 2 0 DOSSA 20 H ot a FIGURE 4 11 AC cable 1 gland 1 Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 33 Inst
64. 228 5 16 2 1 Verify the Firmware Update 5 230 5 16 3 Test LED and LAD Information Submenus 5 231 D104 FUNCION KOY d usus uU u uum a d ga bri 5 232 5 16 5 LAD Information 5 232 5 16 6 Format SD Card a 4 0654 up 3 deci caq a 5 233 5 17 Truck Driver 5 234 5 17 1 QOVOIVIOW 5 234 5 17 2 Default standalone MSC L workflow 5 235 5 17 3 STOP Key Operations 5 243 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Table of Contents 5 17 4 5 17 4 1 5 17 4 2 5 17 4 3 5 17 4 4 5 18 5 18 1 5 18 2 5 18 3 5 18 4 5 19 5 19 1 5 19 2 5 20 5 20 1 5 20 2 5 20 3 5 20 4 CHAPTER 6 6 1 6 2 6 2 1 6 2 2 6 2 3 6 2 4 6 2 5 6 3 6 3 1 6 3 2 6 3 3 6 4 6 5 6 5 1 6 5 2 6 5 3 6 5 4 6 5 5 6 5 6 6 6 6 7 Error 5 5 246 PIN 2 4 5 qa aao ama s ge usasqa 5 246 acum quod hae oe eae de beech eee hone aes eames 5 246 Batch not Feasible 5 247 Batch stopped due to an Alarm 5 247 Se
65. 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 3 59 Honeywell Enraf System Description Communication Functions 3 10 3 10 1 3 10 2 3 10 2 1 Communication Functions General The following table describes the electronic communication functions the MSC L supports Communication function EO Dock name CAN ARM MSC CAN HMI MSC RS 485 Communication RS 485 2 wire RS 485 2 wire RS 485 Communication RS 485 4 wire Ethernet Communication ETHERNET ETHERNET RS 485 Communication 2 wire or 4 wire Functional Description The Communication block which consists of wires and switches allows the MSC L to communicate through an RS 485 connection with external devices including a TAS system Fusion4 Portal or other remote Interfaces For the CAN HMI MSC CH5 can be configured for either a 2 wire half duplex or a 4 wire full duplex Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Communication Functions FIGURE 3 36 illustrates the RS Communication 2 wire connections and FIGURE 3 37 illustrates the RS Communication 4 wire connections CAN ARM MSC CAN HMI MSC External equipment CNx RXD RS485 A CHx 1 4 PE RXD E C RS485 B CHx A 2 5 TXD M e 7 TXD 5 lt E RS485 Com
66. 4 RTD 5 RTD 6 Al 1 Al 2 Al 3 Al 4 Al 5 Al 6 Al 7 Al 8 Al 9 Al 10 Al 11 Al 12 Al 13 Al 14 None Product pressure With this entity you can select the physical source for the product stream pressure func tion Al 1 Al 2 Al 3 Al 4 Al 5 Al 6 Al 7 1 8 Al 9 10 Al 11 Al 12 Al 13 Al 14 None Product density With this entity you can select the physical source for the product stream density func tion Al 1 Al 2 Al 3 Al 4 Al 5 Al 6 Al 7 1 8 Al 9 Al 10 Al 11 Al 12 Al 13 Al 14 None Pump feedback With this entity you can select the physical source for the pump feedback function Any of the unused DI DC n DI AC n QPI n Al n or None Tank low level switch With this entity you can select the physical source for the tank low level function Any of the unused DI DC n DI AC n QPI n Al n or None Tank empty switch With this entity you can select the physical source for the tank empty function Any of the unused DI DC n DI AC n QPI n Al n or None Hydraulic pump feed back With this entity you can select the physical source for the hydraulic pump feedback function Any of the unused DI DC n DI AC n QPI n Al n or None Block valve feedback 5 9 1 2 1 1 With this entity you can select the physical source for the block valve feedback function Pump Feedback Any of the unused DI DC n DI AC n QPI n Al n
67. 4418 309 Rev04 5 140 Installation amp Operation Manual oneywell Enraf Operation Arm Configuration e The product and additive streams must be bound to an Arm using the product stream selection and the additive streams selection menus The recipe is validated in the following scenarios The product additive stream selection is changed The recipe is installed he configuration is installed 4 Enter the recipe name hazardous material classification and the symbol The information selected appears on the running screen The product symbols available are as follows Forthe U S related market select the product name from the list of API symbols as defined API Recommended Practice 1637 Third edition July 2006 Description Menu text displayed High grade unleaded gasoline HGU gasoline Mid grade unleaded gasoline MGU gasoline Low grade unleaded gasoline LGU gasoline Ultra low sulfer diesel ULS diesel c 00 Low sulfer diesel LS diesel High sulfer diesel HS diesel Low sulfer no 1 fuel oil LS no 1 fuel oil High sulfer no 1 fuel oil HS no 1 fuel oil Low sulfer no 2 fuel oil LS no 2 fuel oil High sulfer no 2 fuel oil HS no 2 fuel oil Ultra low sulfer kerosene ULS kerosene Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 141 Operation Arm Configuration Description Low sulfer ke
68. 7 6 12 4 7 6 13 4 7 6 14 4 7 6 15 4 7 6 16 4 7 6 17 4 7 6 18 4 7 6 19 4 7 6 20 4 7 6 21 4 7 6 22 4 7 6 23 4 7 6 24 4 7 6 25 4 7 6 26 4 7 7 4 7 8 5 5 1 5 1 1 5 1 2 5 2 5 3 5 3 1 5 3 2 5 3 2 1 5 3 2 2 5 3 3 5 3 4 5 3 4 1 Recommended Cables 4 32 VICIS u lZ papu u SQ 6 a pss 4 32 Internal Wiring 4 33 AC Cable 1 Gland 1 4 33 AC Cable 2 2 4 34 DO Cable wut o ecu der eee Ea ara SG a Erro la o ds 4 34 AC Cable 3 Gland 4 4 35 AC Cable 4 5 4 35 Analog Cable 1 Gland 6 4 36 AG Cable T Em 4 37 DC Cable 2 8 4 37 DC Cable 3 Gland 9 2 sx dod nm depo E ape POR ESSE PPS 4 38 DC Cable 4 Gland 10 4 39 DC Cable 5 Gland 11 am asa Su XE ER 4 39 Comms Cable 1 Gland 12 4 40 DC Cable 6 Gland 13 4 40 DC Cable 7 Gland 14 4 41 Comms Cable 2 Gland 15 4 41 DC Cabl
69. 9 6 Value range Any of the unused Al n DI AC n DI DC n or None The default value is None Alarm action With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Disabled Display Display shutdown Display pause default Alarm name With this entity you can configure the name of the alarm A maximum of 32 alphanumeric characters are allowed for configuration Response time With this entity you can set the time in seconds which is the time required for the input to change from one state to other 0 lt 255 gt default 0 s 5 148 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Operation Arm Configuration Entity Description Value range Alarm activation Idle With this entity you can set the state of None default the input when the MSC L is in idle Active state for the alarm function The MSC L lt Deactive gt state is in idle when the transactions are not started for loading process e None The alarm is ignored e Active The alarm occurs when the input state is active e lt Deactive gt The alarm occurs when the input state is deactive Alarm activation Running With this entity you can set the state of None default the input when the MSC L is in running lt Active gt state for the al
70. 999 99999 5 ds 3 2 ds 6 8 5 ds 3 5 ds 3 5 ds 3 3 ds 5 Kilogram kg Metric ton ton Pound Ib Long ton UK long ton Short ton US US ton Oo O o o O CO OO o OO ooo o oo O oo O O O O O CO O ooo O O O COP POS O O 999999 99 999 99999 999999 99 999 99999 999 99999 6 ds 2 3 ds 5 6 ds 2 3 ds 5 3 ds 5 Temperature F Celsius Fahrenheit e 300 00 572 0 3 ds 2 3 ds 1 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Format Operation System Configuration Description Density Kilogram per cubic meter Degrees API Pounds per cubic feet Relative density at 60 F Kilogram per Liter MSC kg m lb ft RD60 kg L Range min Range max 9999 9 600 0 999 99 9 9999 9 9999 4 ds 1 3 ds 1 3 ds 2 1 ds 4 1 ds 4 Pressure Bar Pascal Kilo Pascal PSI RANGE 100 SSC PSI RANGE 1000 SSC PSI MSI bar Pa kPa psi r100 psi r1000 psi 999 99 99999000 99999 999 9999 999 999 999 9999 3 ds 2 8 5 ds 0 3 ds 4 3 ds 3 3 ds 4 Ratio Percentage Parts per million ppm 99 99 999999 2 ds 2 6 Expansion coefficient Inverse Fahren heit Inverse Celsius 10 F 107 C 99999 99999 5 5 Flow rate Liter per minute Cubic meter per minute Cubic centimeter per minute C
71. Additive flow METER pulse input meter single or POWER control dual external power Product flow meter QPI 2A COMMON Common single or dual QPI 2A P PULSE A Pulse Signal pulse Input A QPI 2B 12V 12 V DC Power METER POWER QPI 2B COMMON Common QPI 2B P PULSE B Pulse Signal Input B QPI 3A 12 V 12 V DC Power High frequency Additive flow METER pulse input meter single or POWER control dual external power Product flow meter QPI 3A COMMON Common single or dual QPI 3A P PULSE A Pulse Signal pulse Input A QPI 3B 12 V 12 V DC Power METER POWER QPI 3B COMMON Common QPI 3B P PULSE B Pulse Signal Input B Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Terminal Floor plan Signal Typical LO ID name description functions QPI 4A 12V 12 V DC Power High frequency Additive flow METER pulse input meter single or POWER control dual external power Product flow meter QPI 4A COMMON Common single or dual QPI 4A P PULSE A Pulse Signal pulse Input A QPI 4B 12 V 12 V DC Power METER POWER QPI 4B COMMON Common QPI 4B P PULSE B Pulse Signal Input B QPI 5A 12V 12 V DC Power High frequency Additive flow METER pulse input meter single or POWER control 4 dual external power Product flow meter QPI 5A COMMON Common sin
72. Arm Alarms 6 9 Arm Alarms Initial flow rate low The flow rate during the initial flow stage is below the arm initial flow rate by the Low percentage after the Alarm start delay elapsed Initial flow rate high The flow rate exceeds the arm initial flow rate by the High percentage and the Alarm start delay elapsed Full flow rate low The full flow rate is below the arm full flow rate by the Low percentage and the Alarm start delay elapses Full flow rate high The flow rate exceeds the arm full flow rate by the High percentage and the Alarm start delay elapses Pre stop flow rate low The flow rate during the pre stop flow stage is below the arm pre stop flow rate by the Low percentage and the Alarm start delay elapses Pre stop flow rate high The flow rate during the pre stop flow rate exceeds the arm pre stop flow rate by the High percentage and the Alarm start delay elapses Programmable input 1 6 The programmable input state active de active does not match with the expected input state Block valve fault No valve feedback is detected Arm exceeds overrun limit The measured volume exceeds the preset and the configured overrun limit Clean arm volume not reached The measured clean arm volume is less than the specified clean arm volume minus the clean arm tolerance Arm parked The arm parked input is detached Batch initialization
73. Bay Configuration lt 5 92 Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual vii Table of Contents viii 5 8 2 3 1 Bay Configuration Alarms Programmable Alarms 5 93 5 8 2 4 Bay Configuration Permissives 5 94 5 9 Stream Configuration 5 96 5 9 1 Stream Configuration Product Streams 5 97 5 9 1 1 Product Stream Config Stream n 5 98 5 9 1 2 Product Stream Config Stream n I O Bindings 5 98 5 9 1 2 1 The I O Bindings Input Parameters 5 99 9 1 2 1 1 Pump Feedback 5 99 5 9 1 2 1 2 Tank Low Level 5 5 100 5 9 1 2 1 3 Tank Empty Switch 5 100 5 9 1 2 1 4 Hydraulic Pump 5 100 5 9 1 2 2 The I O Bindings Output Parameters 5 100 591221 PUMP Denan suu dels s ukun unus 60 war d dcs a PR ba 54 5 101 5 9 1 2 2 2 Block Valve Control 5 101 5 9 1 2 2 3 Hydraulic Pump 5 101 5 9 1 3 Product Stream Config Stream n Control Settings
74. CAN ARM MSC 2 PO 3 CAN ARM MSC 2 PO 4 CAN ARM MSC 2 AO 4 CAN ARM MSC 2 AO 5 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 AO 6 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 COMMS 6 CAN ARM MSC 2 COMMS 7 CAN ARM MSC 2 ETHER 3 CAN ARM MSC 2 MAINS INPUT 3 MAINS INPUT 4 Internal external Internal external FUNCTION subD25 BACKPLANE LINK 2 ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC subD25 BACKPLANE LINK 3 Program Interface F48 PSF BOARD 2 CAN PSF MSC 2 F48 ARM BOARD 2 A CAN ARM MSC 2 F48 ARM BOARD 2 B CAN ARM MSC 2 F48 IN OUT BOARD 3 A CAN IN OUT MSC 3 F48 IN OUT BOARD 3 B CAN IN OUT MSC 3 F48 IN OUT BOARD 4 A CAN IN OUT MSC 4 F48 IN OUT BOARD 4 B CAN IN OUT MSC 4 F48 FUSE BOARD 2 MSC SHORTCUT BOARD 2 m hefollowing measures are taken to adequately identify connections with different functions To avoid connector placement errors use the following functions e Different number of pins n case of same number of pins with different functions a connector coding profile of insulating material is applied For color codes of connectors see the following table Red High voltage input signals High voltage output signals Fusion4 MSC L 4 30 Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Color Function Yellow High voltage or Low voltage output sign
75. CAN ARM MSC boards 1 Remove the screw that holds the CAN IN OUT MSC or CAN ARM MSC boards to the enclosure The screws for both the grounding and the protection cable are M4 Socket Cap screws which need a 3 mm hex key or Allen key To replace the CAN IN OUT MSC and CAN ARM MSC boards perform the previous steps in reverse order To remove the MSC SHORTCUT BOARD 1 Remove the MSC SHORTCUT BOARD from the backplanes by pulling the MSC L fuse board cover To replace the MSC SHORTCUT BOARD perform the previous steps in reverse order Do not remove the CAN PSF MSC board Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Fusing and Power Consumption CAN ARM MSC ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC e m sasa FIELD WIRING CONNECTORS CAN PSF MSC MSC SHORTCUT BOARD CAN HMI MSC KEYBOARD W amp M SWITCH 4 6 Fusing and Power Consumption 4 6 1 Fusing 4 6 1 1 Internal Fusing The MSC L provides internal fuses for the protection of the AC mains as follows m Ihe CAN PSF MSC Power supply board Converts the mains AC voltage into three different DC voltages See section 3 6 2 CAN PSF MSC for more information The CAN PSF MSC board has an internal fuse to protect the external AC mains against any over current condition or fault condition inside the MSC L m MSC SHORTCUT BOARD The mains AC input which is supplied to t
76. For information regarding the parameter and entity details see section 5 13 Calibration Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Operation Device Commissioning 5 6 2 5 Info Device Information For information regarding the parameter and entity details see section 5 14 Info Device Information Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Device Commissioning 5 6 2 6 Diagnostics a Diagnostics Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 45 Operation Device Commissioning Diagnostics unction Healt Diagnostics Accumulated Totals Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309_Rev04 Operation Device Commissioning Diagnostics Comms Info Diagnostics Device tasks Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Operation Device Commissioning Advanced Diagnostics Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309_Rev04 Operation Device Commissioning Diagnostics COM n Settings Diagnostics Comms Protocol Info Serial Baudrate Parity CF3 1 Stop bits Diagnostics COM n Status Status Packets re
77. IN OUT MSC 1 DI AC 2 DI AC 3 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DI AC 3 CN 117 4 DI AC 4 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 Red A 4 DI AC 4 DI AC 5 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DI AC 5 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 22 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance ID PINS FUNCTIONS BOARD COLOR X Y NAME DI AC 6 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DI AC 6 CN 118 6 DI DC 1 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 Green M 11 DI DC 1 DI DC 2 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DI DC 2 DI DC 3 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DI DC 3 CN 119 6 DI DC 4 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 Green M 10 DI DC 4 DI DC 5 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DI DC 5 DI DC 6 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DI DC 6 CN 120 6 DI DC 7 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 Green M 9 DI DC 7 DI DC 8 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DI DC 8 DI DC 9 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DI DC 9 CN 121 6 DI DC 10 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 Green M 8 DI DC 10 DI DC 11 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DI DC 11 DI DC 12 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DI DC 12 CN 122 6 DI DC 13 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 Green M 7 DI DC 13 DI DC 14 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DI DC 14 DI DC 15 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DI DC 15 CN 123 6 DI DC 16 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 Green Q 11 DI DC 16 DI DC 17 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DI DC 17 DI DC 18 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DI DC 18 CN 124 6 DI DC 19 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 Green Q 10 DI DC 19 DI DC 20 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DI DC 20 DI DC 21 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DI DC 21 CN 125 6 DI DC 22 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 Green Q 9 DI DC 22 DI DC 23 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DI DC 23 DI DC 24 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 D
78. L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 125 Operation Stream Configuration e Double pulse pulse is generated after 25 of the injection volume is injected during an injection cycle Another pulse is generated after 7596 of injection volume is injected Last 2526 pulse is generated after 75 of the injection volume is injected e Extended piston switch The injector feedback is active for the complete period during which the additive injection solenoid is active and some additional time the time equal to the feedback pulse duration entity e Inverted extended piston switch The inverse of extended piston switch mode i P rniairnec rad dive Additive Flow Injector Feedback Signals Inverted Piston Feeback Injection FErcd dback ZU US FE oo 2 Leda ot Inject OT inject ot Inject of Inject Double Pulse Feedback rah Trou af mject of Inject Last PST Feedback Extended Piaton Switch Extended Piston Switch Feedback FIGURE 5 24 Injector feedback signals Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 126 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 2 2 2 4 Factored Pulse Output m This functionality is enabled by defining the Factored pulse out I O binding m When the functionality is enabled the output is driven based on the tr
79. LAD NOTE To view the logs use the right arrow gt on the LAD or IR Controller to view the previous set of records in a list of records which spans more than a page and left arrow lt on the LAD or IR Controller to view the Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 151 Operation Logs next set of records in a list of records which spans more than one page I ransaction Calibration Alarm Fvente Prese OK to select 5 11 1 Transaction 1 On the Logs screen select Transaction and then select OK on the IR controller the LAD or the keyboard The Logs All Arms Transaction Log screen appears which displays all the transaction records Logs All Arms Transaction Log 13 24 13 Py CHIHI 12 24 08 Admin 12 18 15 Amn 11 44 18 Admin 11528 Amn 1007 53 Admin 1002329 Admin Admin 1001 Admin 0947271 dmm Gils Admin b PET Admin Ut 2 Admin 2 Select any one of the transactions and then select OK on the IR controller or the LAD Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 152 Installation amp Operation Manual oneywell Enraf Operation Logs The Logs All Arms Transaction Details screen appears which displays the transaction header details Balance Icon 2 TE Logs All Arms Transaction Details I Transaction record version Transaction number 18 Driver ID ION Vehicle ID Co
80. Larriel TRAILER 3333 NETS CONTRACT 444 nra 2 Select of the databases then select lt gt on the controller or the LAD The Device Configuration Change DB screen appears on which the objects database details can be entered Description Value range Name With this entity you can configure the A text string of maximum 16 characters name of the object Pass code With this entity you can configure the A numeric string of maximum 10 digits password associated with the object Attibute With this entity you can configure the Unknown attibute of the object Vehicle Carrier Trailer Contract Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 84 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 7 Device Configuration Base Conditions 1 On the Device Configuration screen select lt Base conditions gt The Device Configuration Base Conditions screen appears Device Configuration Base Conditions Base temperature Base Pressure O kPa 2 On the Device Configuration Base Conditions screen select each entity to configure the MSC L 5 8 1 7 1 Base Temperature Description Value range Value With this entity you can configure the default 15 temperature at which the standardize volume is calculated Units With this entity you can configure the Degrees Celsius def
81. Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Service Tools 5 3 4 4 2 Directory Structure and File Organization S5D card T Horny eel Lam wi Firmate FIGURE 5 8 e License HMSC L Generic rJ Canfiguratians PEE t nee Fireauace Language packs w Recipes wi Specific sci AZMSBIB Alarma Lop W Calibrations nsc cunkmown Debuglags u Tranzacthona VM Logs Directory structure and file organization of the MSC L 5 3 4 4 3 Guidelines All files have xml format and extention except Firmware and License File name identification file ID are as follows e Transactions e Calibrations e Alarm logs W amp logs e D Debug logs e R for Recipes File name format for Transactions are as follows lt device type gt lt serial number gt lt file id gt lt transaction id gt xml e Example 5 1 54639823 7 0123456789 xm File name format for Calibrations are as follows lt device type gt lt serial number gt lt file id gt lt calibration id gt xml Example MSC L 54639823 C 0123456789 xml File name format for Alarm logs are as follows lt device type gt lt serial number gt lt file id gt xml Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 13 Operation Service Tools REMARKS 5 3 4 5 NOTE 5 3 4 5 1 NOTE 5 3 4 5 2 NOTE Example M C L
82. NOTE WARNING 2 4 4 2 4 5 REMARK 2 4 6 EC declaration of conformity for EU Refer to the EC declaration of conformity and ATEX certificate s shipped with the device for EC declarations Installation Perform the following steps to install the device 1 Remove the security screws from the compartment lid 2 Slide the battery compartment lid from the device 3 Install the 3 AAA Alkaline batteries ensuring that the plus and the minus polarity of the batteries are correct Removing the batteries does not remove the Fusion4 IR Controller memory Always replace the batteries with new ones Use only batteries approved for use Do not open the battery compartment or change the batteries in a hazardous area Commissioning The IR Controller and the Fusion4 parent devices must be commissioned using this controller by qualified service technician trained by Honeywell Enraf The service technician must have knowledge of the national local and company requirements for electrical equipment in hazardous areas Operation After connecting to a Fusion4 parent device for example the MSC L the Fusion4 IR Controller can be used for its intended purpose Perform the following steps to use the device 1 Direct the device at the IR port of the equipment to be programmed 2 Select ATTN on the IR Controller to turn the device and provide the initial program command to the MSC L Refer to the specific e
83. No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 159 Operation Logs 5 11 4 Events m On the Logs screen select Events and then select OK on the IR controller or the LAD The Logs Event Log screen appears which displays all the event logs Logs Event Log Tins stami Event neziage 08 04 11 0612 User Admin 513 login DU H 14 QU 12 User 81 47 OST 00 12 Transaction stopped 0608 Batch stopped on Arm 3 08 04 11 0008 Batch stopped on rm 1 Ud 4 14 06006 Batch started on rm 3 D8 04 14 0605 Batch started on rm 1 U3 4 14 QUOS Batch stopped on rm 3 CST OGM Batch stopped on parm 1 UO 4 14 06002 Batch started on 3 CSE UZ Batch started on Arm 1 DO M T14 QxD2 lrangaclim started 08 0 TI 0G01 User JOHN SL1 login 17 O60 WEM sealed Page laf 20 Use the arrows to scroll Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 160 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Diagnostics 5 12 Diagnostics To perform Diagnostics functions On the Main Menu screen select the Diagnostics icon The Diagnostics screen appears Main Menu E Diagnostics 428 E A ES ELE FIGURE 5 27 Diagnostics icon Diagnostics function has the following features Provides a high level view of the current state of all the device functions Provides system health overview Provides digital inpu
84. OUT MSC 1 ow A 8 DO EMR 9 DO EMR AC DC 10 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DO EMR 10 DO EMR AC DC 19 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DO EMR 19 DO EMR AC DC 20 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DO EMR 20 CN 106 8 DO SSR AC 1 CAN ARM MSC 1 Orange F 8 DO SSR 1 DO SSR AC 2 CAN ARM MSC 1 DO SSR 2 CN 107 8 DO SSR AC 3 CAN ARM MSC 1 Orange A 7 DO SSR 3 DO SSR AC 4 CAN ARM MSC 1 DO SSR 4 CN 108 8 DO SSR AC 5 CAN ARM MSC 1 Orange F 7 DO SSR 5 Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 21 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance ID PINS FUNCTIONS BOARD COLOR X Y NAME DO SSR AC 6 CAN ARM MSC 1 DO SSR 6 CN 109 8 DO SSR AC 7 CAN ARM MSC 1 Orange A 6 DO SSR 7 DO SSR AC 8 CAN ARM MSC 1 DO SSR 8 CN 110 8 DO SSR AC 9 CAN ARM MSC 1 Orange F 6 DO SSR 9 DO SSR AC 10 CAN ARM MSC 1 DO SSR 10 CN 111 8 DO SSR AC 11 CAN ARM MSC 1 Orange D 5 DO SSR 11 DO SSR AC 12 CAN ARM MSC 1 DO SSR 12 CN 112 8 DO SSR AC 13 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 Orange D 4 DO SSR 13 DO SSR AC 14 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DO SSR 14 CN 113 8 DO SSR AC 15 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 Orange D 3 DO SSR 15 DO SSR AC 16 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DO SSR 16 CN 114 8 DO SSR AC 17 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 Orange D 2 DO SSR 17 DO SSR AC 18 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DO SSR 18 CN 115 8 DO SSR AC 19 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 Orange D 1 DO SSR 19 DO SSR AC 20 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DO SSR 20 CN 116 4 DI AC 1 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 Red A 5 DI AC 1 DI AC 2 CAN
85. Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 4 3 RTD On the Device Configuration I O Settings screen select the available RTDs The following entities are displayed on the Device Configuration I O Settings RTD n screen Device Configuration I O Settings RTD 1 Temperature offset QUO RTO wiring Wire HM alarm threshold 1 00 22 H alarm threshold 10080422 L alarm threshold LDoe 22 C Li alarm threshold 1006 22 C Alarm hysteresis LOQe 22 C TOE 34 Entity Description Value range RTD serial With this entity you can enter the serial Alphanumeric string of maximum 8 number of the connected PT100 characters temperature probe Temperature offset With this entity you can insert a default 0 00 C certified thermometer near the RTD and adjust the MSC L to read the same temperature The temperature offset is for calibration of the RTD RTD wiring With this entity you can set the wiring lt 3 Wire configuration of the RTD 4 wire default Unknown Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 71 Operation System Configuration Description Value range HH alarm threshold With this entity you can set the high NOTE The entity is blank empty by high temperature alarm threshold default When exceeded a temperature alarm occurs H alarm threshold With this entity you can set the high temperature
86. Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 49 System Description Output Functions 3 9 3 9 1 3 9 2 3 9 2 1 Output Functions General The following table describes the electronic output functions the MSC L supports I O block name Output function CAN ARM MSC CAN IN OUT MSC Pulse Output DC Analog Output 4 20 mA Passive AO Digital Output Electromechanical DO EMR DC Relay DC Digital Output Electromechanical DO EMR AC or DC Relay AC or DC Digital Output AC Solid State DO SSR AC Relay Pulse Output PO DC Functional Description The Pulse Output DC PO DO allows the controller to switch DC signals to interface a PLC TAS or other systems The PO is not designed to switch the high current loads The two output terminals behave as volt free contacts and require an external power supply to drive a load Real time PO circuitry contains a multiplexer and a selector which is controlled by a micro controller to select certain pulse input circuitry to the pulse output channel Factored PO circuitry is controlled by a micro controller to present a certain pulse input signal factored scaled to the pulse output channel FIGURE 3 30 illustrates the simplified block diagram of the external PO connections Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description
87. Pulse Input Analog Input 4 20 mA Active Pas sive Resistance Temperature Detector RTD Temperature Input 3 wire or 4 wire Digital Input AC 3 8 2 Digital Input DC DI DC 3 8 2 1 Functional Description The function of the Digital Input DC DI DC is to convert the switched DC into a signal that can be used by the controller to ensure specific functionality required Two types of contacts are available which are as follows 1 External DC voltage switching 2 Volt free switching Fusion4 MSC L 3 38 Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf System Description Input Functions FIGURE 3 24 illustrates the simplified block diagram of the DI DC connections External equipment CAN ARM MSC or CAN IN OUT MSC 5V CNx R DCx_hi so s e 7 COMMON Voltage free contact OV or External equipment CAN ARM MSC or CAN IN OUT MSC 5V CNx R DCx_hi 7 COMMON S 0V NPN open collector emitter p ER Load computer PLC TAS or external switching voltage FIGURE 3 24 DI DC connections Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 39 System Description Input Functions 3 8 2 2 Characteristics Minimum Typical Maximum Isolati
88. Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 215 Operation Transfer The following figure describes the data transfer directions Pa Transactions 1 Configurations 1 Events logs 1 Calibrations 1 Recipes 1 Language packs FIGURE 5 36 Data transfer directions Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 216 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Transfer 5 15 2 NOTE Retrieving Transaction Records The MSC L provides an interface to read the transaction records through the FlexConn entities These entities are used for transferring transactional data to the Fusion4 Portal through a serial link On the Transfer screen select Transaction records to transfer transactional data The Transfer Transaction Records screen appears which displays the various transaction record activities Transfer Transaction Records Range of records Single record Presi OR to The Single records command cannot be used through Fusion4 Portal The lt Single record gt screen is only used for copying a transaction record to the LAD Maximum 10 000 transactions can reside in the transaction memory of the MSC L The oldest trans action is overwritten after 10 000 transactions You must settle all transactions before the oldest one is automatically deleted and overwritten You are responsible for the settlement
89. The Product Stream Config Stream n Volume Conversion screen appears with the following entities Conversion Options On the Product Stream Config Stream n Volume Conversion screen select Conversion options The Product Stream Config Stream n Conversion Options screen is displayed with the following entities Description Value range With this entity you can select the None commodity group of the product in D1250 04 Crude oil compliance with the specific applicable D1250 04 Refined Prod gt default standard lt D1250 04 Special Apps gt lt D1250 04 Lub Oils gt lt TP27 07 NGL amp LPG gt lt EN14214 08 FAME gt Compensation used With this entity you can select the type None default of compensation used during the Temperature calculation of GSV and mass pressure lt Temperature amp pressure gt compensation is not applicable for the FAME commodity group Density input used With this entity you can select whether lt False gt default the density sensor input at metering True conditions is used for volume conversion calculations instead of laboratory observed density value Range options With this entity you can select the None default options enabled when using the VCF Extended range table The extended temperature pressure and range give the ability to do the volume conversion over a broader range than covered
90. The alarm is ignored Display e he alarm appears on the display alarm indication output is set to ON Display shutdown he alarm appears on the display The alarm indication output is set to ON The alarm shutdown output is set to ON e Running batch is stopped Display pause e he alarm is shown on the display alarm indication output set to ON The alarm shutdown output is set to ON e Running batch is paused Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 129 Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 2 4 1 Leaking Valve On the Additive Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select Leaking valve The Additive Stream Config Stream n Leaking Valve screen is displayed with the following entities Entity Description Value range Alarm action With this entity you can configure the Disabled alarm behavior in case this particular Display alarm occurs Display shutdown default Display pause Leaking volume limit With this entity you can set the 0 ml 999 ml maximum amount of additive volume default 100 00 ml measured Leaking timeout period before a leaking valve alarm is generated If this limit is exceeded an alarm occurs depending on the Alarm action Leaking timeout period With this entity you can set the time in 1 lt 99 gt
91. aa bua Gade one ER saad 3 18 3 0 PCB LAVOUN PPP 3 21 PCB IDGIGIIS wd oe heady hae 3 22 3 6 1 1 CAN HMI MSC 3 22 SANE MENUC OI aus u u sassa huk a OSE ee Go 3 22 9 0 4 1 2 Compohent EOCallOliS lt ide xcd Taie aa eee uhu 3 24 3 6 1 2 CAN ARM MSC 3 26 SEN EAS ME PUNCHOHS 2222 06 sya qusa sede adhe aed iaia 3 26 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Table of Contents 3 6 1 2 2 3 6 1 3 3 6 1 3 1 3 6 1 3 2 3 6 2 3 6 2 1 3 6 2 2 3 6 2 3 3 6 2 4 3 6 2 4 1 3 6 3 3 6 4 3 6 5 3 7 3 8 3 8 1 3 8 2 3 8 2 1 3 8 2 2 3 8 3 3 8 3 1 3 8 3 2 3 8 4 3 8 4 1 3 8 4 2 3 8 5 3 8 5 1 3 8 5 2 3 8 6 3 8 6 1 3 8 6 2 3 8 7 3 8 7 1 3 8 7 2 3 9 3 9 1 3 9 2 3 9 2 1 3 9 2 2 3 9 3 3 9 3 1 3 9 3 2 3 9 4 3 9 4 1 Component Locations 3 28 CAN IN OUT MSQG iu boe magorum ero dads 3 29 FUNCHOMNS sa 56045 bb a seh ews eeewsne sou errore At 3 29 Component 3 31 3 32 uen ai ee ele ere ae 3 32 Power Board Connection 3 33 Hardware Specifications
92. alarm threshold When exceeded a temperature alarm occurs L alarm threshold With this entity you can set the low temperature alarm threshold When exceeded a temperature alarm occurs LL alarm threshold With this entity you can set the low low temperature alarm threshold When exceeded a temperature alarm occurs Alarm hysteresis With this entity you can set the hysteresis around the alarm levels This hysteresis is used for avoiding alarm ON OFF toggling situations at an alarm level e A High High alarm occurs when the value becomes higher than HH H Alarm Threshold A Low Low alarm occurs when the value becomes lower than LL L Alarm Threshold A High High alarm disappears when the value becomes lower than HH H Alarm Threshold Alarm Hysteresis and a Low Low alarm disappears when the value becomes higher than L LL Alarm Threshold Alarm Hysteresis Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 72 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 4 4 Al PV value 20mA On the Device Configuration I O Settings screen select the available Analog Inputs Als The following entities are displayed on the Device Configuration I O Settings Al n screen Device Configuration 1 0 Settings AI 1 PV value value cndmA 0 00 AJ threshold 0 00 Al logic state Poolive Al serial HH alarm threshold LU0e 22
93. all alarms 6 8 2 Bay Alarms Programmable input The programmable input state active de active does not 1 6 match with the expected input state Transaction start error The new transaction cannot be started NOTE The transaction cannot be managed controlled due to the internal MSC L fatal fault For example missing or failing hardware components Transaction stop error The running transaction cannot be stopped NOTE The transaction cannot be managed controlled due to the internal MSC L fatal fault For example missing or failing hardware components Max batches No new batch can be started because the maximum number exceeded of batches within a transaction is reached Grounding Pause The grounding permissive is detached Grounding Shutdown The grounding permissive is detached Overfill Pause The overfill protection permissive is detached Overfill Shutdown The overfill protection permissive is detached Vapor Recovery The vapor recovery permissive is detached Pause Vapor Recovery The vapor recovery permissive is detached Shutdown NOTE The Grounding Pause Grounding Shutdown Overfill Pause Overfill Shutdown Vapor Recovery Pause and Vapor Recovery Shutdown alarms come in pairs and each pair is used to implement a single permissive Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Alarm Handling
94. and Flowrate Calibration Stream 1 Manual deen Factor id Flew S Bieter Factor 905 28 L min 0199245 805 78 L min L01000 L min 101000 1000 00 L min 0 96000 1500 00 Limin Press OK to commit ESC to go back 9 Select OK on the IR controller or LAD to commit the calibration or lt ESC gt to terminate the calibration If OK is pressed then the Calibration Stream n Overview screen appears which displays the calibration details Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 193 Operation Calibration 10 Select OK on the IR controller or LAD to exit to the Main Menu Calibration Stream 1 Overview Date gaiki 14 lime poc 20008 Calibration F Bay tH Arm Arm 1 Original meter prolile Meter tactor a UE 199245 O5 28 Lmin 1 01000 LOO0 00 Lamin Mew meter profile Mieter facto Howrate 00245 TOGA L min 101000 L min 0 99000 1500 00 LAMIN a ai ERU NOTE Select lt ESC gt to restore the old meter factor Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 194 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Calibration 5 13 3 2 Additive Stream Selection 1 On the Calibration Arm n Stream Type Selection screen select lt Additive stream selection gt The Calibration Arm n Additive Streams screen appears Calibration Arm 3 Additive Streams 2 Se
95. back 42 ga 050520 15 Select OK to commit the calibration point The Calibration Stream n Overview screen appears Callbration Stream 1 Overview Date 09 04 14 Time a3 Calibration 2 Bay Hay OL Arm Arm 1 Original meter profile Meter tacto Flowrate OURS 21 Tab min New meter profile Meter facto Flowrate 0 90215 905 28 L mir Meter serial 4 PMOL RID serial NOTE Select lt ESC gt to restore the old values 16 Select lt OK gt to go back to the Main Menu Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 205 Operation Calibration 5 13 4 2 Additive Stream Selection 1 On the Calibration Arm n Stream Type Selection screen select lt Additive stream selection gt The Calibration Arm n Additive Streams screen appears Callbration Arm 3 Additive Streams 2 Select any one of the streams For example Stream 1 The Calibration Stream n Wizard 1 6 screen appears on which the preset volume must be entered Calibration Stream 2 Wizard 1 6 Enter preset volume ml 1000 00 Pr ss to conhrm value 3 On the Calibration Stream n Wizard 1 6 screen enter the preset volume that the MSC L must inject for the calibration process and then select Confirm The Calibration Stream n Wizard 2 6 screen appears on which the delay time must be entered 5 206 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installati
96. be replaced only by the Honeywell Enraf trained by service technician gt O ring 3 Make sure the wires are not caught between the lid and the box flange 4 Make sure the ground bounding provided is effective 5 Tighten all the 32 bolts crosswise using an 8 mm Allen key and the applicable torque value 33 Nm 6 Replace the cosmetic cover Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 11 Installation Removing Replacing the PCBs A 4 5 CAUTION NOTE NOTE NOTE NOTE Removing Replacing the PCBs Wear an ESD wrist strap while handling a printed circuit board from the MSC L to prevent damage by Electrostatic Discharge ESD 1 Perform step 1 through step 3 in section 4 3 Opening the MSC L before removing replacing the CAN HMI MSC CAN IN OUT MSC CAN ARM MSC and MSC SHORTCUT BOARD 2 Ensure that the thermal conductive pads on all the boards are in place 3 Before placing the boards remove the protection film if present To remove the CAN HMI MSC board 1 Remove the PCB protector plate MSC lid Remove the subD 15 2x cables Remove the contra connector with the blue color cable CN2 Remove the display cables CN9 and CN10 Loosen and remove the screws that hold the CAN HMI MSC board to the MSC L lid qe To replace the CAN HMI MSC board perform the previous steps in reverse order To remove the CAN IN OUT MSC or
97. by the earlier versions of the standard For instance at locations where it is very cold like Alaska When None is selected and the application goes beyond the normal range an error occurs 5 112 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration Derive manual status 5 9 1 4 3 2 Observed density Description With this entity you can select if the manual status of the density is propagated in the GSV and Mass Disable Manual status does not appear in the status of the GSV and Mass default setting Enable Manual status appears in the status of the GSV and Mass Lab Observation Data Value range Enable Disable default On the Product Stream Config Stream n Volume Conversion screen select Lab observation data The Product Stream Config Stream n Lab Data screen is displayed with the following entities Description With this entity you can enter the density of the product stream as it is measured in a lab Value range Value Units default 1000 0 kg m3 Observed temperature With this entity you can enter the temperature of the lab sample used for determining the product stream observed density Value Units default 15 00 C Observed pressure With this entity you can enter the pressure of the lab sample used
98. clear condition is the complement of the raise condition but this is not so in general Resetting Resetting an alarm is a user operation An individual alarm is selected and a ResetAlarm operation is requested to reset the alarm For most of the alarms the ResetAlarm directly translates to performing a ClearAlarm operation But this is not true in general An alarm may have some state associated with it When the raise condition is based on this state then only clearing the alarm causes the alarm to be raised immediately again even if the situation is such that you do not expect that alarm to come back again For example the Pulse hardware error alarm maintains a counter that counts the number of erroneous pulses If the ResetAlarm operation does not clear that counter but only clears the alarm then the value of the counter Causes a new RaiseAlarm operation even if there are no new pulse errors detected Acknowledging Acknowledging an alarm is a user operation An individual alarm is selected and an AcknowledgeAlarm operation is requested to acknowledge an alarm This operation has no effect on clearing raising Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Alarm Handling Operations on alarms 6 5 5 6 5 6 NOTE alarms but only moves an alarm from the Asserted state to the Acknowledged state This affects only on the alarm indication output Resetting all alarms
99. entity Batch Stop Date The date when the batch ended sampled from RTC Arm Name The name of ARM used for dispensing the blended product Arm Number The number of the arm used for bringing the batch Blend Type Specifies the type of blend none ratio or side stream Batch Recipe Definition The recipe used during the batch name blend API symbol W amp M Compliant Batch If the device was W amp M compliant during the com plete batch Unintended Stop if the batch stopped unexpectedly during the load Compartment Number The trailer compartment associated with this batch Returned Quantity The amount of product in the compartment at the start of the batch Preset Volume When used with a preset this value defines the pre set quantity for the batch If not used in preset mode then this value is O Product Stream Details Batch Product Name The name of product Batch Product Calibration Number A counter incremented each time flow meter cali bration is performed Batch Product Gross Observed Volume The total observed volume of the product dispensed during the batch Batch Product Gross Standard Volume The total gross standard volume net of the product dispensed during the batch Batch Product Mass The total mass of the product stream for the batch Actual Blend Percentage The actual percentage of the pr
100. following activities m Operational activities for example vehicle loading and inspecting the running screens B Service activities for example Configuration Monitoring the Alarms m Advanced service activities for example Upgrade Firmware Add the users Security level is assigned to the users in the database based on the activities which can be performed by that user There are three security levels SL1 SL2 and SL3 1 SL1 users generally are truck drivers bay operators and so on 2 SL2 and SL3 users can be managers service technicians notified body engineers and so on 3 SL3 users can add users into the database MSC L provides a default user database with one ADMIN created with security level 3 privileges The default password is 1234 Part No 4418 309 04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 23 Operation Device Security 5 5 1 Security Levels SL The following table lists the activities which are supported for each security level Privilege activities Loading operations Monitor alarms Change configuration Alarm handling reset acknowledge Meter calibration Dashboard Person database configuration Upgrade firmware Restore to factory defaults Clear all memory s a cl ST SS s All other activities NOTE SL1 contains the lowest level of privileges 5 5 2 Rules of Navigation
101. following sections provide the entities that available for the Serial communication Setup On the Device Configuration Serial COM n screen select lt Setup gt The Device Configuration COM n Setup screen appears with the following entities Description With this entity you can select the protocol for the communication port Value range FlexConn default Modbus RTU Snet Nedap CR LF gt lt SLIP 1010BJ Baudrate With this entity you can select baud rate for the communication port Baudrate 1200 Baudrate 2400 Baudrate 4800 Baudrate 9600 default Baudrate 19200 Baudrate 38400 Baudrate 57600 Baudrate 115200 Baudrate 128000 Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Operation System Configuration Description Value range Parity With this entity you can set the parity Odd for the communication port Even None default Stop bits With this entity you can configure the One default number of stop bits for the communication port Two Turn around delay With this entity you can enter the time between when the request is received from the master and the moment the answer is sent ms 0 ms 1000 ms default 100 ms Write access password 5 8 1 3 1 2 Entity FlexConn address This configuratio
102. for determining the product stream observed density Value Units default 0 kPa Thermal expansion coeff NOTE With this entity you can enter the expansion coefficient used during the volume conversion This is only applicable for Special application commodity group default lt 0 00000E 00 gt 1 C Entity Range Observed density units lt Kilogram per Cubic Meter gt Degrees gt lt Pounds per Cubic Feet gt lt Relative Density at 60 F gt Observed temperature lt Degrees Celsius gt lt Degrees Fahrenheit gt lt Pascal gt Observed pressure gt lt Units gt lt Bar gt lt Kilo Pascal gt lt Pounds per Square Inch gt The pressure should be entered as a gauge pressure Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 113 Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 5 5 9 1 5 0 1 Product Stream Config Stream n Alarms On the Product Stream Config Stream n screen select Alarms Alarms can have the following alarm actions B Disabled The alarm is ignored m Display he alarm appears on the display The alarm indication output is set to ON B Display shutdown he alarm appears on the display The alarm indication output is set to ON The alarm shutdown output is set to ON e Running batch is stopped m Display pause e he al
103. high Contact operator to reset alarms Pre Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 247 Operation Service Technician Operations 5 18 5 18 1 5 18 2 Service Technician Operations A service technician generally performs the service activities for example Configuration and Monitoring the Alarms The advanced service activities for example Upgrade Firmware and Add the users are also sometimes performed by the service technician A user must be created in the user database with service level SL2 or SL3 based on the activities that need to be performed Holding the ESC key on the keyboard anytime during the operation displays the log on screen If the correct password or PIN is entered then the Main Menu is displayed Enter PIN Present card Configuration Options A service technician has various options that can be used for configuring the MSC L as follows m User Interface Fusion4 LAD Fusion4 IR interface or keyboard m Configuration file Fusion4 LAD can be used for downloading the configuration file B Fusion4 Portal The MSC L can be interfaced to Fusion4 Portal on the RS 485 or the Ethernet ports Configuration Order When the MSC L is configured for a specific application it is important to follow a particular order This is to ensure that the MSC L can perform the loading activities as required A loading arm can have product streams
104. is 2 minutes approxi mately f there are more than one CAN ARM MSC boards firmware on all those boards are updated simultaneously c FM HMI FC APP bin The total time for the firmware update file is 3 5 minutes approximately d FM HMI FC FPGA bin The total time for the firmware update file is 3 minutes approxi mately Update the file only if it is available e FM HMI FC IMG bin The total time for the firmware update file is 3 minutes approxi mately Update the file only if it is available NOTE Update the files in the above sequence unless mentioned in the release notes 5 16 2 1 Verify the Firmware Update Verify the following to make sure that the files are updated 1 On the Module Info screen make sure that the latest version is available in the column App version as shown on the Device Module Info screen 2 Verify the parameter settings to check if they are the same as they were in the previous old firmware 3 On the Diagnostic screen select System health on any one of the boards and then select OK on the IR controller or the LAD The test Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 230 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation LAD Functions Good No Error must appear on the screen as shown in the Diag nostic Module Health screen Diagnostics Module Health 1 i 1 FM ARM 2 LhA IEJ COLIT 3 SB 4 Good Gand
105. is implemented together with the mechanical design of the enclosure See FIGURE 3 22 for information regarding the mechanical specification of CAN PSF MSC FIGURE 3 22 Mechanical specification drawings 3 6 2 3 Hardware Specifications The following table specifies the hardware I O specifications of the port Conditions Minimum Typical Maximum Input voltage Input frequency Inrush current Power Factor at the maximum current Power consumption Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 33 System Description PCB Layout Conditions Minimum Typical Maximum Efficiency Insulation voltage AC Input to all DC outputs Insulation voltage AC Input to PE Leakage current AC Input to PE The following table specifies the hardware I O specifications of the DC output 1 DC output 2 and DC output 3 DC Output Conditions Minimum Typical Maximum Output 1 DC Voltage 4 75 5 0 5 25 Vpc DC Current 50V 10 0 A DC OVP 6 25 7 0 Vpc Over Current Limit 12 15 A Output 2 DC Voltage _ 11 5 12 0 12 5 Vpc DC Current 12 0 V 2 0 A DC OVP _ 14 0 15 5 Vpc Over Current Limit 2 2 3 0 A Output 3 DC Voltage _ 23 0 24 0 25 0 Vpc DC Current 24 0 V 1 0 A DC OVP i 28 31 0 Vpc Over Current Limit 1 1 1 5 A The following table
106. link or the LAD connected to the MSC L front connector NOTE I O bindings must be configured for each stream Also following entities must be unique for each stream e Additive stream meter Pump feedback e Additive temperature Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 122 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration Solenoid control e Block valve e Injection feedback e Pump start e Factored pulse out To configure Input Output entities gt On the Main Menu screen select the Stream Configuration icon The Stream Configuration screen appears gt On the Stream Configuration screen select Additive streams The Stream Config Additive Stream Selection screen appears gt On the Stream Config Additive Stream Selection screen select any one of the stream or all the streams The Additive Stream Config Stream n screen appears On the Additive Stream Config Stream n screen select lt 1 0 binding Select Inputs or Outputs and then select OK on the Fusion 4 IR controller Fusion 4 LAD or the integrated keyboard The following table provides the possible entities and the I O functions to which a specific entity can be linked 5 9 2 2 1 The 1 0 Bindings Input Parameters Additive stream meter NOTE The default value for all the Input entities are None Description With this entity you can select the physical pulse input f
107. local and company regulations regarding personal safety must be followed Consider the weight of the MSC L when moving installing or decommisioning At high ambient temperature pay attention to the fact that the accessible parts on the outside of the MSC L can be hot Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 2 3 Safety Safety Instructions for the MSC L A A 2 2 4 1 2 2 4 1 1 WARNING 2 2 5 NOTE WARNING 2 2 5 0 1 WARNING 2 2 6 2 2 6 1 WARNING General Opening the MSC L It is forbidden to open the MSC L in an explosive hazardous environment unless otherwise stated on the safety label Commissioning and Maintenance The MSC L can be mounted on the wall using frame and bolts The frame and bolts used must be capable of holding four times the weight of the MSC L being mounted Treat the flange surfaces of the lid and the housing with care Make sure that the flange surface is clean and undamaged before closing This is required to maintain the CSA approval and it is strongly recommended for all Ex approvals The O ring must be present and undamaged 1 National local and company regulations regarding installation must be followed The bolts of the enclosure lid are captive property class A2 70 Contact Honeywell Enraf if you need to replace the bolts Before closing the lid check that all groundi
108. n screen select lt 1 0 binding Select Inputs or Outputs and then select OK on the Fusion 4 IR controller Fusion 4 LAD or the integrated keyboard A specific entity for example Pump feedback Pump demand and so on can be selected and linked to a specific I O function such as DI AC 1 Digital Input AC1 number 1 DO EMR gt Digital Output Electrome chanical Relay and so on Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 98 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 2 1 The 1 0 Bindings Input Parameters NOTE The default value for the Input entities are None NOTE When the temperature and or pressure correction is Entity Product stream meter used link them as below for the W amp M compliance Select the I O binding for the Product Temperature as input 4 wire Select the I O binding for the Product Pressure as Al 4 20 mA B Select the I O binding for the Product Density as Al 4 20 mA or use the lab density Description With this entity you can select the physical source for the product stream meter function Can be linked to Any of the unused QPI 1A to QPI 6B for product streams 1 to 6 Any of the unused QPI 7A to QPI 12B for product streams 7 to 12 Product temperature With this entity you can select the physical source for the product stream temperature function RTD 1 RTD 2 RTD 3 RTD
109. nn id 3 DO SSR 21 N DO BSR 21 Nj FIGURE 4 28 AC cable 6 Gland 18 4 7 6 19 DC Cable 10 Gland 19 aid e amd hieided Cable rola di loma FIGURE 4 29 DC cable 10 gland 19 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 42 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 6 20 DC Cable 11 Gland 20 CULTE ANI ni Sn us MET mk 8 0 LIT ti Eo FEET E EE 241 2 EX sm di E e 1 Tuk i I i a li j m j Ses ULT FIGURE 4 30 DC cable 11 gland 20 Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honevwell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 6 21 AC Cable 7 Gland 21 Cable giand Unshieided Cable Digia Contoliso as cr ien cid FIGURE 4 31 AC cable 7 gland 21 4 7 6 22 AC Cable 8 Gland 22 Cable giang Unshielded Cable aka o oec FIGURE 4 32 AC cable 8 gland 22 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 44 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance FIGURE 4 33 4 7 6 23 Analog Cable 2 Gland 23 Gable gland ahead cable Analog cable 2 gland 23 Temper xu re bp rito ri Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honevwell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Instal
110. of the transactions within 3 months Once the transactions are over written then these transactions cannot be retrieved by the Fusion4Portal or the LAD The transaction and batch details explained in the following sections are retrieved as a single record Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 217 Operation Transfer 5 15 2 1 Transaction Details Transaction Record Description Parameter MSC L Transaction Header Transaction Record Version The version of this transaction record Transaction Number The number of this transaction record Device Type This describes the type of Fusion4 device the trans action record comes from Number of Batches The number of batches in this transaction W amp M Intended Transaction If the device is configured as W amp M intended during the complete transaction Base Temperature Reference temperature that a user defines for vol ume correction Base Pressure Reference pressure that a user defines for volume correction Units of Temperature The engineering units associated with all tempera ture measurements in this record Units of Density The engineering units associated with all density measurements in this record Units of Pressure The engineering units associated with all pressure measurements in this record Site Name The name of the site where
111. or dual QPI 11A P PULSE A Pulse Signal pulse Input A QPI 11B 12V 12 V DC Power METER POWER QPI 11B C COMMON Common QPI 11B P PULSE B Pulse Signal Input B Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical ID pigra name description Type functions QPI 12A 12V 12 V DC Power High frequency Additive flow METER pulse input meter single or POWER control dual external power Product flow meter QPI 12A C COMMON Common single or dual QPI 12A P PULSE A Pulse Signal pulse Input A QPI 12B 12V 12 V DC Power METER POWER QPI 12B C COMMON Common QPI 12B P PULSE B Pulse Signal Input B RTD 4 S RTD S Three wire Resistance Preferred PT100 connection Temperature temperature Detector input measurement RIDA ID ON Neutral control according to IEC RTD 4 A RTD POS Signal Input 60751 RTD 4 S RTD S Four wire connection RTD 5 S RTD S Three wire Resistance Preferred PT100 connection Temperature temperature Detector input measurement iiid C Neutral control according to IEC RTD 5 A RTD POS Signal Input 60751 RTD 5 S RTD S Four wire connection RTD 6 S RTD S Three wire Resistance Preferred PT100 connection Temperature temperature Detector input measurement aqa control according to IEC RTD
112. product stream with alarm action Pause amp Display Scenario For the above set up and configuration assume a sequence of alarm state changes and observe how it affects the severity is for each of the loading arms Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 6 3 Alarm Handling Alarm Severity The initial alarm state of each of the alarms is inactive Alarm Change Severity L1 L2 L3 1 Initial None None None 2 D is activated Display Display Display 3 PS1 is activated Display Display Display 4 D is deactivated Display None None 5 PS3 is activated Display None None 6 PS1 action changed to Display None None shutdown 7 PS1 is deactivated None None None 8 PS1 is activated Shutdown None None 9 PS3 is associated to L3 This is not allowed in the MCL Deactivate first or reboot after 1 Initially there are no active alarms available hence the severity is None for all the loading arms 2 A device alarm applies to all arms Hence when D is activated the alarm action of D Display applies to all the loading arms 3 Then PS1 is activated which brings L1 to Display severity The difference is not seen because the arm already was at the Display severity 4 f the Device alarm D is deactivated then it is removed from all the loading arms But since there is still one active alarm Display severity
113. set to OFF The device can be sealed by the service technician or the notified body engineer Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 255 Operation W amp M Compliance 5 20 3 NOTE 5 20 4 The MSC L can be physically sealed as shown in the following figure Sealing bolt Device Health For the MSC L to be W amp M compliant the device health should be good The device health is good in the following scenarios m All the hardware is available and functional m All memory and interface checks are passed m All boards are in valid temperature range B All board voltages are in valid range If any of the board has bad or uncertain health the device health is bad CAN IN OUT MSC board is not taken into account because of non relevance for W amp M MSC L W amp M compliance The MSC L is compliant for W amp M custody transfer if all the following criteria are met The W amp M Intended is set to True m The MSC L is W amp M sealed either the jumper in ON or the switch is activated m he device health is good 5 256 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Alarm Handling General CHAPTER 6 ALARM HANDLING 6 1 6 2 6 2 1 6 2 2 General You can set various alarm configurations using the MSC L menu Also the active alarms and alarm logs can be viewed through the MS
114. shipped with the MSC L during installation commis sioning operation and maintenance for the safe operation of the device The IR Controller may be located in explosion safety areas as follows USA FM and Canada CSA Canada CSA Rest of the World ATEX IECEx Safety level Remarks Class 1 WARNING Division 1 Do not open battery compartment in a hazardous area Use only approved batteries see label Safety Level Class 1 Division 1 Remarks WARNING battery compartment ina hazardous area Use only approved batteries see label Safety Remarks level WARNING battery compartment ina hazardous area Use only approved batteries see label Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Safety Safety Instructions for the IR Controller USA FM and Canada CSA Canada CSA poena Remarks Remarks HS Remarks level Level level Class 1 WARNING Class 1 WARNING Zone 2 WARNING Division 2 Do not open Division 2 Do not open Do not open battery battery battery compartment compartment compartment in a hazardous ina in a hazardous area Use only hazardous area Use only approved area Use only approved batteries see approved batteries see label batteries see label label Safe Safe Sa
115. specifies the hardware l O specifications of the common DC output Conditions Minimum Typical Maximum S C protection DC outputs all Load Regulation DC outputs all Line Regulation DC outputs all Ripple and Noise DC Outputs all Ripple and Noise DC Outputs all Isolation voltage Between DC DC Outputs all outputs The CAN PSF MSC board contains a 48 pin DIN41612 F type press fit connector The signals are grouped as high voltage AC signals and low voltage DC signals Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 3 34 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description PCB Layout 3 6 2 4 Fuse Boards 3 6 2 4 1 MSC SHORTCUT BOARD The MSC SHORTCUT Board is directly interfaced to the backplane of the MSC L through the 48 pin connector The MSC L contains the Digital Output Solid State Relay AC DO SSR AC interface The SSRs are used for switching AC signals connected to the load Every DO SSR AC requires an optional fuse to protect the internal electronics so that the high current can be withdrawn Because the fuse is optional 0 ohm resistor can alternatively be connected in parallel to each fuse FIGURE 3 23 MSC SHORTCUT BOARD 3 6 3 Device Electrical Features Following are the device electrical features of the MSC L 1 Internal power supply 2 Seven microprocessor controlled modules 3 Each I O is galvanic isolated from the internal electron
116. stored Data has reduced accuracy Data is killed Data is under range Data is manually overwritten Data is old Data is over range Data is uninitialized Part No 4418 309 04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 213 Operation Transfer Status Character Category Info Status Legend Data 15 not WEM approved Data is actual Data is stored Data has reduced accuracy Data is killed Data 15 underrange Data is manually ove ernwritten Data s old Dala is verrange Data 15 umnitialized Data is in tail 5 15 Transfer NOTE The Transfer functions are available only when LAD is connected to the MSC L Main Menu Transfer FIGURE 5 35 Transfer icon Using the Transfer menu the following types of records can be transferred between the MSC L and the LAD Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 214 Installation amp Operation Manual oneywell Enraf Operation Transfer Transaction records Configurations Events Logs Calibration records Recipes Language packs 5 15 1 General m On the Main Menu screen select the Transfer icon The Transfer screen appears which displays the various data sets that can be transferred between the MSC L and the LAD I ransaction records Configurations Events Logs Calibration records Recipes Language packs Frens OK to select zd d i 051710 Part No 4418 309
117. this entity you can set the time in seconds in which the additive pump must provide a feedback to the MSC If the feedback from the pump is not received in Pump feedback timeout then an alarm occurs depending on the Alarm action 5 9 2 4 4 Block Valve Fault Alarm action lt 1 gt lt 255 gt s default 15 s On the Additive Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select Block valve fault gt The Additive Stream Config Stream n Block Valve Fault screen is displayed with the following entities Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range lt Disabled gt default lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt lt Display pause gt Feedback timeout With this entity you can set the time in seconds in which the additive pump must providea feedback to the MSC If the feedback from the pump is not received in Feedback timeout then an alarm occurs depending on the Alarm action lt 1 gt lt 255 gt default 15 s Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 131 Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 2 4 5 Deviation Entity Alarm action On the Additive Stream Contig Stream n Alarms screen select Deviation The Additive Stream Config Stream n Deviation screen is displayed with the followi
118. to a point that closes the level switch At that time the alarm disappears There is no need to reset the condition as with normal alarms 5 9 2 2 1 3 Tank Empty Switch If the tank empty condition exists the MSC L cannot operate under normal condition To clear the tank empty signal the tank must be refilled to a point that closes the level switch At that instance the alarm disappears and the MSC L resumes to normal use It is not required to reset the condition with normal alarms Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 124 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 2 2 2 The I O Bindings Output Parameters NOTE The default value for all the Output entities are None Entit Description Can be linked to y p Solenoid control With this entity you can select the Any of the unused DO SSR n DO EMR n physical source for the additive PO n or None solenoid control function Block valve control With this entity you can select the Any of the unused DO SSR n DO EMR n physical source for the block valve PO n or None control function Injection feedback With this entity you can select the Any of the unused DO SSR n DO EMR n physical source for the injection PO n or None feedback function Pump demand With this entity you can select the Any of the unused DO SSR n DO EMR n physical source for the pump demand func PO n or None tion Factore
119. to repeat calibration on the same flow rate NOTE Maximum of 5 calibrations can be performed for a single flow rate m Select Cancel to terminate the operation Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 203 Operation Calibration The Calibration Stream n Meter Profile Wizard screen appears which displays the latest calibrated point with the new meter factor Calibration Stream 1 Meter Profile Wizard Calibration Rieter Rector Flotirale 1 15953577 min Press to select 13 Select OK on the IR controller or LAD The Calibration Stream n Edit Meter Profile Wizard screen appears on which the options to save or delete the calibration point are available Calibration Stream 1 Edit Meter Profile Wizard hai Delete Calibrate Save Press OR to select 14 Select lt OK gt on the IR controller or LAD to save the calibration point The Calibration Stream n Wizard screen appears which displays the Meter Factor old Flowrate old Meter Factor and Flowrate 5 204 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual onevwell Enraf Operation Calibration Calibration Stream 1 Wizard Aer ld Didi Meter Factor SI ELTE L min 0199245 905 28 L min ny i Press OK to commit ESC te qo
120. with the metal housing using the metal spacers as displayed in FIGURE 3 11 In addition these boards connect the GND cables which are connected to the backplane through multiple pins of the DIN41612 F type 48 pins connector 4 EI j as L 1 Te ee Runa ee ar P a E a a d ng a i i EER E HE R E E T EFFI EFFE T ng Mul FOF 22 1T FE zd a dr cA dL Ld x ee ee Te ee BOI IB BE E EL E RE HE E U EJE FN E EUR B H E INI INC ANI BOE EE RETI REI E E ER EI PET E WS T uiu FETs PEEL a ELI S S Kk S Z S ae PRET PERETE bhEEF ETI 00 PEPE IRRE Uk ET is EFL IRE ET IFEF PRE ee dr I tei P i ET E ri TI 1 694660090606 9 m Io INI dr FIGURE 3 11 Mechanical grounding of CAN ARM MSC and CAN IN OUT MSC boards Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 3 18 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description
121. 0 feed ac Feed DO SSR 30 N N Neutral Alarm indication Pump start DO SSR 30 L L Live Additive blocking valve DO SSR 31 F SSr31 feed ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 31 O SSr31_sw_ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection control feedback DO SSR 31 N N Neutral DO SSR 31 L L Live DO SSR 32 F SSr32 feed ac Feed DO SSR 32 N N Neutral Alarm indication Pump start DO SSR 32 L L Live Additive blocking valve Honeywell Enraf Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical ID gnar name description Type functions DO SSR 33 F SSr33 feed ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 33 O 55 33 sw ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection DO SSR 33 N N Neutral control feedback DO SSR 33 L L Live DO SSR 34 F SSr34 feed ac Feed DO SSR 34 N N Neutral Alarm indication Pump start DO SSR 34 L L Live Additive blocking valve DO SSR 35 F 55 35 feed ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 35 O SSr35 sw ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection DO SSR 35 N N Neutral control feedback DO SSR 35 L L Live DO SSR 36 F SSr36 feed ac Feed Alarm shutdown DO SSR 36 N N Neutral Pump start
122. 00 3 for S terminations Ta d0 C to 85 C Ac i NEMA 4X Warning seal all condita within 18 inches FIGURE 2 3 Identification labels with the safety note on the MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honevwell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 2 7 Safety Safety Instructions for the LAD FIGURE 2 4 2 3 Safety Instructions for the LAD Local Access Device LAD AN WARNING You must Strictly follow all the safety instructions mentioned in this manual and the safety instructions shipped with the MSC L during installation commis sioning operation and maintenance for the safe operation of the device The LAD may be used in hazardous areas as follows USA FM and Canada CSA Canada CSA Rest of the World ATEX IECEx Safety level Class 1 Division 1 Remarks WARNING Substitution of components may impair intrinsic safety Safety Level Class 1 Division 1 resp Zone 1 Remarks WARNING Substitution of components may impair intrinsic safety Safety level Remarks Class 1 Division 2 WARNING Substitution of components may impair intrinsic safety Class 1 Division 2 resp Zone 2 WARNING Substitution of components may impair intrinsic safety Safe Zone Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Safety Sa
123. 1 5 0 4 No Hydraulic Pump Entity Alarm action On the Product Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select No hydraulic pump The Product Stream Config Stream n No Hydraulic Pump screen is displayed with the following entities Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range Disabled default Display Display shutdown Display pause Pump feedback timeout With this entity you can set the time in seconds in which the product stream hydraulic pump must give feedback to the MSC L If no hydraulic pump feedback is received in Pump feedback timeout an alarm occurs depending on the Alarm action 5 9 1 5 0 5 Block Valve Fault Entity Alarm action lt 1 gt lt 255 gt default 15 s On the Product Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select Block valve fault gt The Product Stream Config Stream n Block Valve Fault screen is displayed with the following entities Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range Disabled Display Display shutdown Display pause Feedback timeout With this entity you can set the time in seconds in which the product stream block valve must give feedback to the MSCL If no feedback is received in feedback timeout an alarm occurs depend
124. 12 separate devices each providing individual functionality and each one configurable from one single device and selectable through a license Part 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 3 11 System Description System Architecture 3 3 The MSC Ls solution approach facilitates the ratification of both the MID compliance steps mentioned previously bringing on the market and putting into use by pre configuring all components in accordance with the MID requirements and checking conformity through pre installation testing before delivery as a complete system This method not only reduces the risk of non compliance but also speeds up the MID qualification process for the system owner For the owner putting into use qualification not only includes the accuracy and security of the physical operation of the blend process but also the reconciliation and reproduction of the measurement data This is applicable whether the information is to be stored locally on the device distributed and stored on peripheral devices or reconciled as a Bill of Lading print out For the system to be fully compliant any of these functions must also operate in the MID criteria As such the MSC L offers a number of options to ensure compliance Firstly it implements a arge transaction storage memory of 10 000 transactions which allows a device to operate for over three months witho
125. 220 Flow rale 262 87 Limin Temperature Pressure Density Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 170 Installation amp Operation Manual oneywell Enraf Operation Diagnostics 5 12 5 Storage Info On the Diagnostics screen select lt Storage info gt The Storage Info screen appears which displays an overview of the actual stored logs in the internal SD card located on the CAN HMI MSC board Storage Infa Total space 44554 ree space 857084 KB Transaction records Calibration records Alarm records Event records 5 12 6 Accumulated Totals 1 On the Diagnostics screen select Accumulated totals The Diagnostics Accumulated Totals screen appears Diagnostics Accumulated Totals IPrexduet streams Press OK to select Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 171 Operation Diagnostics 2 Select Product streams The Diagnostics Accu totals Products screen appears Select the appropriate stream Diagnostics Accu Totals Products C Stream 1 2 All streams L Stream 2 K 1 bl k r n L k I I is E m 1 i Stream 3 Stream 4 Stream 5 Slreami EIN EE QUE Stream 9 Pa J a ki 1 4 J Stream 10 stream 11 Stream 12 Accumulated Totals Product Stream 3 Transaction GS Transaction Mass Transaction oM 2392 leak GOY 01 Calibration GOV
126. 28 FIGURE 3 18 CAN ARM MSC component locations Item Description reference Connectors for interfacing with the ARM1 BACKPLANE MSC or ARM2 BACKPLANE MSC Programming connector for U56 ARM controller Programming connector for U46 PI processor Cortex MO B Si FlexConn jumper function switches Reference Jumper name Function when set to ON FlexConn JP1 W amp M entities protection FlexConn JP2 Password is read protected Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 3 28 Installation amp Operation Manual loneywell Enraf System Description PCB Layout Reference Jumper name Function when set to ON FlexConn JP3 Nothing is used FlexConn JP4 Spare FlexConn JP5 Spare FlexConn JP6 CAN bus termination m JP7 to JP8 Jumper for RS communication terminating setting Position Description S1 2 Closed RS 485 communication terminated with 120 S2 3 Closed RS 485 communication NOT terminated 3 6 1 3 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 6 1 3 1 Functions The function of the CAN IN OUT MSC board is to provide I O functions which are necessary to control the enhanced loading and additive injection processes Following are the functions of the CAN IN OUT MSC board Function Description 3 Digital Input AC DI AC circuits Converts high voltage switched AC signals into an isolated logic signal that can be read by the FlexConn generic mic
127. 28 MAN ats cues beng oder au 2 ia 5 50 562 LAD FUNCIONS 2522240 sss kasaae ma 28 o wm Q S 5 51 5 7 Loading Application Overview 5 52 5 8 System Configuration 5 53 5 8 1 Device Configuration 5 54 5 8 1 1 Device Configuration 5 54 5 8 1 1 1 Device Configuration Identification 5 55 5 8 1 1 2 Device Configuration 5 55 5 8 1 1 3 Device Configuration Display 5 58 5 8 1 1 3 1 Device Configuration General Settings 5 58 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Table of Contents 5 8 1 1 3 2 5 8 1 1 4 5 8 1 2 5 8 1 2 1 5 8 1 2 2 5 8 1 3 5 8 1 3 1 5 8 1 3 1 1 5 8 1 3 1 2 5 8 1 3 1 3 5 8 1 3 1 4 5 8 1 3 1 5 5 8 1 3 2 5 8 1 3 3 5 8 1 4 5 8 1 4 1 5 8 1 4 2 5 8 1 4 3 5 8 1 4 4 5 8 1 4 5 5 8 1 4 6 5 8 1 4 7 5 8 1 5 5 8 1 5 1 5 8 1 5 2 5 8 1 5 3 5 8 1 5 3 1 5 8 1 5 3 2 5 8 1 5 3 3 5 8 1 5 3 4 5 8 1 5 3 5 5 8 1 5 4 5 8 1 6 5 8 1 6 1 5 8 1 6 2 5 8 1 6 2 1 5 8 1 6 2 2 5 8 1 7 5 8 1 7 1 5 8 1 7 2 5 8 1 8 5 8 1 8 1 5 8 1 8 2 5 8 1 9 5 8 2 5 8 2 1 5 8 2 2 5 8 2 2 1 5 8 2 2 2 5 8 2 3 Device Configuration Operational
128. 3 N A T1054 1701 FM ARN 2 A 1003 T1 053 1701 FM IN OUT 3 T1 053 J7U1 FINIRE CLT M A 1 53 101 A 103 11 052 FM PI N A N A h h hA m ru Press OR to view detailed info 19 FIGURE 5 33 Device Info Module Info screen m Select FM ARM n The following FM ARM n Info appears Info Device Info Device serial num bes 12345678 Production date 2014 74 11 Sales code EIE License Fusion MSC L ALI FM ARM 1 Info Application checksum Hardware version FlexConn library version V2 001 HexConn build 118814 Serial number chip 097114104021000000 Board serial mam ber Manufacturer setta number Osu m Select FM HMI n Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 211 Operation Info Device Information The following FM HMI n Info appears m Select FM IN OUT n Info Device Info Device serial num ber 12345678 Production date 2014 03 11 Sales code License Fusion MSC L ALI FM HMI Info Application checksum Hardware version library verson 2 001 bud 118314 Serial number chip 06718910402 1000000 Board serial number 10050 Manulacturer setta number The following FM IN OUT n Info appears Info Device Info Device serial num bei 12345678 Production date 2014 04 11 Sales code LIE License Fusion MSC L ALY FM IN QUT 1 Info Appli
129. 4 Green G 10 DI DC 49 DI DC 50 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DI DC 50 DI DC 51 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DI DC 51 CN 225 6 DI DC 52 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 Green G 9 DI DC 52 DI DC 53 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DI DC 53 DI DC 54 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DI DC 54 CN 226 6 DI DC 55 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 Green G 8 DI DC 55 DI DC 56 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DI DC 56 DI DC 57 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DI DC 57 CN 227 6 DI DC 58 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 Green G 7 DI DC 58 DI DC 59 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DI DC 59 DI DC 60 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DI DC 60 CN 228 3 AI 8 CAN ARM MSC 2 Green A 11 Al 8 CN 229 3 AI 9 CAN ARM MSC 2 Green A 10 Al 9 CN 230 3 Al 10 CAN ARM MSC 2 Green A 9 Al 10 CN 231 3 Al 11 CAN ARM MSC 2 Green A 7 Al 11 CN 232 3 Al 12 CAN ARM MSC 2 Green A 6 Al 12 CN 233 3 Al 13 CAN ARM MSC 2 Green A 5 Al 13 CN 234 3 Al 14 CAN ARM MSC 2 Green C 5 Al 14 CN 235 6 QPI A 7 CAN ARM MSC 2 Green C 6 QPI 7A QPI B 7 CAN ARM MSC 2 QPI 7B CN 236 6 QPI A 8 CAN ARM MSC 2 Green F 5 QPI 8A QPI B 8 CAN ARM MSC 2 QPI 8B CN 237 6 QPI A 9 CAN ARM MSC 2 Green F 4 QPI 9A QPI B 9 CAN ARM MSC 2 QPI 9B CN 238 6 QPI A 10 CAN ARM MSC 2 Green G 6 QPI 10A QPI B 10 CAN ARM MSC 2 QPI 10B CN 239 6 QPI A 11 CAN ARM MSC 2 Green J 5 QPI 11A QPI B 11 CAN ARM MSC 2 QPI 11B CN 240 6 QPI A 12 CAN ARM MSC 2 Green J 4 QPI 12A QPI B 12 CAN ARM MSC 2 QPI 12B Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 29 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance FUNCTIONS RTD 4 CAN ARM MSC 2 RTD 5 CAN ARM MSC 2 RTD 6
130. 4 5 Removing Replacing the PCBs 4 12 4 6 Fusing and Power Consumption 4 13 2SOSMNIU D mm 4 13 4 6 1 1 intemal FUSING d upper Eg PRIOR etiani eet ie ae dane a danas 4 13 4 6 1 2 External FUSING REGS AoE 4 16 4 6 2 Power Consumption 4 16 4 6 3 Disconnecting breaker device 4 17 4 7 Wiring Termination 4 17 4 7 1 Wiring Architecture 4 17 4 7 2 Backplane 4 18 4 7 2 1 ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC 4 19 42 2 FOO den 2o 3 0 RIALTO 4 20 4 7 2 3 Connector Overview 4 21 4 7 2 4 ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC 4 25 4 7 2 5 Floorplan dic 4 Gt 4 26 4 7 2 6 Connector Overview 4 27 asilo LR 4 31 4 7 3 1 Wire Sizes and 4 31 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Table of Contents 4 7 4 4 7 5 4 7 6 4 7 6 1 4 7 6 2 4 7 6 3 4 7 6 4 4 7 6 5 4 7 6 6 4 7 6 7 4 7 6 8 4 7 6 9 4 7 6 10 4 7 6 11 4
131. 6 A RTD POS Signal Input 60751 RTD 6 S RTD S Four wire connection Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309_Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance i Floor plan Signal Typical He ID p WEN ELE description Type functions Feed Pulse output control Signal Output Feed Signal Output Signal Output Analog output control Signal Output Signal Output Signal Output Signal Output Signal Output RS485_ CH6 Receive RS485 Preferred interface communication to 5 interface 2 wire TAS RS485 Commo OV Fusion4 Portal n CH6 Smart Additive 5485 A CH7 Receive RS485 A CH7 Transmit RS485 Commo OV n CH7 Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honevwell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 77 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan ID Signal Typical Terminal description functions Signal name CN 247 ETHER TXP Transmit Ethernet Preferred interface positive communication to interface TAS ETHER TXN Transmit Fusion4 Portal negative Smart Additive ETHER RXP Receive positive ETHER RXN Receive negative 2 3 4 Live Mains AC power Redundant input external AC power for device Earth Earth operation
132. 7 C Il 2 G Ex lb IIB T4 1712 YEAR OF BUILD SERIAL No fHHHHHHHEH USE ONLY PANASONIC TYPE AM 4 15V ALKALINE SIZE AAA BATTERIES DO NOT OPEN BATTERY COMPARTMENT IN A HAZARDOUS AREA Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honevwell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 2 15 Safety Liability Honeywell 2000 Northfield Court Roswell Georgia USA TEL 770 475 1900 GCHHC 4 IR CONTROLLER IECEx ITS 11 0017 Ex ib IIB T4 Gb YEAR OF BUILD SERIAL No THHHHHHHHHE USE ONLY PANASONIC LROSXWA 1 5V ALKALINE SIZE AAA BATTERIES DO NOT OPEN BATTERY COMPARTMENT IN A HAZARDOUS AREA 20 C to 40 C FIGURE 2 7 Identification labels with Safety note on the Fusion4 IR Controller 2 5 Liability The information in this installation manual is the copyright property of Honeywell International Inc Honeywell International Inc disclaims any responsibility for personal injury or damage to the equipment caused by the following m Deviation from any of the prescribed procedures m Execution of activities that are not prescribed B Neglecting the safety regulations for handling tools and use of electricity The contents descriptions and specifications in this manual are subject to change without notice Honeywell International Inc accepts no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this manual WARNING Only certified technicians are authorized to make changes to the MSC L conf
133. 8 309 Rev04 3 52 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Output Functions 3 9 3 2 Characteristics Item Minimum Typical Maximum Unit Isolation Vi 24 0 Nominal loop current range Loop current control range Accuracy without external receiver Update time Load resistance 3 9 4 Digital Output Electromechanical Relay DC 3 9 4 1 Functional Description The Digital Output Electromechanical Relay DO EMR DO allows the controller to switch DC signals to control alarms and other loads The two output terminals are volt free contacts and require an external power supply to drive a load The relay output contacts are effectively Single Pole Single Throw SPST and are configurable through a jumper to be either Normally Open NO or Normally Closed NC FIGURE 3 32 illustrates the simplified block diagram of the DO EMR DC connections 1 For physical location s see CHAPTER 4 Installation Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honevwell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 53 System Description Output Functions CAN IN OUT MSC External equipment JPx N O N C CNx n 1 3 5 7 EMRx e e 2 4 6 8 EMR common SPST Configurable as N O or N C via jumper LOAD External DC PSU FIGURE 3 32 DO EMR DC connect
134. 8 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 69 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical ID pigra name description Type functions DI DC 31 H DC31 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable inputs DI DC 31 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 32 H DC32 hi Signal Input DI DC 32 C COMMON Common DI DC 33 H DC33 hi Signal Input DI DC 33 C COMMON Common DI DC 34 H DC34 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable inputs DI DC 34 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 35 H DC35 hi Signal Input DI DC 35 C COMMON Common DI DC 36 H DC36 hi Signal Input DI DC 36 C COMMON Common DI DC 37 H DC37 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable inputs DI DC 37 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 38 H DC38 hi Signal Input DI DC 38 C COMMON Common DI DC 39 H DC39 hi Signal Input DI DC 39 C COMMON Common DI DC 40 H DC40_hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable inputs DI DC 40 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 41 H DC41_hi Signal Input DI DC 41 C COMMON Common DI DC 42 H DC42 hi Signal Input DI DC 42 C COMMON Common Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance
135. 8 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 15 Installation Fusing and Power Consumption Boards CAN ARM MSC 4 6 1 2 NOTE 4 6 2 Number of boards External Fusing External fuse can also be connected to the AC mains input available for the MSC L There are two different power supply units which can either be powered using the individual AC sources or the common AC source m Use two 217 005 P little fuse or equivalent on each AC source for a system with separate AC mains for each power supply B Use a single 217 010 P little fuse or equivalent for the common source External fusing is not required as all the fusing is done internally on the CAN PSF MSC board Power Consumption The maximum consumed mains power depends on the external loads which can add up to 690 W The MSC L contains DO SSR AC interfaces The SSR relays are used for switching AC signals connected to the MSC L load The following boards in the MSC L contain DO SSR AC interfaces 1 CAN ARM MSC one per backplane 2 CAN IN OUT MSC two per backplane On each CAN ARM MSC board there are 12 SSR interfaces and on each CAN IN OUT MSC board there are four SSR interfaces Every DO SSR AC needs an optional fuse to protect the internal electronics for the high current drawn The 22 fuses are placed on the optional MSC SHORTCUT BOARD These fuses when placed on the MSC L protect the electronics again
136. C L menu Basic Concepts An alarm is an indication that an undesired situation has occured In MSC L the following collection of information is associated with an alarm Name Scope State Action Date Time Alarm Name The alarm name is used for describing the situation in which the alarm has occurred Alarm Scope Conceptually an MSC L device has loading bays A bay has multiple loading arms and loading arms have zero or more streams associated with them They are referred to as scope type There are five scope types in the MSC L as follows Device Bay or transaction Loading arm or batch Product stream Additive stream On the alarm log screen the emphasized first character of the alarm chapter is used for indicating the chapter to which the alarm belongs to Consider the example of an Tank empty alarm on product stream 3 The scope type is a Product stream But this information is not enough to uniquely identify the source of the alarm The index of the product stream 3 in this case is missing Part No 4418 309_Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 6 1 Alarm Handling Basic Concepts 6 2 3 6 2 4 In general the scope of an alarm is the scope type together with the Index within that scope type The index for each scope type always starts from one Alarm State An alarm can be in one of following possible states B Inactive B Asserted m Acknowled
137. C L the LAD can be used for its intended purpose Maintenance and Troubleshooting The LAD hardware is non servicable in case of damage contact Honeywell Enraf for replacement Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 2 9 Safety Safety Instructions for the LAD 2 3 6 2 3 7 Additional Information For additional information about Honeywell Enraf s solutions see the back cover of this manual to contact Honeywell Enraf or its representative Environmental Conditions The environmental conditions regarding the allowable operating temperature is 20 C to 65 4 F to 149 F relative humidity is RH 5 to 95 non condensing and operating pressure is atmospheric Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Safety Safety Instructions for the LAD 2 3 8 The LAD Labels Honeywell Enral Americas Inc Honeywell Enraf 2000 Northfield Court Roswell GA 30752 Fusion4 LAD Sarialnr 392 xx xxx Ui 15 8V let 7A Pi 25W Test date 2008 xx xx Gi f2nF Lie id 2GExiallB T4 Gb Ex ia IIB T4 Gb 10ATEXO152 IECEx 10 0070 Ta 20 C to 65 C C 0081 IP54 Connect and use par control drawing 135 1392001 Honeywell Enraf Amaricas Inc Honeywell Enraf 2 Fusion4 LAD Senal 392 xx xxx Ui 15 BV 1 TA Pi 2 SW Test date ZODSO xx xx Ci 7T2nF Li Group C amp D
138. DC3 hi Signal Input DI DC 3 C COMMON Common Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance i Floor plan Signal Typical 19 Pionai pame description Type functions DI DC 4 H DCA hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable Inputs DI DC 4 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 5 H DC5 hi Signal Input DI DC 5 C COMMON Common DI DC 6 H DC6 hi Signal Input DI DC 6 C COMMON Common DI DC 7 H DC7 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable Inputs DI DC 7 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 8 H DC8 hi Signal Input DI DC 8 C COMMON Common DI DC 9 H DC9 hi Signal Input DI DC 9 C COMMON Common DI DC 10 H DC10 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable Inputs DI DC 10 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 11 H DC11 hi Signal Input DI DC 11 C COMMON Common DI DC 12 H DC12 hi Signal Input DI DC 12 C COMMON Common DI DC 13 H DC13 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable Inputs DI DC 13 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 14 H DC14 hi Signal Input DI DC 14 C COMMON Common DI DC 15 H DC15 hi Signal Input DI DC 15 C COMMON Common Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance
139. DI Total GOW 2392 Fusion4 MSC L 5 172 Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Enraf Operation Diagnostics 3 Select lt Additive streams gt The Diagnostics Accu totals Additives screen appears Select the appropriate stream Diagnostics Accu Totals Additives 2 stream 13 All streams stream 2 stream 1 Stream 3 Stream 15 Stream 4 2 Stream 16 Stream 5 Stream 17 g Siream CJ C1 Stream 1 CETTE ETE WE 3 _ Stream 10 G Stream 22 stream 11 O stream 23 Stream 12 _ Stream 24 Accumulated Totals Additive Stream 2 Transaction GOY D 5921 Leak GOW D DOD Calibration GW 2 008 Total GOV 2 594 Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 173 Operation Diagnostics 5 12 7 Comms Info 1 On the Diagnostics screen select Comms info to view the serial and ethernet details Diagnostics Comms Info Press OK to E EA 91554 2 Onthe Diagnostics Comms Info screen select Serial The Diagnostics Comms Info Serial screen appears which displays the serial communication details Diagnostics Comms Info Serial Bort Pratacal Received Transreltted COM 1 Hexconn 0 COM 2 FlexConn COM 6 Flex onn 0 CON 7 Fiexc onn 0 FlexC onn 0 wu E 0 COM 5 Flex Press to via det
140. F SSr13 feed ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 13 O SSr13 sw ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection DO SSR 13 N N Neutral control feedback DO SSR 13 L L Live DO SSR 14 F SSr14 feed ac Feed DO SSR 14 N N Neutral Alarm indication Pump start DO SSR 14 L L Live Product block valve Additive blocking valve Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309_Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Terminal Floor plan ID Signal name Signal description Typical functions DO SSR 15 SSr15 feed ac Feed DO SSR 15 SSr15 sw ac Signal Output DO SSR 15 N Neutral DO SSR 15 L Live DO SSR 16 SSr16 feed ac Feed DO SSR 16 SSr16 sw ac Signal Output DO SSR 16 N Neutral DO SSR 16 mr om rizo nn L Live High frequency fast switching AC output control Actuator outputs Additive solenoid Additive injection feedback Alarm shutdown Alarm indication Pump start Product block valve Additive blocking valve DO SSR 17 SSr17 feed ac Feed DO SSR 17 SSr17 sw ac Signal Output DO SSR 17 N Neutral DO SSR 17 L Live DO SSR 18 SSr18 feed ac Feed DO SSR 18 SSr18 sw ac Signal Output DO SSR 18 N Neutral DO SSR 18 rz O mrzo T
141. Green P 2 PO 1 2 CAN ARM MSC 1 PO 2 CN 145 6 AO 1 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green J 3 AO 1 AO 2 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 AO 2 AO 3 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 AO 3 CN 146 6 COMMS 1 CAN ARM MSC 1 Black N 3 COM 1 COMMS 2 CAN ARM MSC 1 COM 2 CN 147 4 ETHER 1 CAN ARM MSC 1 Black M 1 ETH 1 CN 148 3 MAINS INPUT 1 Internal external Red A 3 MAINS 1 CN 149 3 MAINS INPUT 2 Internal external Red A 2 MAINS 2 CN 150 6 COMMS 3 CAN HMI MSC Black L 2 COM 3 COMMS 4 CAN HMI MSC COM 4 CN 151 5 COMMS 5 CAN HMI MSC J 1 COM 5 CN 152 4 ETHER 2 CAN HMI MSC Black P 1 ETH 2 subD15 FUNCTION HMI LINK 1 CAN HMI MSC subD15 HMI LINK 2 CAN HMI MSC subD25 BACKPLANE LINK 1 ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance FUNCTION PSF BOARD 1 CAN PSF MSC 1 ARM BOARD 1 A CAN ARM MSC 1 ARM BOARD 1 B CAN ARM MSC 1 IN OUT BOARD 1 A CAN IN OUT MSC 1 IN OUT BOARD 1 B CAN IN OUT MSC 1 IN OUT BOARD 2 A CAN IN OUT MSC 2 IN OUT BOARD 2 B CAN IN OUT MSC 2 FUSE BOARD 1 MSC SHORTCUT BOARD 1 4 7 2 4 ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC III T7 0 ETT LEE oD TM M 32 23137328910 2934 52 27 kk k k FIGURE 4 9 ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 25 Installation Wiring Terminatio
142. Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Fusion4 MSC L For service related questions contact Technical Assistance Centre Phone 1 800 423 9883 or 1 215 641 3610 E mail HFS TAC SUPPORT honeywell com 2014 Honeywell International Inc Table of Contents CHAPTER1 1 1 1 2 1 3 CHAPTER 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 3 2 2 1 4 221 9 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 4 2 2 4 1 2 2 4 1 1 2 2 5 2 2 5 0 1 2 2 6 2 2 6 1 2 2 7 2 2 7 1 2 2 7 2 2 2 7 3 2 2 7 4 2 3 2 3 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 1 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 2 3 4 2 3 5 2 3 6 2 3 7 2 3 8 2 4 2 4 1 2 4 2 General WOO 1 1 Product Overview Gud e gol ei 1 1 Functionality 1 3 Target Audience for this Manual 1 3 2 1 Safety Conventions 1 2 1 659 resa i BASARE RSSDE RER ETERA T1 240 2 1 ec D Am 2 1 Safety Instructions for the MSC L 2 2 otc acne doth Sean eee SoG GE Seer Ae ee 2 2 EC Declaration of Conformity for EU 2 2 Control Drawings for FM amp CSA 2 2 P Cnm 2 3 Additional Information 2 3 Environmental Cond
143. I DC 24 CN 126 6 DI DC 25 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 Green Q 8 DI DC 25 DI DC 26 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DI DC 26 DI DC 27 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DI DC 27 CN 127 6 DI DC 28 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 Green Q 7 DI DC 28 DI DC 29 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DI DC 29 DI DC 30 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DI DC 30 CN 128 3 Al 1 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green U 11 Al 1 CN 129 3 Al 2 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green U 10 Al 2 CN 130 3 Al CAN ARM MSC 1 Green U 9 Al 3 CN 131 3 AI 4 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green U 7 Al 4 CN 132 3 AI 5 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green U 6 Al 5 Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 23 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance ID PINS FUNCTIONS BOARD COLOR X Y NAME CN 133 3 AI 6 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green U 5 Al 6 CN 134 3 Al 7 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green S 1 Al 7 CN 135 6 QPI A 1 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green M 6 QPI 1A QPI B 1 CAN ARM MSC 1 QPI 1B CN 136 6 QPI A 2 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green J 5 QPI 2A QPI B 2 CAN ARM MSC 1 QPI 2B CN 137 6 QPI A 3 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green J 4 QPI 3A QPI B 3 CAN ARM MSC 1 QPI 3B CN 138 6 QPI A 4 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green Q 6 QPI 4A QPI B 4 CAN ARM MSC 1 QPI 4B CN 139 6 QPI A 5 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green N 5 QPI 5A QPI B 5 CAN ARM MSC 1 QPI 5B CN 140 6 QPI A 6 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green N 4 QPI 6A QPI B 6 CAN ARM MSC 1 QPI 6B CN 141 4 RTD 1 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green R 5 RTD 1 CN 142 4 RTD 2 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green R 4 RTD 2 CN 143 4 RTD 3 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green R 3 RTD 3 CN 144 4 PO 1 CAN ARM MSC 1
144. L Live High frequency fast switching AC output control Actuator outputs Additive solenoid Additive injection feedback Alarm shutdown Alarm indication Pump start Product block valve Additive blocking valve Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical ID signal lame description Type functions DO SSR 19 F SSr19 feed ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs i fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 19 O SSr19 sw ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection control feedback DO SSR 19 N N Neutral DO SSR 19 L L Live DO SSR 20 F SSr20 feed ac Feed DO SSR 20 O SSr20_sw_ac Signal Output Alarm shutdown DO SSR 20 N N Neutral Alarm indication Pump start DO SSR 20 L L Live Product block valve Additive blocking valve DI AC 1 2 N AC NEUTRAL Neutral AC input control Programmable 3 inputs DI AC 1 1 L AC1 L Live DI AC 2 2 L AC2 L Live DI AC 3 3 L L Live DI AC 4 5 N AC NEUTRAL Neutral AC input control Programmable 6 inputs DI AC 4 4 L ACA L Live ipi DI AC 5 5 L AC5 L Live DI AC 6 6 L AC6 1 Live DI DC 1 H DC1 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable Inputs DI DC 1 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 2 H DC2 hi Signal Input DI DC 2 C COMMON Common DI DC 3 H
145. MR AC DC 36 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DO EMR 36 DO EMR AC DC 37 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DO EMR 37 DO EMR AC DC 38 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DO EMR 38 CN 205 8 DO EMR AC DC 29 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 Yellow Q 8 DO EMR 29 DO EMR AC DC 30 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DO EMR 30 DO EMR AC DC 39 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DO EMR 39 DO EMR AC DC 40 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DO EMR 40 CN 206 8 DO SSR AC 21 CAN ARM MSC 2 Orange L 8 DO SSR 21 DO SSR AC 22 CAN ARM MSC 2 DO SSR 22 CN 207 8 DO SSR AC 23 CAN ARM MSC 2 Orange Q 7 DO SSR 23 DO SSR AC 24 CAN ARM MSC 2 DO SSR 24 CN 208 8 DO SSR AC 25 CAN ARM MSC 2 Orange L 7 DO SSR 25 DO SSR AC 26 CAN ARM MSC 2 DO SSR 26 CN 209 8 DO SSR AC 27 CAN ARM MSC 2 Orange Q 6 DO SSR 27 DO SSR AC 28 CAN ARM MSC 2 DO SSR 28 CN 210 8 DO SSR AC 29 CAN ARM MSC 2 Orange L 6 DO SSR 29 Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 27 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance ID PINS FUNCTIONS BOARD COLOR X Y NAME DO SSR AC 30 CAN ARM MSC 2 DO SSR 30 CN 211 8 DO SSR AC 31 CAN ARM MSC 2 Orange N 5 DO SSR 31 DO SSR AC 32 CAN ARM MSC 2 DO SSR 32 CN 212 8 DO SSR AC 33 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 Orange N 4 DO SSR 33 DO SSR AC 34 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DO SSR 34 CN 213 8 DO SSR AC 35 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 Orange N 3 DO SSR 35 DO SSR AC 36 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DO SSR 36 CN 214 8 DO SSR AC 37 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 Orange N 2 DO SSR 37 DO SSR AC 38 CAN I
146. MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 79 Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 5 3 Device Configuration Alarms Deadman 1 On the Device Configuration Alarms screen select lt Deadman gt The Device Configuration Alarms Deadman screen appears The deadman function of the MSC L allows the loading process to be monitored to ensure the operator s attention and safety during the loading operation 2 On the Device Configuration Alarms Deadman screen the following entities are displayed 5 8 1 5 3 1 Deadman Status Entity Description Value range Deadman status With this entity you can Enable or Enable Disable deadman alarm function Disable default If enabled the operator driver must repeatedly within the settable timeout period press a key on the keyboard of the MSC L or press deadman refresh switch to prevent the deadman function from being triggered 5 8 1 5 3 2 Deadman Indicator Description Value range Output With this entity you can select the Any of the unused DO SSR DO EMR PO physical output for the deadman or None indicator function The default value is lt None gt Timeout With this entity you can set the time in 10 999 s seconds in which the operator must default 150 s press a key or refresh the deadman switch in an interval of Deadman indicator timeout to prevent the deadman indicator warning lamp from b
147. Manual Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 4 6 PO On the Device Configuration I O Settings screen select the available Pulse Outputs POs The following entities are displayed on the Device Configuration I O Settings PO screen Device Configuration IO Settings 1 Pulse output selection Mone Entity Available I Os Pulse output selection None any of the QPls FPO default None 5 8 1 4 7 EMR On the Device Configuration I O Settings screen select the available EMRs The following entities are displayed on the Device Configuration I O Settings DO EMR n screen Device Configuration I O Settings DO EMR 1 Relay made De energized 10417755 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 76 Installation amp Operation Manual oneywell Enraf Operation System Configuration Entity Relay mode Description Value range With this entity you can configure the Energized default mode of the EMR output De energized default 5 8 1 5 Device Configuration Alarms 1 On the Device Configuration screen select Alarms The Device Configuration Alarms screen appears Device Configuration Alarms Scheduled service Programmable alarms Deadman Pernmissives Prese OK to salect Alarms can have the following alarm actions lt Disabled gt The alarm is ignored lt Display gt e The alarm appears on the display The alarm indication
148. Maximum Unit Isolation voltage Switching level Vy Switching level VL Switching current lew Input switching frequency Input on time Ton Input off time Torr 3 8 4 Dual Pulse Input Quad 3 8 4 1 Functional Description The Dual Pulse Input Quad can accept signals from one dual pulse flow meter for applications requiring a high level of pulse integrity offered by a dual pulse flow meter This is also referred to as a quad quadrature flow meter or one single pulse flow meter See section 3 8 3 Single Pulse Input NOTE The dual pulse input cannot be used for accepting signals from two separate single pulse flow meters FIGURE 3 26 illustrates the simplified block diagram of the Dual Pulse Input connections Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 3 42 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Input Functions External equipment CAN ARM MSC 12Vdc_ext 5V CN135 METER POWER 1 s R R PULSE A 3 7 PULSE B 6 gt l ani e COMMON a S Flowmeter with NPN open collector outputs aw for example Tuthill FPP TS Series or Monoblock 10 31558 Pulse B is omitted for single pulse flowmeters or External equipment CAN ARM MSC 12Vdc ext 5V Bn
149. N OUT MSC 4 DO SSR 38 CN 215 8 DO SSR AC 39 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 Orange N 1 DO SSR 39 DO SSR AC 40 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DO SSR 40 CN 216 4 DI AC 7 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 Red T 5 DI AC 7 DI AC 8 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DI AC 8 DI AC 9 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DI AC 9 CN 217 4 DI AC 10 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 Red T 4 DI AC 10 DI AC 11 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DI AC 11 DI AC 12 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DI AC 12 CN 218 6 DI DC 31 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 Green C 11 DI DC 31 DI DC 32 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DI DC 32 DI DC 33 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DI DC 33 CN 219 6 DI DC 34 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 Green C 10 DI DC 34 DI DC 35 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DI DC 35 DI DC 36 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DI DC 36 CN 220 6 DI DC 37 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 Green C 9 DI DC 37 DI DC 38 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DI DC 38 DI DC 39 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DI DC 39 CN 221 6 DI DC 40 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 Green C 8 DI DC 40 DI DC 41 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DI DC 41 DI DC 42 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DI DC 42 CN 222 6 DI DC 43 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 Green C 7 DI DC 43 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 28 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance ID PINS FUNCTIONS BOARD COLOR X Y NAME DI DC 44 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DI DC 44 DI DC 45 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DI DC 45 CN 223 6 DI DC 46 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 Green G 11 DI DC 46 DI DC 47 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DI DC 47 DI DC 48 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DI DC 48 CN 224 6 DI DC 49 CAN IN OUT MSC
150. OGAR S 99999 99 948 ex ug 999 99 99999 oo E a an an an pe t de 948 ra ah m Fi x B dh rr dh 1 AI 3 Al 5 Al 7 n 2 AJ 8 Al 10 Al 12 A 14 AO 5 ASKS ge ge 99999 99 9 48 9 EE qa 5 12 3 System Health NOTE The content of the Diagnostics System Health may differ depending on the particular Model that is bought On the Diagnostics screen select lt System health gt The Diagnostics Module Health screen appears which displays the health of the boards available in the MSC L Diagnostics Module Health Ho ern No ero No eral No ho FM IN OLH I FRI ARM 2 FEIN OLEH 3 FM IN OUT 3 FR HMI Goce Good Good Gorn Press OR to view function health ae ig DESS Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 168 Enraf Operation Diagnostics 1 On the Diagnostics Module Health screen select lt FM ARM n gt The Diagnostics Function Health screen appears which displays the details of the ARM board Diagnostics Function Health Batch control Good No eroi Additive stream Gol Ho Product stream Good Ho erro Putse imputs No Digital outputs Good No eroi Putse outputs Module control Go No erroi ATO Neen Analog inputs Bac No data available Analog outputs God ena Ethernel Good NO eroi
151. Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf System Description PCB Layout 3 6 1 3 2 Component Locations M kx M kx CN1 5 CN2 x ON L3 CELEI e es C Ni NBL m 1 w E U38 E BR B 0 B B B DI B C FIGURE 3 20 CAN IN OUT MSC component locations Item reference JP7to JP16 Jumper for EMR contacts setting CN1 CN2 Connectors for interfacing with the ARM1 BACKPLANE MSC or the ARM2 BACKPLANE MSC LE1 Health of the board LE2 Configurable Configurable U44 Cortex M4 CPU K1 K10 Electro Mechanical Relay K11 K14 Solid State Relay Description Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 31 System Description PCB Layout B S1 FlexConn jumper function switches Reference Jumper name Function when set to ON FlexConn JP1 W amp M entities protection FlexConn JP2 Password is read protected FlexConn JP3 Nothing is used FlexConn JP4 Spare FlexC
152. Pres OK to view sensor health CES MM 2 On the Diagnostics Module Health screen select lt FM IN OUT n gt The Diagnostics Function Health screen appears which displays the details of the IN OUT board Diagnostics Function Health Good No erroi X O GNI erro Ce SSH Go No Module control No eim AO Gol Ho eroi Pres OK to view sensor health Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 169 Operation Diagnostics On the Diagnostics Module Health screen select lt gt Diagnostics Function Health screen appears which displays the details of the HMI board Diagnostics Function Health Device manager Good erro Alarm manage No era Transaction manager Goo No eno Display manager LETRA i No eim Authorization manager Goce No Bay control OMI No era Arm control Goo No Transaction atte No erro LAD manager Gioca Module contre erro Ethernet Good No ere Prese ta view sensor health 5 12 4 Process Data 1 On the Diagnostics screen select Process data The Arm Selection screen appears 2 Select one arm to view the process data The Arm n Process Data Product Stream n screen appears which displays the batch related run time data Arm 1 Process Data Product Stream 1 40V 258532 L GS V FEFFEF Mass 2222
153. SD input DI DC 56 H DC56 hi Signal Input DI DC 56 C COMMON Common DI DC 57 H DC57 hi Signal Input DI DC 57 C COMMON Common DI DC 58 H DC58 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable inputs DI DC 58 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 59 H DC59 hi Signal Input DI DC 59 C COMMON Common DI DC 60 H DC60 hi Signal Input DI DC 60 C COMMON Common Al 8 24 V 24 V Power active Analog input 4 20 mA input for mode control temperature measurement Al 8 C 24 V common 2 Digital mode for mode digital input Al 8 A Analog signal Signal Input active passive mode Al 9 24V 24 V Power active Analog input 4 20 mA input for mode control temperature measurement Al 9 C 24 V common 2 Digital mode for mod digital input Al 9 A Analog signal Signal Input active passive mode Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309_Rev04 4 72 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance passive mode Floor plan Signal Typical T ID 5 gnar name description ype functions Al 10 24 V 24 V Power active Analog input 4 20 mA input for mode control temperature measurement Al 10 C 24 V common i Digital mode for mode digital input Al 10 A Analog signal Signal Input active passive mode Al 11 24 V 24 V Power active Analog input 4 20 mA input for mode control temperature measurement Al 11 C 24 V common ae Digit
154. Screen 5 59 Device Configuration 5 60 Device Configuration I O Binding 5 61 Device Configuration I O Binding Inputs 5 61 Device Configuration I O Binding Outputs 5 61 Device Configuration 5 62 Sell umaku S suq 5 63 SUI RR O 5 63 300 5 64 CLIPS 5 64 PS ESILI dS og ERA EE RE REESE 5 65 AUNOA 5 65 5 65 loda S 5 66 Device Configuration I O Settings 5 67 DI for both AC and 5 68 S ga siate ei 5 69 21 rn 5 71 D n 5 73 o 5 75 92221952939 1 5 25 925 5 099 5 5 76 EMA TC 5 76 Device Configuration Alarms 5 77 Device Configuration Alarms Scheduled Service 5 78 Device Configuration Alarms Programmable Alarms 5 78 Device Configuration Alarms 5 80 Deadman StatuS 5 80 Deadman Indicator 5 80 Deadman
155. Selection 5 17 5 4 5 1 Product Streams 5 17 5 4 5 2 Additive lt 5 18 DAEO Arm SCIGCHON Lu u sus s Sow ua RR wisq ase T QS eg Qs h End 5 19 5 4 7 Text Input 5 5 20 5 4 8 Numeric Input Screen es 5 21 5 4 9 Enumeration Input Screen 5 21 SATO l QE S bos p aus arb aud USE Q Ye ped dra 5 22 55 DEVICE SOGUrily uu cape yanis s una uama kaa ka te eee amam aaa 5 23 5 5 1 Security Levels 51 5 24 9 5 2 Rules Of NavlgallOFi uuu acea kr a kisu dada i 5 24 5 6 Device 0 5 27 5 6 1 Using the 5 27 5 6 2 IMERD SIFUCHUFE e da ireland kana ala 5 27 5 6 2 1 System Configuration 5 29 5 6 2 2 Stream 5 34 5 62 3 Arm i CR ot 5 40 5624 5 42 5 6 2 5 Info Device 5 44 5 6 2 6 Diagnostics 5 45 9 0
156. Stream 1 Wizard Preset volume 1000 00 Target flowrate O00 00 min Flowrate 900 00 L min Start delay O Metered Volume 236 991 Press ESC to abort enlibration 9 When the preset volume is loaded completely the Calibration Arm n Stream n Wizard screen appears on which the actual volume must be entered Calibration Arm 1 Stream 1 Wizard Enter achial yolum CN Backspace confirm F Nus TT 10 Enter the actual volume and then select Confirm The Calibration Arm n Stream n Wizard screen appears on which the new calculated meter factor appears 5 202 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Calibration Calibration Arm 1 Stream 1 Wizard New meter factor 0 99760 Average meter factor 99760 Target Flowrate 900 00L min Average Flowrate 900 36 me Press DK to accept ESC to reject 11 Select lt OK gt on the IR controller or LAD to accept the new meter factor or lt ESC gt to reject the meter factor If lt OK gt is selected then a message appears informing if you want to repeat the calibration runs Calibration Arm 1 Stream 1 Wizard New meter factor 0 99760 Calibration B VER wari fe i repeat HT calibration num min Average iia INI min 12 Following options can be performed m Select OK on the IR controller or LAD
157. T TT S hold ESC Login for Login for Login for main menu stream details alarm overview i From anywhere in the i Service Engineer i Screens hold ESC t Stream Alarm i details overview Service Engineer i i screens i FIGURE 5 19 Rules of Navigation NOTE If you forget the password JP2 of SW1 must be set to ON on the CAN HMI MSC see FIGURE 5 20 Holding ESC key on the keyboard allows you to Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 25 Operation Device Security directly login to the Main Menu as a Power User The event is registered in the events log FIGURE 5 20 SW1 on CAN HMI MSC board Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 26 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Device Commissioning 5 6 5 6 1 5 6 2 Device Commissioning Using the Menu Commissioning of the MSC L is performed by its menu based interface You can select various submenus by using the Fusion4 IR Controller the Fusion4 LAD or the keyboard and by starting from the Main Menu In this way all entities can be reached and set Menu Structure The following images provide an overview of all the entities and the parameters For the complete description of all possible configuration settings see FIGURE 5 21 Loading application overview Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operatio
158. T4 NEMA IP54 I S Class Division 1 T 20 C to 85 C Fone Ex ia IIB 4 Certificate No CSA11 2385571 Connect and use per control drawing 135 1392001 Warning Substitution of components may impair intansio safety Honeywell Enraf Americas Inc Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 LAD senal nr 3982 xx xxx Uiz15 8V 1 7 Pi 2 Test date 2009 72nF L OuH NOTE to FM label Ta 4 F to 149 F du I S Class Division 1 Ta 20 C to 65 C Group C amp D T4 NEMA 3R Connect and use per control drawing 135 1392001 4 FIGURE 2 5 Warning Substitution of components may impair intrinsic safety Identification labels with safety note on the LAD OO PEZPAOZ OQ SEEPZ0 Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Safety Safety Instructions for the IR Controller 2 4 Safety Instructions for the IR Controller FIGURE 2 6 The IR Controller Honeywell 2000 Northfield Court Roswell Georgia USA TEL 770 478 1900 GCHHC 4 IR CONTROLLER IECEx ITS 11 0017 Ex ib IIB T4 Gb YEAR OF BUILD fees SERIAL Na SHPHEBEBHI USE ONLY PANASONIC LRUSAYA 1 5V ALKALINE SIZE AAA BATTERIES DO NOT OPEN BATTERY COMPARTMENT IN A HAZARDOUS AREA TA 20 C to 40 A WARNING You must strictly follow all the safety instructions mentioned in this manual and the safety instructions
159. Transaction Lag Batch Overview Time US 04 14 Do DB 04 14 060815 09 41 17 DOLOS 206 Press OK to view the batch details EU 2003 35 LHESEL 1002 3 L GASOLINE 2UD 14 The Logs Transaction Log Batch Details screen appears T E Logs Transaction Log Batch Detalls Arm name num bei Balch num bet Compartment nunmbe Product name Batch stari Balch shop Weel compliant Unintended stop Preset quantity Returned quantity Batch GOV Batch OSV Balch mass Blend type qu 19 04 14 060228 US 04 14 06 05 28 Yes Mo E LIH 001 Ei IER EE 1949450 Fl 1919 50 kg 5 154 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Enraf Operation Logs Following are the batch details that appear on the Logs Trans action Log Batch Details screen e Arm name e Arm number e Batch number Compartment number Product name e Batch start Batch stop e W amp M compliant e Unintended stop e Preset volume e Returned quantity e Batch GOV e Batch GSV Batch mass Blend type gt Press OK to view batches The Logs Transaction Log Stream Overview screen appears iva 4 15 Logs Transaction Log Stream Overview i 1598 l Ethanol 405 08 L 20 22 Fa Le 400 00 mil 199 Prese OK to view stream detalls gt Select the required stream and Press OK to view the stream det
160. V period DCV minimum pulse width Product Stream Config Stream n Conversion Options Product Stream Config Stream n Volume Conversion Commodity group Compensation used Density input used Range options Derive manual status Product Stream Config Stream n Lab Data Observed density Observed temperature Observed pressure Thermal expansion coeff Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 36 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Device Commissioning Product Stream Config Stream n Alarms Leaking Valve Alarm action Leaking volume limit Leaking timeout period No Product Alarm action No product timeout No Pump Alarm action Pump feedback timeout No Hydraulic Pump Alarm action Pump feedback timeout Block Valve Fault Alarm action Feedback timeout Blend Tolerance Alarm action Tolerance limit Overrun Volume Alarm action Overrun volume limit Valve Fault Alarm action Valve fault timeout Volume Conversion VCF out of range Non convergence Supercritical fluid No reference fluids Memory allocation Temperature out of range Pressure out of range Density out of range Alpha60 out of range No solution Illegal argument Pressure comp not support Bad sensor health Fixed Pulse hardware Pulse phase Tank low level Tank empty Temperature sensor Low temperature High temperature Pressure sensor Low pressure High pres
161. Wizard 4 6 Enter actual volume ml 1002 5 6 Backspace Fremre to confirm value 8 On the Calibration Stream Wizard 4 6 screen enter the actual measured volume calibrated vessel and then select Confirm With the actual value and the value of the MSC L measured a new meter factor is calculated The Calibration Stream n Wizard 5 6 screen appears which displays the new meter factor 5 208 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Calibration Calibration Stream 2 Wizard 5 6 New meter factor 1 04990 Press OK t Accept ESC t rei ect 9 On the Calibration Stream n Wizard 5 6 screen select OK on the IR controller or LAD to accept the new meter factor and view the calibration details The Calibration Stream n Wizard 6 6 screen appears which displays the calibration details A new calibration record is created and stored in the system Each calibration is saved in a non volatile memory with date time old and new values Calibration Stream 2 Wizard 6 6 Date 09 04 14 ime 09 23 16 Calibration A Bay Bay 01 Arm Arm 3 Presel volime 00 ml volume 1002 00 ml Metered volume Diflerence Original meter factor Mew meler factor Meter seria ATO NOTE Select lt ESC gt to restore the old meter factor 101 90 ml 0061 1 15000
162. a calibrated vessel see FIGURE 5 28 with the displayed value on the MSC L display which is the result of the value returned from the flow meter MSC L High frequency pulses a stream Control valve Calibrated vessel FIGURE 5 28 Calibrating the flow meter for the Product Stream Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 185 Operation Calibration High frequency pulses s a stream Solenoid valve flow Calibrated vessel FIGURE 5 29 Calibrating the flow meter for an Additive Stream With the flow meter and the K factor value a correction factor can be calculated which is used for re calibrating the flow meter This correction factor is called the meter factor The resulting injection volume V is then calculated as follows V Number of pulses K factor meter factor Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309_Rev04 5 186 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Calibration 5 13 2 Calibration Menu Choice 1 On the Main Menu screen select the Calibration icon to perform the calibration process Main Menu Cniibration FIGURE 5 30 Calibration icon 2 On the Calibration screen select either Wizard calibration method or the Manual calibration method e n the Wizard calibration method the meter factor is calculated by comparing the measured v
163. ailed ath 3 On the Diagnostics Comms Info Serial screen select any one of the serial ports to view the details of the communication settings and the status The Diagnostics COM 1 Settings screen appears which displays the details of the communication settings 5 174 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309_Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual onevwell Enraf Operation Diagnostics The Diagnostics COM 1 Status screen appears which displays the errors that have occurred on the port and also the number of packets that are received and transmitted 4 On the Diagnostics Comms Info screen select Ethernet to view the ethernet communication details The Diagnostics Comms Info Ethernet screen appears which displays the ethernet communication details Diagnostics Comms Info Ethernet Fi Received Transmitted 1 1 r Press OK to vem detailed data m 5 On the Diagnostics Comms Info Ethernet screen select any one of the ethernet ports to view the details of the ethernet settings and the status The Diagnostics ETH n Settings screen appears which displays the details of the ethernet settings The Diagnostics ETH n Status screen appears which displays the number of packets that are received and transmitted Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 175 Operation Diagnostics 5 12 8 Device Ta
164. ails Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 155 Operation Logs If the selected stream is a product stream then Logs Transaction Log Stream Details screen appears on ape Logs Transaction Log Stream Detalls 4 fi LI Produc name Gasoline Accumulated start GOY 68311 Accumulated stop GOW 291 AccumuUlaled GSW 66451 PAccumulaled stop GS 2011 Acoumulatecd start mass 5615 26 kg Accumulated stp mass 8200 64 kg Stream 1598 771 Slream GSV 155542 l Slrearm mass 1555 42 AcClual blend percentage ST S Average density L000 0 temperature hh C Average Pressure Commodity group 0 01 Refined Prod a Following the stream details that appear on the Logs Trans action Log Stream Details screen for a product stream e Product name e Accumulated start GOV Accumulated stop GOV Accumulated start GSV e Accumulated stop GSV e Accumulated start mass e Accumulated stop mass Stream GOV Stream GSV Stream mass e Actual blend percentage Average density Average temperature Average pressure e Returned quantity e Commodity Group Temperature Compensation Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 156 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Logs If the selected stream is an additive stream then Logs Trans action Log Strea
165. ails 01 Comp 1 2003 4 L DIESEL 02 Comp 2 2002 L KEROSINE 03 Comp 3 2003 L PETROL 04 Comp 4 2002 L USED OIL End transaction No Press DE t select NN Jo 112016 Balance icon is displayed the screens of the MSC L which intended for W amp M custody transfer The Transaction details screen is a W amp M intended screen It displays the balance icon as displayed in the figure above The screen displays all the batches in the GOV when the preset type is configured as the Load control on the GOV The Transaction details screen can be viewed by the truck driver or the operator having security level SL1 or higher 14 Perform any one of the following m Select No to load another batch m Select Yes if you want to end the transaction Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 242 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Truck Driver Operations A Disconnect screen appears where it is expected to disconnect the permissives like grounding overfill and so on Disconnect 5 17 3 STOP Key Operations When the arm is loading the STOP key on the keyboard can be used to pause the running batches After the STOP key is pressed all the running batches are in a paused state as seen in the following figure 01 34 Arm 1 Load Progress 831 2000 I Compartment 1 Il 2295 3000 Recipe name DIESEL 171 4 n Load GOV 83 1 L Remaining qty 1 169 L
166. al mode for mode digital input Al 11 A Analog signal Signal Input active passive mode Al 12 24 V 24 V Power active Analog input 4 20 mA input for mode control temperature measurement Al 12 C 24 V common 2 Digital mode for mode digital input Al 12 A Analog signal Signal Input active passive mode Al 13 24 V 24 V Power active Analog input 4 20 mA input for mode control temperature measurement Al 13 C 24 V common i Digital mode for mode digital input Al 13 A Analog signal Sgnal Input active Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance i Floor plan Signal Typical He ID SIENEI name description Type functions Al 14 24V 24 V Power active Analog input 4 20 mA input for mode control temperature measurement Al 14 C 24 V common i Digital mode for mode digital input Al 14 A Analog signal Signal Input active passive mode QPI 7A 12V 12 V DC Power High frequency Additive flow METER pulse input meter single or POWER control dual external power Product flow meter QPI 7A C COMMON Common single or dual QPI 7A P PULSE A Pulse Signal pulse Input A QPI 7B 12 V 12 V DC Power METER POWER QPI 7B C COMMON Common QPI 7B P PULSE B Pulse Signal Input B QPI 8A 12V 12 V DC Power High frequ
167. alarm behavior in case Display this particular alarm occurs Display shutdown Display pause default Density sensor With this entity you can configure the Disabled Density sensor alarm behavior in case Display Display shutdown Display pause default this particular alarm occurs Low density With this entity you can configure the Disabled Low density alarm behavior in case Display this particular alarm occurs Display shutdown Display pause default High density With this entity you can configure the Disabled High density alarm behavior in case Display this particular alarm occurs Display shutdown Display pause default Meter exceeded max flow With this entity you can configure the Disabled Flow rate exceed meter limit alarm Display behavior in case this particular alarm Display shutdown occurs Display pause default 5 9 2 Stream Configuration Additive streams 1 On the Stream Configuration screen select Additive streams The Stream Config Additive Stream Selection screen appears Yvon Stream Config Additive Stream Selection m EU Stream 1 Stream 13 i All streams IQ Stream 2 Stream 14 9 Stream 3 SEU 15 L Siream 4 i Stream 16 KA Stream 5 Stream 17 IU Stream G Stream 18 MIC Stream L Stream 19 ISSUE _ Stream 20 hd Stream 9 Stream 21 joan Str
168. alarm terminates the affected batch es and that the Pause amp Display alarm pauses the affected batch es Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Alarm Handling Alarm Severity NOTE 6 2 5 6 3 6 3 1 6 3 2 6 3 3 Active stream alarms that are not associated with any arm have no effect on batches and do not drive alarm indication and or alarm shutdown outputs Date amp Time The Date and Time associated with an alarm indicates the most recent date and time at which the alarm is activated In the alarm log it is the date and time at which the state of the alarm is changed Alarm Severity The alarm severity is a concept that applies to loading arms The alarm severity of a loading arm is the highest severity of the active alarms that affects the loading arm The alarm severity is further explained in the following example Setup Consider the MSC L that is set up as follows m hree product streams P1 P2 and P3 Three loading arms L1 L2 and L3 One Device alarm D Two product stream alarms PS1 and PS2 Configuration The streams are configured as follows B is associated to L1 B P2 is associated to L2 B P3is not being associated to any arm The alarms are configured as follows m D a Device alarm with alarm action Display m PS1 Product stream alarm on product stream 1 with alarm action Display 53 Product stream alarm on
169. alarm threshold 0 22 L alarm threshold LL alarm threshold IRL UR Alarm hysteresis LUe 22 TOT 5D Description Value range With this entity the process value at default 100 00 20 mA can be configured PV value 4mA With this entity the process value at default 0 00 4 mA can be configured Al threshold With this entity the analog input default 0 00 threshold value defines the range for 0 or 1 For example 0 or not active from 4 12 mA and 1 or active from 12 mA to 20 mA Al logic state With this entity you can determine how lt Positive gt default the injector controller uses the analog lt Negative gt input signal e Positive 0 or inactive from 4 Al threshold mA and 1 or active from Al threshold to 20 mA e Negative 1 or active from 4 Al threshold mA and 0 or inactive from Al threshold to 20 mA Al serial With this entity you can enter the serial Alphanumeric string of maximum 8 number of the connected analog input characters device or transmitter Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 73 Operation System Configuration Description Value range HH alarm threshold Wilh this entity you can set the high NOTE The entity is blank empty by high PV alarm threshold When default exceeded a PV alarm occurs H alarm threshold With this entity you ca
170. allation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 6 2 AC Cable 2 Gland 2 Cable gland Am Our Unshielded Cane DERENR T3 A 3 oT 147 BI 1 COEN 4 DOR 15 al 15 A a t En CO ERR 17 4A DO ENR 17 IE DO ENR t FIGURE 4 12 AC cable 2 gland 2 DOLEMB 1A DEERAS 8 DELE 7 L DOSE 2 m CHE 1 CHEE 16 12 4 1A DO EMA 4 Bi m B a guum Abe LE 1 E DC EAIR 12 A DOSEMET7 B 1 COSE 13 B 1 1 ofan ee JE HENE 15 HEME 1 5 DONUM 18 LA DELE 1 0 DELE 17 k DOLENS 17 E PEELE TE dj DEELEN TE 1165 4 7 6 3 DC cable 1 Gland 3 gland Armoured Unshielded Cable DE EMR 18 LA DO EMR 10 B DO EMR 15 A DO ER 15 Bi DC EMR 29 A DO EHNBR 22 Bi Br rumu FIGURE 4 13 DC cable 1 gland 3 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 34 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 6 4 AC Cable 3 Gland 4 Cable gland Unshielded Cable 2 DO SSR 1 0 Y 00558410 Digtal Conteled or Solenoid 3 DO SSR 1 N _DOSSRA N FIGURE 4 14 AC cable 3 gland 4 4 7 6 5 AC Cable 4 Gland 5 cr Solenoid x Fis
171. als Green Low voltage signals Black Communication signals Blue Ex i signals 4 7 3 General CAUTION IMPORTANT All terminated cables must have sufficient excess length to allow each PCB to be fully withdrawn from the enclosure when the connectors are stil in place This is performed to allow connectors to be affixed to each board outside the enclosure before locating them inside and to allow each board to be fully withdrawn from the enclosure before the connectors are removed This negates the requirement to attach and remove connectors inside the enclosure and facilitates best practice for efficient assembly and disassembly of the electronics stack 4 7 3 1 Wire Sizes and Types As there are no strictly prescribed wire sizes the following guidelines are recommended m All I O terminals accept wires with a cross section an area of 0 2 to 2 5 mm AWG 24 to 14 m For mains high voltage wiring 1 5 mm AWG 16 m For low voltage wiring DI PO Al AO RTD and so on 0 75 mm AWG 18 or 0 5 mm AWG 20 m The temperature rating of the field wiring must be at least 20 C 36 F above the maximum operating temperature Therefore a rating of 85 C 185 F is suitable for the entire temperature range All primary wiring needs to be provided with insulation rated for minimum 300 V with a rated temperature of at least 105 C 221 F and with a conductor size of at least 0 75 mm AWG 18 Par
172. and additive streams Each of the logical streams contain a flow meter and a control valve solenoid to control the flow of the product or the additive The arm is physically on a 5 248 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Service Technician Operations bay and both the arms and the bays are logically part of the MSC L See FIGURE 5 40 for the configuration order Device Arm Conliguration Configuration Stream Bay Configuration Configuration Lo FIGURE 5 40 Configuration order 1 Device Configuration Includes configuration of the MSC L level permissive like ESD device level alarms I O settings for various Os including the pulse inputs and so on See 5 8 1 Device Configuration for more information regarding the configuration of the parameters and the entities 2 Stream Configuration Includes the configuration of I O bindings for flow meter actuator DCV solenoid and various control settings for the streams For example the maximum flow rates minimum flow rates stream level alarms and so on See 5 9 Stream Configuration for more information regarding the configuration of the parameters and the entities 3 Arm Configuration Includes assigning streams to an arm configuring recipe arm level control parameters arm alarms and so on See 5 10 Arm Configuration for more information regarding the configuration of the
173. and the instrument waits until the next additive cycle is required The additive injection cycle repeats in this manner which keeps the additive synchronised with the product flow Loading Principle The loading arm of the MSC L supports the control of the following as described in the following figure m Maximum 7 product stream m Maximum12 additive streams Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Introduction However a single batch load to a compartment can only control a subset of the product streams or the additive streams For each batch the MSC L supports the control of the following as described in the following figure m Stream with main product m Maximum 3 blend streams m Maximum 6 additive streams simultanedcus This sub set is defined by the recipes running on that arm Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 5 System Description Introduction 3 1 5 1 Device loading capabilities Following are the device loading capabilities as described in the following figure m Maximum of 6 simultaneous loading arms are supported m Maximum of 50 recipes can be configured per loading arm m Maximum of 10 000 transactions First in First Out FIFO can be stored in the device B A transaction record of product transfer to one customer can be transferred to the Fusio
174. ansaction additive volume and the factored pulse output setting m The factored pulse output setting can be one of the following values 1 pulse for each unit of additive volume dispensed 10 pulses for each unit of additive volume dispensed 100 pulses for each unit of additive volume dispensed 1000 pulses for each unit of additive volume dispensed m The unit of volume is defined by the device unit of volume configu ration entity and not by the additive volume unit entity m The maximum frequency of the pulse output channel is 300 Hz 5 9 2 3 Additive Stream Config Stream Control Settings On the Additive Stream Config Stream n screen select Control settings The Additive Stream Config Stream n Control Settings screen is displayed with the following entities 5 9 2 3 1 Additive Control On the Additive Stream Config Stream n Control Settings screen select lt Additive control The Additive Stream Config Stream n Additive Control screen is displayed with the following entities Entity Description Value range Injection queue length With this entity you can configure the 0 10 inject queue length default lt 0 gt You can define the number of injections that can be queued up that is postponed if the injection progress is too slow in relation to the calculated or configured injection period time or even the measured wild stream flow Factored pulse out With th
175. anual Honeywell Enraf Operation LAD Functions 5 16 1 General m On the Main Menu screen select the LAD icon The LAD function screen appears which displays the various LAD functions and their activities LAD Firmware update Test LED Function key LAD information Format SD card Press OK to select SO did c FIGURE 5 38 LAD functions Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 227 Operation LAD Functions 5 16 2 NOTE NOTE Firmware Update Remove the old files that are available in Honeywell MSC L Generic Firmware directory from previous upgrades before updating the files To update the firmware using the LAD 1 Replace the following updated firmware files in the Honeywell MSC L Generic Firmware directory e FM HMI FC FPGA bin FM HMI FC IMG bin FM IN OUT APP bin optional e FM ARM FC APP bin FM HMI FC APP bin The FM IN OUT APP bin file is only required if the CAN IN OUT MSC card is installed in the device 2 Connect the LAD to the MSC L and make sure that the SD card is inserted in the LAD before connecting A green status light on LAD indicates that the SD card is inserted correctly and a red status light indicates that the SD card is missing B Update the firmware only when the device is not being used B Do not insert or remove the SD card when the LAD is connected to the device and do not remove
176. ardware structure of the MSC L see the following sections 3 5 1 Housing The housing of the MSC L consists of an enclosure and a cosmetic cover The enclosure can be opened by removing the cosmetic cover and loosening the 32 captured bolts See FIGURE 3 7 for more information NOTE Turn the bolts two times on the cosmetic cover to loosen the bolts and retain them in the lid FIGURE 3 8 The MSC L enclosure Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honevwell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 15 System Description Hardware Structure FIGURE 3 9 Housing of the MSC L Cosmetic cover B Captive socket head screws 32x of which one can have an enlarged head for sealing purposes see figure left C Lid D O ring standard available part E Glass F Glass retainer rings not visible in the front view of the MSC L G Keyboard H W amp M switch Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309_Rev04 3 16 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Hardware Structure 3 5 2 Interior m he boards are mounted on the connector slots provided on the backplanes m Ihe CAN HMI MSC board is connected to the backplane using a pair of Sub D 15 cables The MSC SHORTCUT BOARD CAN PSF MSC CAN ARM MSC board and CAN IN OUT MSC boards are mounted on the connector slots provided on the backplane boards The following boards can be placed in the MSC L
177. arm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Disabled Display Display shutdown Display pause default Temperature sensor With this entity you can configure the Temperature sensor alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Disabled Display Display shutdown Display pause default Low temperature With this entity you can configure the Disabled Low temperature alarm behavior in Display case this particular alarm occurs Display shutdown Display pause default High temperature With this entity you can configure the Disabled High temperature alarm behavior in lt Display gt case this particular alarm occurs Display shutdown Display pause default Pressure sensor With this entity you can configure the Pressure sensor alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Disabled Display Display shutdown Display pause default Low pressure With this entity you can configure the Low pressure alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Disabled Display Display shutdown Display pause default 5 120 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration Description Value range High pressure With this entity you can configure the Disabled High pressure
178. arm function After lt Deactive gt successful authorization and permissives gets connected to start a loading process the MSC L is in the running state and continues to be in this state till all the permissives are disconnected after the transactions are complete e None The alarm is ignored e Active The alarm occurs when the input state is active e lt Deactive gt The alarm occurs when the input state is deactive Alarm activation Pause With this entity you can set the state of lt None gt default the input when the arm batch is in lt Active gt pause state for the alarm function lt Deactive gt e None The alarm is ignored e Active The alarm occurs when the input state is active e lt Deactive gt The alarm occurs when the input state is deactive Alarm activation Setup With this entity you can set the state of None default the input when the arm batch is in Active setup state for the alarm function lt Deactive gt After the arm is seleceted and before the arm starts loading the arm state is in setup initializing state e None The alarm is ignored e Active The alarm occurs when the input state is active e lt Deactive gt The alarm occurs when the input state is deactive Part No 4418 309 04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 149 Operation Arm Configuration 5 10 7 3 Block Va
179. arm is shown on the display The alarm indication output set to ON The alarm shutdown output is set to ON e Running batch is paused Leaking Valve On the Product Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select Leaking valve The Product Stream Config Stream n Leaking Valve screen is displayed with the following entities Entity Alarm action Description Value range With this entity you can configure the Disabled alarm behavior in case this particular Display alarm occurs Display shutdown Display pause default Leaking volume limit With this entity you can configure the 0 0 L lt 999 gt L amount of product volume that needs default 0 00 L to be measured within the Product Leaking volume timeout period to raise an alarm when the stream is idle Leaking timeout period With this entity you can configure the lt 1 gt lt 99 gt s time within which amount than default lt 5 gt s Product Leaking volume limit needs to be measured to raise an alarm when the stream is idle 5 114 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309_Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 5 0 2 No Product Entity Alarm action On the Product Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select No product gt The Product Stream Config Stream n No Product screen is displayed with the fo
180. arms m Select Stop to stop the selected paused arm if there are no more paused arms then the Load another compartment screen appears Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 245 Operation Truck Driver Operations 5 17 4 Error Scenarios 5 17 4 1 Invalid Pin If the entered pin is not available in the database then an invalid PIN message is displayed Invalid PIN 5 17 4 2 Invalid Preset If a valid preset is not entered then an error message is displayed Preset not enough Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309_Rev04 5 246 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Truck Driver Operations 5 17 4 3 Batch not Feasible If the batch validation fails for example if the meter configuration and stream configuration do not match then after the Batch details screen batch not feasible message appears Batch not feasible 5 17 4 4 Batch stopped due to an Alarm If an alarm with action display pause or display shutdown occurs on the device the bay the arm or the stream then the loading batch is paused stopped with the display listing the alarms that have occurred An SL2 user or higher can clear the alarms so that new batches can be started on that arm Alarms All alarms 3 alarms Arm 1 GASOLINE No product Arm 1 GASOLINE Blend tolerance low Arm 1 Blend tolerance
181. ars which provides the status of the format Click Cancel to terminate the operation Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 233 Operation Truck Driver Operations 5 17 Truck Driver Operations 5 17 1 Overview A truck driver can perform loading operations by navigating through the various screens designed for truck loading FIGURE 5 39 provides an overview o the truck loading operations NOTE The screens displayed in grey are optional The vehicle authorization prompts can be enabled or disabled from the workflow options on the device configuration menus The permissive connect screens appear only if the respective I O bindings configured on the Bay I O Bindings menu NOTE This navigation is the factory default navigation which is available when using the MSC L is stan dalone and is not controlled by the TAS The data entered on a few screens are validated and the invalid entry can result in errors Welcome Enter Load number Select arm End Transaction Disconnect Attach Grounding Enter Contact number Select recipe Load another compartment Attach Overfill Enter Trailer ID Enter compartment Press start Attach Vapor Recovery Enter Vehicle ID Batch details Confirm Enter Carrier Enter preset FIGURE 5 39 Sequence of Truck driver operations Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04
182. art No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 8 ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC Terminal Assignment Guide The following table provides information for the basic function Terminal assignment to specific terminals Majority of the MSC L functions can be assigned to multiple I O To complete the installation bind each function to its within the Configuration Menu Floor plan ID Signal name Signal description Typical functions DO EMR 21 EMR21 Signal Output DO EMR 21 common Neutral DO EMR 22 EMR22 no Signal Output DO EMR 22 common Neutral DO EMR 23 EMR23 no Signal Output DO EMR 23 common Neutral DO EMR 24 EMR24 no Signal Output DO EMR 24 common Neutral Low frequency slow switching AC or DC output control Alarm shutdown Alarm indication Pump start Product block valve Deadman callout Deadman bell Secondary interface for Actuator output Additive solenoid DO EMR 25 EMR25_no Signal Output DO EMR 25 EMR_common Neutral DO EMR 26 EMR26_no Signal Output DO EMR 26 EMR_common Neutral DO EMR 27 EMR27 no Signal Output DO EMR 27 EMR_common Neutral DO EMR 28 EMR28_no Signal Output DO EMR 28 EMR_common
183. ate Calibration Stream 1 Meter Profile Wizard Calibration Ma Rieter Rector Flotirale 1 0199577 min Press OK to select Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 198 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Calibration 3 Select OK on the IR controller or LAD to select the calibration point The Calibration Stream n Edit Meter Profile Wizard screen appears when a calibration record is selected Delete Calibrate Cm ade Press OK to select The following functions can be performed e Add Adds a new calibration point to the meter profile Delete Deletes the selected calibration point Calibrate Re calibrates the selected calibration point e Saves Saves the meter profile generates Calibration Log record NOTE While adding a new calibration point the initial meter factor is considered to be 1 Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 199 Operation Calibration 4 Ifthe Add function is selected then the Calibration Arm n Stream n Wizard screen appears on which the preset volume must be entered Calibration Arm 1 Stream 1 Wizard biter preset volume L 1000 00 Prem to confirm value 5 Enter the preset volume and then select lt Confirm gt The Calibration Arm n Stream n Wizard screen appears on which the flowrate must be entered Calib
184. ate Tagplate Typeplate 12 Optional breather drain as illustrated in the following figure 13 Intrinsically safe interface connector for LAD as illustrated in the following figure 14 Glass window for display and IR interface for IR controller as illus trated in the following figure Glass window Keyboard LAD interface connector Breather drain j WARNING Do not arill into the housing as this invalidates the explosion safety approvals REMARK Refer to the specific equipments guides for directions to carry and lift the equipment or parts that weigh more than 18 kgs Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 5 Installation Gland Entries 4 2 Gland Entries 4 2 1 General The mechanics of the MSC L requires gland entries to connect the cables inside the controller and the wires to the terminals and the connectors The gland cable entries are positioned at the bottom of the MSC L The MSC L external cables enter the enclosure through one of the cable entries 4 2 2 Metric Gland Entries The MSC L implements an optional metric gland assembly layout which supports the following glands m 2xM20 meters solenoids m 6xM4O m 6xM32 auxiliary m 1 xnon metric 1 2 NPT not for wiring but for optional breather FIGURE 4 1 Metric gland entries overview Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 6 Installation amp Operatio
185. ated in explosion safety areas as follows Rest of the World ATEX IECEx WARNING You must strictly follow all the safety instructions USA FM and Canada CSA Canada CSA Safety Remarks Remarks Safety Remarks level level Class 1 i WARNING WARNING WARNING Division 1 3 Do NOT open Do NOT open Do NOT open when an when an when an explosive explosive explosive atmosphere atmosphere atmosphere may be may be may be present present present CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION Seal conduit Seal conduit in 18 inches in 18 inches Class 1 WARNING WARNING WARNING Division 2 Do NOT open Do NOT open Do NOT open when an AN when an AN when an explosive explosive explosive atmosphere atmosphere atmosphere may be may be may be present present present CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION Seal conduit Seal conduit Safe Area 2 2 1 1 EC Declaration of Conformity for EU Refer to the EC declaration of conformity and ATEX certificate s shipped with the MSC L for EC declarations 2 2 1 2 Control Drawings for FM amp CSA Refer to the control drawings shipped with the MSC L for the FM and CSA certifications Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 2 2 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Safety Safety Instructions for the MSC L 2 2 1 3 2 2 1 4 2 2 1 5 WARNING 2 2 2 2 2 3 WARNING 2 2 4 WARNING Users
186. ation Device Configuration Serial Comms COM 1 COM 2 COM 3 COM 4 COM 5 COM 6 COM 7 Device Configuration Ethernet ETH 1 ETH 2 ETH 3 Device Configuration IR HHC Long IR access IR access Device Configuration Authorization Setup Authorization mode Device Configuration Authorization Databases User database Objects database Device Configuration Alarms Device Configuration Workflow Settings Device Configuration Alarms Scheduled Service alarm action Next scheduled service Device Configuration Alarms Programmable Alarms Programmable alarm 1 Programmable alarm 2 Programmable alarm 3 Programmable alarm 4 Device Configuration Alarms Deadman Deadman status Deadman indicator Deadman bell Deadman callout Deadman refresh switch Device Configuration Workflow Settings Options Max simultaneous loads Multiple loads per arm Batch start Device Configuration Workflow Settings Prompts Carrier identification Vehicle identification Trailer identification Load number identifica tion Compartment identifica tion Return quantity entry Preset entry Contract identification Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309_Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Operation Device Commissioning Bay Configuration Bay Configuration I O Binding Bay Configuration
187. ault units of the temperature at which the Degrees Fahrenheit standardize volume is calculated 5 8 1 7 2 Base Pressure Entity Description Value range Value With this entity you can configure the default 0 pressure at which the standardize volume is calculated Units With this entity you can configure the Pascal units of the pressure at which the Kilo Pascal default standardize volume is calculated Pounds per Square Inch Bar Part No 4418 309 04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 85 Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 8 Device Configuration Workflow Settings 1 On the Device Configuration screen select Workflow settings The Device Configuration Workflow Settings screen appears Device Configuration Workflow Settings Prompts Press OK to select 17255 2 the Device Configuration Workflow Settings screen select each entity to configure the MSC L 5 8 1 8 1 Device Configuration Workflow Settings Options On the Device Configuration Workflow Settings screen select Options The following entities are displayed on the Device Configuration Workflow Settings Options screen Entity Description Value range Max simultaneous loads Allows you to configure the maximum default 0 number of batches that can be loaded simultaneously using different arms Mult
188. butes using the keyboard to perform the transaction setup Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 236 Installation amp Operation Manual oneywell Enraf Operation Truck Driver Operations NOTE Press the ESC key on the keyboard to return to the previous screen 5 If the load number prompt is enabled enter the load number when prompted Enter load number 6 Select the Arm in which you want to perform the batch For example ARM 1 Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 237 Operation Truck Driver Operations 7 Select the recipe from the list of configured recipes Select recipe 2 DIESEL HS DIESEL 8 If compartment prompt is enabled enter the appropriate compartment number Enter compartment Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 238 Installation amp Operation Manual oneywell Enraf Operation Truck Driver Operations 9 Ifreturn quantity prompt is enabled enter the return quantity Return quantity TORK to confirm 10 If prompt is enabled enter the preset as per the configured preset type liters gallons kilograms and so on Enter preset 200071 to confirm Part No 4418 309 04 4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 239 Operation Truck Driver Operations If the batch is executable to load then the batch details screen appears with the reci
189. cation checksum KKK BGA 7 Hardware version 1 library version 2 00 HexConn build 118304 Serial number chip 01919610302 1000000 Board serial mum ber Nianutacturet setta number 12274567 890000000 POR TARTS 5 212 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual onevwell Enraf Operation Info Device Information The MSC L software version format is explained in the following figure A1000 bug fixes minor functionality W amp M related part main functionality LL hardware modifications FIGURE 5 34 Software version format To have W amp M compliant MSC L check that the firmware versions are the certified software versions as mentioned in the following table The version can be checked in the Info Device Info screen Firmware Software version CAN HMI MSC FM HMI A lt N gt lt N gt xx CAN ARM MSC FM ARM A lt N gt lt N gt xx CAN ARM MSC FM PI A lt N gt lt N gt xx CAN IN OUT MSC FM IN OUT Not legally relevant NOTE NN is the version mentioned in the W amp M certificate 5 14 2 Status Legend The Status Legend displays the overview of the status characters that are displayed along with the PV data Following table explains when the status character are displayed See the following figure for more information Status Character Category Data is not W amp M approved Data is actual Data is
190. ceived Packets sent Parity errors Overrun errors Framing errors Diagnostics Clear Task Clear tasks Stream 1 All streams F4 1 Stream 12 Diagnostics Clear Task Additives Stream 1 All streams Stream 24 Diagnostics ETH n Settings Diagnostics Comms address Info Ethernet Subnet mask Gateway address DNS address DHCP enabled Link speed Physical address Diagnostics ETH n Status Status Packets received Packets send Diagnostics Stream n Clear Tasks Clear all alarms Clear all totals Clear wild stream totals only Clear additive stream totals only Diagnostics Stream n Clear Tasks Clear all alarms Clear all totals Clear wild stream totals only Clear additive stream totals only For information regarding the parameter and entity details see section 5 12 Diagnostics Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Operation Device Commissioning 5 6 2 7 Transfer Transfer For information regarding the parameter and entity details see section 5 15 Transfer Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309_Rev04 5 50 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Device Commissioning 5 6 2 8 LAD Functions LAD For information regarding the parameter and entity details see section 5 16 LAD Functions Part No 4418 309 R
191. cipe is validated and saved f the values entered are incorrect then a message appears informing you to correct the recipe Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 144 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Arm Configuration Arm Configuration Arm 1 Recipe 5 Recipe name Naz Mat Classilicalion Product symbol None Recipe Configuration Error d 2 008 Blend Invalid recipe the sum of all je 009 Blend products must he 1009 Addii Press OK to fix Cancelto ignore 000 PPM Addit PPM 0 DO PPM Acdditive stream None 0 00 PPM Addillve siream None G00 Additive stream Kone 00 PPR 11 Press lt OK gt to correct the recipe or lt Cancel gt to retain the values entered 12 If Cancel is selected then the invalid recipe is dimmed NOTE Invalid recipes are dimmed in the configuration and cannot be selected for loading Arm Configuration Arm 1 Recipes O1 HESEL z HS CHESEL ME 10 04 E20 ji PREMI Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 145 Operation Arm Configuration 5 10 7 Arm Configuration Arm n Alarms On the Arm Configuration Arm n screen select Alarms The Arm Configuration Arm n Alarms screen is displayed Alarms can have the following alarm actions B Disabled The alarm is ignored m Display e he alarm appears on the
192. cks contain the local translations of the parameters and entities displayed on the screen of the MSC L On the Transfer screen select Language packs to download and install the file in LAD The Select File screen appears which displays the default xml file gt Select the file to download and install the files in the LAD See 5 16 2 Firmware Update for details about the sequence in which the files need to be installed The Transfer Progress screen appears displaying the progress of the file download and the status of the installation in the LAD The files are downloaded and installed in the LAD The procedure to build a language pack for the MSC L is available in the later release Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 225 Operation LAD Functions 5 16 LAD Functions NOTE The LAD functions are available only when the LAD is connected to the MSC L Main Menu Er d a f LI z i F LAD Functions RUF EN FIGURE 5 37 LAD icon The LAD functions provide the following functionalities Facility to download the firmware in the MSC L and the LAD Facility to navigate the screen Configuration of the Test LED Configuration of the LAD s special function key Information about the LAD Facility to format the SD card Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 226 Installation amp Operation M
193. commodity groups as follows A Crude oil B Refined products C Special applications thermal expansion factor needed D Lubricating oils E NGL and LPG FAME Fatty Acid Methyl Esters So Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 105 Operation Stream Configuration The volume conversion is implemented according to procedures calculations prescribed in various current standards for these commodity groups Standard Description API MPMS 11 1 2004 Temperature and Pressure Volume Correction Factors for Generalized Crude Oils Refined Products and Lubri cating Oils Adjunct to ASTM D 1250 04 NOTE designated as D1250 04 in MSC L user inter face API MPMS 11 2 4 2007 Temperature Correction for the Volume of NGL and LPG Tables 23E 24E 53E 54E 59E and 60E Tech nical Publication TP 27 NOTE designated as TP27 07 in MSC L user inter face EN 14214 2008 Automotive fuels Fatty acid methyl esters FAME for diesel engines NOTE designated as EN14214 08 in MSC L user interface API MPMS 11 2 2 Compressibility Factors for Hydrocarbons 0 350 0 637 Relative Density 60 F 60 F and 50 F to 140 F Meter ing Temperature API MPMS 11 2 5 Simplified Vapour Pressure Correlation for Commercial NGLs The following table provides convenient reference to the historical Tables designations in respe
194. cr nb ara d we ah 5 115 99 1904 INO VORAUNG PUMP prada e e 5 116 5 9 1 5 0 5 Block Valve Fault 5 116 5 9 1 5 0 6 Blend 5 117 5 9 1 5 0 7 Overrun 5 117 5919 08 piera alii do esa ee 5 118 5 9 1 5 0 9 Volume Conversion 5 118 50 50110 22524 dee dts Gouge ee dee shade dad ene essed eo 5 120 5 9 2 Stream Configuration Additive 5 121 5 9 2 1 Additive Stream Config Stream n Identification 5 122 5 9 2 2 Additive Config Stream I O Bindings 5 122 5 9 2 2 1 The I O Bindings Input Parameters 5 123 5 9 2 2 1 1 Pump Feedback 5 124 5 9 2 2 1 2 Tank Low Level 5 124 5 9 2 2 1 3 Tank Empty 5 124 5 9 2 2 2 The I O Bindings Output Parameters 5 125 5 9 2 2 2 1 Solenoid 5 125 5 9 2 2 2 2 Block Valve Control 5 125 5 9 2 2 2 3 Injection 5 125 Fusion4 MSC L Part No
195. ct to the current standards procedures Standard API MPMS 11 1 Procedure Paragraph Historical Table in Current Standard Designation 6 24 A B C amp D API MPMS 11 1 5 23 A B amp D API MPMS 11 1 54 60 A B C amp D API MPMS 11 1 53 59 A B amp D API MPMS 11 2 4 23 24 E API MPMS 11 2 4 53 54 E API MPMS 11 2 4 59 60 E Since the procedures from the same standard can be differentiated by stipulated base reference temperature this allows MSC L to engage the appropriate procedure based on the configured base reference temperature without any additional inputs from the end users MSC L directly applies appropriate procedures from standards for cases where configured base conditions temperature and pressure match the ones referenced in the chosen standard commodity group otherwise a generic 2 step approach is used procedures from the 5 106 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration chosen standard are used first to convert from observed to referenced conditions and then from referenced conditions to configured base conditions To cater for various practical scenarios MSC L offers efficient and flexible configuration options all are individual per product stream except base conditions including m Base reference temperature and pressure these parameters are devic
196. d pulse out With this entity you can select the PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 or None physical source for the factored pulse out function 5 9 2 2 2 1 Solenoid Control If a running batch contains additives the particular additive solenoid must be opened and closed when an additive injection is triggered solenoid open close is signalled 5 9 2 2 2 2 Block Valve Control m f the Block valve I O binding is defined then the block valve output must be active when the permissive is True m The block valve must remain active until the stream permissive is False 5 9 2 2 2 3 Injection Feedback m This functionality is enabled by defining the additive injector feedback I O binding m Some injector teedback modes produce pulses of a fixed length For these modes the length of the pulse is determined by the feedback pulse duration entity The modes in which this setting is applicable are marked as underscored italic m The specific behavior of the additive injector feedback is defined by the entities located in the Solenoid submenu Piston Switch The injector feedback output is active as long as the additive injection solenoid is active Inverted piston switch The injector output is inactive as long as the additive injector solenoid is active inverse of previous mode Post injection A pulse is generated as soon as the additive injector solenoid becomes inactive Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC
197. default lt 5 00 gt L Value range lt Disabled gt lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt lt Display pause gt default 5 150 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Operation Logs 5 11 Logs To perform the Logs functions m On the Main Menu screen select the Logs icon The Logs screen appears in which the various logs maintained in the non volatile memory can be viewed Main Menu FIGURE 5 26 Logs icon On the Logs screen you can view the following data logs m Transaction logs Displays the complete information about all the available transaction records The storage space for the transaction logs in the MSC L is 10 000 records m Calibration logs Displays the product meter factor and additive meter factor calibrations over time for all the available calibration records The storage space for the calibration logs in the MSC L is 1200 records m Alarm logs Displays a chronological list of the occurrence of the alarms and the type of alarms for all the available alarm records The storage space for the alarm logs in the MSC L is 2000 records m Events logs Displays a log of important device events The storage space for the event logs in the MSC L is 1000 records When the log record is full the oldest one is automatically deleted and overwritten Then the transaction cannot be retrieved through the Fusion4 Portal or the
198. display The alarm indication output is set to ON B Display shutdown he alarm appears on the display The alarm indication output is set to ON The alarm shutdown output is set to ON e Running batch is stopped B Display pause e he alarm is shown on the display alarm indication output set to ON The alarm shutdown output is set to ON e Running batch is paused 5 146 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Arm Configuration 5 10 7 1 Flow Rate 5 10 7 1 1 Initial Flow Alarms Entity Alarm action Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range Disabled default Display Display shutdown Display pause Alarm start delay With this entity you can configure a delay after which the MSC L starts monitoring the initial flow rate alarm 0 lt 255 gt default lt 5 gt Low percentage With this entity you can configure the low percentage value for monitoring the initial flowrate alarm The initial flowrate low alarm is raised if the actual flowrate during the initial flow stage is below the configured initial flowrate by low per centage value 1 0 99 99 default 5 0 96 High percentage With this entity you can configure the high percentage value for monitoring
199. duct Streams For some of the entities available in the MSC L for example the Accumulated totals a specific product stream needs to be selected When the entity is selected the respective screen appears on which you can select the required stream See the following screen for an example of the product stream selection Diagnostics Accu Totals Products I 7 Stream 2 _ Stream 3 I Stream 5 IC Stream 6 stream Stream 8 i Stream 9 O Stream 10 Stream 11 Product Stream Selection screen Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 17 Operation Menu and Navigation 5 4 5 2 Additive Streams For some of the entities available in the MSC L for example the Accumulated totals a specific stream needs to be selected for the additive stream When the entity is selected the respective screen appears on which you can select the required stream See the following screen for an example of the additive stream selection Diagnostics Accu Totals Additives Stream 1 Stream 13 All streams L Stream 2 Stream 14 Stream 3 Stream 15 GEI LI Stream 16 LI Stream 5 hi Stream 17 IJ Stream I Stream 13 Stream _ Stream 19 Stream 8 M Stream 20 Stream 9 Stream 21 J Stream 10 2 Stream 2 Stream 11 Stream 23 L J Slream 12 St
200. e default Temperature out of range With this entity you can configure the Temperature out of range alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs lt Disabled gt lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt lt Display pause gt default Pressure out of range With this entity you can configure the Pressure out of range alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs lt Disabled gt lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt lt Display pause gt default Density out of range With this entity you can configure the Disabled Density out of range alarm behavior in Display case this particular alarm occurs Display shutdown Display pause default Alpha60 out of range With this entity you can configure the Disabled Alpha60 out of range alarm behavior Display in case this particular alarm occurs Display shutdown Display pause default No solution With this entity you can configure the Disabled No solution alarm behavior in case Display this particular alarm occurs Display shutdown Display pause default Illegal argument With this entity you can configure the Illegal argument alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Disabled Display Display shutdown Display pause default Pressure comp not support With this entity you can configure the Pressure comp not support alarm b
201. e based that is same for all product streams m Commodity group in connection with related standard m Compensation type None Temperature or Temperature and Pressure m Density input usage option determines whether density sensor at metering conditions or laboratory density data is used m Range options allows for wider range than stipulated by standards Laboratory observation data Product Stream Config Stream 1 Conversion Options Commodity z compensation used Density input useri Range options Derive manual status 1250 Refined Proc None False None ML un Temperature effects are catered for all commodity groups by standards procedures calculations while pressure effects are catered for different standardized commodity groups as follows m D1250 04 MPMS 11 1 by standard itself m P27 07 MPMS 11 2 4 by additionally applying CPL factor based on MPMS 11 2 2 and 11 2 5 calculations m EN14214 08 pressure compensation not supported Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 107 Operation Stream Configuration Stream Config Stream 1 Commodity group 1250 04 Crude Oil 1250 04 Refined Pre D1250 04 Special Apps D1250 04 Lub Oils IP27 07 NGL amp LPG 14214 08 FAME Frer to celect If density sensor is not used then laboratory observation density is used to derive density at base conditio
202. e 8 Gland 16 4 41 DO Cable 9 Gland 17 ux e DO at Rn d nta aE ee 4 42 AC Cable 6 Gland 18 4 42 DC Cable 10 Gland 19 4 42 DC Cable 11 Gland 20 4 43 AC Cable 7 21 4 44 AC Cable 8 22 4 44 Analog Cable 2 Gland 23 4 45 AC Cable 9 Gland 24 Li i n i 4 46 AC Cable 10 Gland 25 4 47 DC Cable 12 Gland 26 4 48 ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC Terminal Assignment Guide 4 48 ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC Terminal Assigament Guide 4 64 Operalloh s cs cine Ce dra aba sam dos card d mwa Wes 5 1 General s Sui Pees peewee esse eG awaq u be eR as 5 1 Introduction 2 i E oh m a 5 1 Text Conventions 5 1 DELVICE IMM ACCS uu s u u 24 22 909 54 dea 5 1 5 2 Fusion4 IR 5 2 Fusion4 Local Access 5 4 u roP 5 4 LAD Application
203. e Device Configuration screen select RIT Panel The Device Configuration RIT Panel screen appears Device Configuration RIT Panel Lamp status idle Red sleach Lamp status authorization Amber steady Lamp slate wait ack Amber lashing Lamp state wail start Green lashing Lamp state loading Green sleach Lamp stale erro Red flashimg Lamp state batch complete Amber hashing ea TET 2 On the Device Configuration RIT Panel screen select each entity to configure the MSC L Description Value range Lamp status idle With this entity you can select the lamp lt All off gt Status on the Remote Interaction lt Red steady gt default Terminal when idle lt Red flashing gt lt Amber steady gt lt Amber flashing gt lt Green steady gt lt Green flashing gt Lamp status authorization With this entity you can select the lamp lt All off gt status on the Remote Interaction lt Red steady gt Terminal during authorisation lt Red flashing gt lt Amber steady gt default lt Amber flashing gt lt Green steady gt lt Green flashing gt Lamp state wait ack With this entity you can select the lamp lt All off status on the Remote Interaction lt Red steady gt Terminal when waiting for acknowledgement lt Red flashing gt lt Amber steady gt lt Amber flashing gt default lt Green steady gt lt Green flashing gt Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 68 Installat
204. e batch product gross standard vol ume Batch Product Pressure Com pensation Used Expresses if the pressure compensation is used for calculating the batch product gross standard vol ume Additive Stream Details Batch Additive Name The name of additive injected into the load stream Batch Additive Calibration Number A counter incremented each time the flow meter cal ibration is performed Batch Additive Gross Observed Volume The total additive observed volume dispensed dur ing the batch Batch Additive Gross Observed Leakage Vol ume The total additive observed leakage volume that occurred during the batch Batch Start Additive Accumu lated Gross Observed Volume The additive gross accumulated volume at the start of the batch Batch Stop Additive Accumulated Gross Observed Volume The additive gross accumulated volume at the end of the batch Additive PPM The actual calculated parts per million of additive in the final product Additive Percent Deviation The percentage additive deviation from the accu mulative target additive injection volume 5 220 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Operation Transfer 5 15 3 Configurations On the Transfer screen select lt Configurations gt to install or retrieve the configuration on the SD card The Transfer Configurations screen a
205. e batch starts if the Pump demand I O binding is defined he pump is de activated when the batch stops and Pump run timeout is elapsed 5 9 1 2 2 2 Block Valve Control m f the Block valve I O binding is defined then the block valve output should be active when the batch starts If the block valve should remain active until the product stream stops Or pauses 5 9 1 2 2 3 Hydraulic Pump Demand m Product stream hydraulic pump demand output should be driven high when the batch starts if the Hydraulic pump demand I O binding is defined m The hydraulic pump is de activated when the batch stops and Hydraulic pump run timeout elapses Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 101 Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 3 Product Stream Config Stream n Control Settings On the Product Stream Config Stream n screen select Control settings The Product Stream Config Stream n Control Settings screen is displayed with the following entities Product Stream Config Stream 1 Control Settings Producti control Valve control 00 Press OK to nre P 3 eno Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 102 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 3 1 Product Control Entity Dead band kdb On the Product Stream Config Stream n Control Settings screen
206. e connected to the circuit as displayed in FIGURE 3 28 Characteristics Isolation Minimum Typical Maximum Temperature measurement range MID temperature measurement range Measurement error 50 150 20 302 F Measurement error 20 55 C 4 131 F RTD current source RTD cable length Conversion time Digital Input AC DI AC Functional Description The function of the Digital Inout AC DI AC is to convert high voltage switched AC into a signal that can be used by the controller to ensure the specific functionality required FIGURE 3 29 illustrates the simplified block diagram of the DI AC connections Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf System Description Input Functions External equipment CAN IN OUT MSC CN116 or CN117 du 2 3 or 4 ACx L LIVE CO wo call e Sud isa L 1A T N 1 AC NEUTRAL e Nee AC Neutral common to all DI AC on each board FIGURE 3 29 DI AC connections 3 8 7 2 Characteristics Isolation voltage Minimum Typical Maximum Input voltage Input frequency Input impedance High input must turn on voltage Low input must turn off voltage Maximum input switching frequency AC on time Ton AC off time Torr
207. e instantaneous density is less than the configured limits High density The instantaneous density is greater than the configured limits Flowrate exceeded meter limit The flow rate exceeds the configured meter limits VCF invalid reference condition Invalid reference condition error occurs during the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Alarm Handling Product Stream Alarms VCF invalid tempera ture scale Invalid temperature scale error occurs during the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L VCF invalid commod ity group Invalid commodity group error occurs during the volume cor rection calculation used in the MSC L VCF invalid table Invalid table error occurs during the volume correction cal culation used in the MSC L VCF invalid flow meter health Invalid flow meter health error occurs during the volume cor rection calculation used in the MSC L VCF rounding error Invalid rounding error occurs during the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L Factored pulse out fault The configured number of pulses cannot be generated on the pulse output Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Alarm Handling Additive Stream Alarms 6 11 Additive Stream Alarms Leaking val
208. each component of that system For this to work though the acquirer has to have confidence that the supplier is suitably knowledgeable to accurately provide them with the correct solution for their needs The provision of a solution circumnavigates the minefields associated with integrating multiple components into compliant system arrangement Pre configured biofuel blending systems such as the MSC L do exactly this Piecing together accurately specified MID compliant components to provide an end to end solution Combining the physical measuring element with the electronic control device and associated reconciliation options such as digital storage or printing of BoLs Each of these functions is required to operate under the concise guidelines laid out under MID and associated legislation such as OIML H117 and WELMEC The Fusion4 MSC L The heart of the system is the Fusion4 MSC L Founded on Honeywell Enraf s proprietary FlexConn architecture the MSC L is part of the Fusion4 portfolio of loading automation and control products family A modular collection of mechanical electronic and software sub systems that can be integrated with each other to create scalable solutions The FlexConn approach has enabled Honeywell to take the well proven functionality of its additive and blending portfolio and bring all the options together as a single offering which is configurable to suit the end you need Subsequently the MSC L incorporates
209. eam 10 n Stream 22 Stream 11 O Stream 23 _ Stream 12 Stream 24 z 77 105702 Press OK to select Stream 1 Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 121 Operation Stream Configuration 2 Select any one of the stream or all the streams The Additive Stream Config Stream n screen appears Additive Stream Config Stream 1 identification o binding Control settings aris Press OK to select Ss u Boris 5 9 2 1 Additive Stream Config Stream n Identification On the Additive Stream Config Stream n screen select dentification The Additive Stream Config Stream n Identification screen is displayed with the following entities Entity Description Value range Additive name With this entity you can enter the name A text string of maximum 20 characters of the additive product Use maximum 7 characters to view the complete name on the MSC L display screen 5 9 2 2 Additive Config Stream n I O Bindings On the Additive Stream Config Stream n screen select lt 1 0 binding The new Flexible I O Allocation architecture forms the basis of the Fusion4 product family The architecture is designed around the common I O building blocks that can be arranged in different configurations to be used in the MSC L I O allocation can either be performed through the IR controller through the infrared
210. eeded DC cable 5 gland 11 D esf irad nn Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honevwell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 6 12 Comms Cable 1 Gland 12 Cabe giang See able FIGURE 4 22 Comms cable 1 gland 12 4 7 6 13 DC Cable 6 Gland 13 Connecter Cable gland 5 nielded C anie 7 i Cre 189 FIGURE 4 23 DC cable 6 gland 13 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 40 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 6 14 DC Cable 7 Gland 14 Gable gang Calle FIGURE 4 24 DC cable 7 gland 14 4 7 6 15 Comms Cable 2 Gland 15 Cane pang tanie FIGURE 4 25 Comms cable 2 gland 15 4 7 6 16 DC Cable 8 Gland 16 Cre d ie Gable giang Sheen Calle nr m EH Tm UL APEBITE arti Oo Quim n inj FIGURE 4 26 DC cable 8 gland 16 Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honevwell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 41 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 6 17 DC Cable 9 Gland 17 Connector _ i Cable ane ed Cable Desrinadian FIGURE 4 27 DC cable 9 gland 17 4 7 6 18 AC Cable 6 Gland 18 Connector fis DO SSA 21 0 Digital Controlled CEDE FA md Valve or Soe
211. egative MAINS 1 Live Live Mains AC power External AC power input for device MAINS 1 Neutral Neutral operation MAINS 1 Earth Earth Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical ignal nam n T ID Signal lame description ype functions MAINS 2 Live Live Mains AC power Redundant external AC power MAINS 2 Neutral Neutral fordavice MAINS 2 Earth Earth operation or Mains AC power link to second backplane ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC COM 3 RS485 A CH3 Receive RS485 Preferred interface communication to COM 3 RS485 B CHS Transmit interface 2 wire TAS COM 3 C RS485_Commo OV Fusion4 Portal n CH3 COM 4 RS485 A CH4 Receive COM 4 RS485 B CH4 Transmit COM 4 C RS485 Commo OV n CH4 COM 5 R RS485 A CH5 Receive RS485 Preferred interface positive communication to interface 4 wire TAS COM 5 R RS485 B CH5 Receive Fusion Portal negative COM 5 T RS485 Y CH5 Transmit positive COM 5 T RS485 Z CH5 Transmit negative COM 5 C RS485 Commo 0 V n CH5 ETH 2 T ETHER_TXP Transmit Ethernet Preferred interface positive communication to ETH 2 T ETHER TXN Transmit Fusion4 Portal negative ETH 2 R ETHER RXP Receive positive ETH 2 R ETHER RXN Transmit negative P
212. ehavior in case this particular alarm occurs lt Disabled gt lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt lt Display pause gt default Bad sensor health With this entity you can configure the Bad sensor health alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Disabled Display Display shutdown Display pause default Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 119 Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 5 0 10 Entity Pulse hardware Fixed On the Product Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select Fixed The Product Stream Config Stream n Fixed screen is displayed with the following entities Description With this entity you can configure the Pulse hardware alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range Disabled Display Display shutdown Display pause default Pulse phase With this entity you can configure the Pulse phase alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Disabled Display Display shutdown Display pause default Tank low level With this entity you can configure the Tank low level alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Disabled Display Display shutdown Display pause default Tank empty With this entity you can configure the Tank empty al
213. eing activated and deadman bell siren start the beep 5 8 1 5 3 3 Deadman bell Entity Description Value range Output With this entity you can select the Any of the unused DO SSR DO EMR PO physical output for the deadman bell or None function The default value is None Timeout With this entity you can set the time in 10 s 999 s seconds in which after the deadman default 30 s indicator output activates the operator must press a key or deadman switch refresh to prevent the batch from being paused and deadman bell activate continuously Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 80 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 5 3 4 Deadman callout Description Value range Output With this entity you can select the Any of the unused DO SSR DO EMR PO physical output for the deadman callout or None function The default value is lt None gt Timeout With this entity you can set the time in lt 10 gt lt 999 gt s seconds in which after the batch default lt 30 gt s pauses the operator must press a key or deadman switch refresh to prevent the batch to stop and the deadman callout out output activates If the batch is stopped by the activation of the deadman callout the deadman alarm raises 5 8 1 5 3 5 Deadman refresh switch Description Value range Deadman refresh switch With this
214. en select Identification The Product Stream Config Stream n Identification screen appears with the following entities Entity Description Value range Product name With this entity you can enter the name A text string of maximum 20 characters of the wild stream product can be entered The Product name appears on the Use maximum of 12 characters to view the running screens complete name on the MSC display Screen The default value is Stream n 5 9 1 2 Product Stream Config Stream n I O Bindings On the Product Stream Config Stream n screen select lt 1 0 binding The new Flexible I O Allocation architecture forms the basis of the Fusion4 product family The architecture is designed around the common I O building blocks that can be arranged in different configurations to be used in the MSC L I O allocation can either be performed through the IR controller through the infrared link or LAD connected to the MSC L front connector To configure Input Output entities On the Main Menu screen select the Stream Configuration icon The Stream Configuration screen appears gt On the Stream Configuration screen select Product streams The Stream Config Product Stream Selection screen appears On the Stream Config Product Stream Selection screen select any one of the stream or all the streams The Product Stream Config Stream n screen appears On the Product Stream Config Stream
215. ency Additive flow METER pulse input meter single or POWER control dual external power Product flow meter QPI 8A C COMMON Common single or dual QPI 8A P PULSE A Pulse Signal pulse Input A QPI 8B 12V 12 V DC Power METER POWER QPI 8B C COMMON Common QPI 8B P PULSE B Pulse Signal Input B Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 74 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical ID pigra name description Type functions QPI 9A 12V 12 V DC Power High frequency Additive flow METER pulse input meter single or POWER control dual external power Product flow meter QPI 9A C COMMON Common single or dual QPI 9A P PULSE A Pulse Signal pulse Input A QPI 9B 12V 12 V DC Power METER POWER QPI 9B C COMMON Common QPI 9B P PULSE B Pulse Signal Input B QPI 10A 12V 12 V DC Power High frequency Additive flow METER pulse input meter single or POWER control 4 dual external power Product flow meter QPI 10A C COMMON Common single or dual QPI 10A P PULSE A Pulse Signal pulse Input A QPI 10B 12V 12 V DC Power METER POWER QPI 10B C COMMON Common QPI 10B P PULSE B Pulse Signal Input B QPI 11A 12V 12 V DC Power High frequency Additive flow METER pulse input meter single or POWER control dual external power Product flow meter QPI 11A C COMMON Common single
216. ent locations JP7 JP8 FlexConn jumpers for RS 485 CH5 finishing setting JP9 FlexConn jumpers for RS 485 finishing setting JP10 FlexConn jumpers for RS 485 CH4 finishing setting CN1 Programming connector for U11 ARM controller CN2 LAD or keyboard connections to EX IO HMI MSC L CN3 Programming connector for U6 FPGA CN4 microSD connector CN5 CN6 Connectors for interfacing with the ARM1 BACKPLANE MSC CN7 CN8 Connectors for interfacing with the Varitronix display CN9 CN10 Connectors for interfacing with the Hitachi display LE1 Health of the board LE2 Configurable Configurable LE4 Ethernet auto negotiation LE5 Ethernet speed indicator LE6 FPGA Health U8 U9 U10 SDRAM U6 ARM controller U11 FPGA U19 Flash memory U1 A holder for IR receiver V2 Ambient light sensor Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 3 24 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description PCB Layout B S1 FlexConn jumper function switches Reference Jumper name Function when set to ON FlexConn JP1 W amp M entities protection FlexConn JP2 Password is read protected FlexConn JP3 Nothing used FlexConn JP4 Spare FlexConn JP5 Spare FlexConn JP6 CAN bus termination m 52 RS485 CH5 mode selection Reference Setting Function Description S2 1 ON 2 wire 2 wire RS 485 communication G2 2 ON interface S2 3 OFF 52 4 OFF S2 5 OFF 4 wire 4 wire RS 485 c
217. entity you can select between two modes for the analog output Value range Explicitly driven default The output value is set by the application for example valve control Follow PV The output reflects one of the Primary Values measured by the MSC L lt Calibrate Low gt lt Calibrate High gt Follow PV source With this entity you can select the process variable to be mapped on the analog output 4 20 mA lt None gt default lt Batch GOV gt lt Batch GSV gt lt Batch mass gt lt Batch Flowrate gt lt Batch instant temp gt lt Batch instant pressure gt lt Batch instant density gt Upper boundary With this entity you can select the PV default 0 00 value at 20 mA For units see Value range of PV address For the actual current value linear Note The Upper boundary values are set interpolation is used between Lower as per the units selected in the PV boundary and Upper boundary address entity Lower boundary With this entity you can select the PV default 0 00 value at 4 mA For the actual current value linear interpolation is used between Lower boundary and Upper boundary For units see Value range of PV address Note The Lower boundary values are set as per the units selected in the PV address entity Burn out value default 3 60 Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation
218. entity you can select the Any of the unused DO SSR DO EMR PO physical input source for the deadman or None refresh function The default value is lt None gt 5 8 1 5 4 Device Configuration Alarms Permissives 1 On the Device Configuration Alarms screen select lt Permissives gt The Device Configuration Alarms Permissives screen appears Device Configuration Alarms Permissives Timegut 200 5 2 Onthis screen the following entity is displayed Description Value range Timeout With this entity you can configure the 10 s 999 s permissive timeout default 900 s Part No 4418 309 04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 81 Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 6 Device Configuration Authorization m On the Device Configuration screen select Authorization The Device Configuration Authorization screen appears Device Configuration Authorization General setup Databases Prese OK to select 5 8 1 6 1 Device Configuration Authorization Setup On the Device Configuration Authorization screen select lt General setup gt The following entities are displayed on the Device Configuration Authorization Setup screen Entity Description Value range Authorization mode With this entity the authorization for the None MSC L is provided lt No verification Local verification default
219. ervice Tools FIGURE 5 1 LAD interface IR controller Keyboard Service interfaces of the MSC L 5 3 Service Tools Fusion4 IR Controller The Fusion4 IR Controller uses infrared IR signals to transmit the ASCII characters to the MSC L This allows the operator to make adjustments in programming the MSC L without removing the cover of the explosion proof enclosure on site The infrared receiver on the MSC L is designed to be unaffected by interference from light sources other than the Fusion4 IR Controller All prompts requiring an operator response are clearly indicated on the display of the MSC L The Fusion4 IR Controller has all the infrared commands permanently stored in its micro controller Due to this if the batteries are drained it can be restored to complete operation by inserting a fresh set of batteries The Fusion4 IR Controller has a sleep mode to reduce battery consumption At first use or after a period of inactivity of approximately 30 seconds the ATTN key must be pressed to wake up the Fusion4 IR Controller Then the SEND light blinks indicating that the Fusion4 IR Controller is ready for operation Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Service Tools The MSC L uses seven of the Fusion4 IR controller buttons These buttons A V lt gt OK ESC are provided in bold text in FIGURE 5 2 and are exp
220. es of the flow meter supplied by per liter gallon regardless of the the vendor in pulses per Units of configured unit of volume selection volume default lt 750 000 pulses L gt Meter integrity check With this entity you can select the pulse lt Disable gt single pulse default type of the flow meter lt Enable gt dual pulse quad MMQ With this entity you can setthe smallest default lt 0 00 gt L quantity specified for which the flow meter is capable of measuring within the applicable prescribed limit of error The preset value entered is validated against the MMQ If the value is less than the MMQ then a batch cannot be started Minimum linear flow rate With this entity you can program the default 200 00 L min minimum linear flowrate for the flow meter installed Maximum flow rate With this entity you can set the default 2000 00 L min maximum allowed flow rate Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 69 Operation System Configuration Entity Flow rate range margin Description With this entity you can set a band around the minimum linear meter flow and the maximum meter flow that ensures a certain amount of margin is used above the minimum and under the maximum flow rates The margin is defined as the percentage of the range between the minimum linear meter flow rate and the maximum meter f
221. es an overview of the reset tasks comms tasks and clear tasks m Maintenance Provides an overview of the switch counts which maintains the number of times certain output is switched on or off m Advanced Provides the Load profile W amp M info and OIML infor mation Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 162 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Diagnostics 5 12 1 Alarms On the Diagnostics screen select Alarms to reset or acknowledge the alarms The Diagnostics Alarms screen appears which displays the alarms available The alarms can be reset or acknowledged Alarms All alarms All alarms Reset Ack 2 alarms Arm 3 Gasoline 5449 ree Ack Blend tolerance high Arm 3 Elharval No product Reset Ack 7 al Use arrow keys to select ga Alarms can be reset or acknowledged individually by scrolling to each of them All alarms can be reset or acknowledged together also Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 163 Operation Diagnostics 5 12 2 Dashboard On the Diagnostics screen select Dashboard to view the state or value of all the available I O blocks in the MSC L The Diagnostics Dashboard screen appears which displays the following input output features Diagnostics Dashboard Digital input Digital cal put Pulse
222. et Audience for this Manual This manual is intended for service technicians and bay operators for example truck drivers who are assigned to install commission service or operate the MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honevwell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 1 3 General Target Audience for this Manual FIGURE 1 2 Fusion4 Multi Stream Controller Loading MSC L Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 1 4 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Safety Safety Conventions CHAPTER 2 SAFETY 2 1 Safety Conventions 2 1 1 Warnings The following warning symbol used in the manual recommends your attention to prevent personal injuries or dangerous situations Description Remark General warning It is always explained by text 2 1 2 Cautions The following caution symbol used in the manual recommends your attention to prevent damages to the equipment Description General caution sign CAUTION ElectroStatic Discharge ESD sensitive device Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honevwell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 2 1 Safety Safety Instructions for the MSC L 2 2 Safety Instructions for the MSC L 2 2 1 General mentioned in this manual and the safety instructions shipped with the MSC L during installation commis sioning operation and maintenance for the safe operation of the MSC L The MSC L may be loc
223. ev04 4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 51 Operation Loading Application Overview 5 7 Loading Application Overview NOTE FIGURE 5 21 illustrates the loading application for each stream This overview is also applicable for 6 Arms Load recipe IR remote LAD comms Alarm indication hard wired comms Alarm shutdown hard wired comms Pump feedback hard wired Pump start hard wired Analog Load Blend Load Blend Additive Additive Volume Volume Output Output hard wired hard wired comms Hydraulic pump start HPP hard wired Hydraulic pump feedback HPP hard wired Temperature input hard wired RTD Al Pressure input hard wired Al W amp M MID sealing FlexConn jumper LAD Density input hard wired Al System interlock ESD Dead man hard wired Volume conversion API tables mass calculation manual density IR remote LAD comms Programmable alarms hard wired inputs and alarm outputs Permissive hard wired Al comms Emergency stop hard wired Strainer status hard wired Blend flow pulses hard wired S PI Q PI Solenoid control hard wired 2 x DO Loading active Bay barrier hard wired hard wired
224. eywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 17 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 2 Backplane Boards All the external wires of the MSC L connect to one of the Phoenix Contact connectors of the backplanes These backplanes are mounted on the rear of the MSC L enclosure The backplane connectors have a unique CN number color and XY coordinate The connectors contain 3 4 5 6 or 8 pins ARM 1 Backplane MSC start with the CN number CN101 and contains 52 connectors ARM 2 Backplane MSC start with the CN number CN201 and contains 49 connectors Phebe ad POP TE IP Be LACAL BE PIP PO HE k k k k k k amp bbe POE Ves m is IP P fi 4 Re FIGURE 4 6 Backplane boards Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 18 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance FIGURE 4 7 4 7 2 1 ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC Ligands LALA Bala a tide IS R LIL S mr BE ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 2 2 Floorplan The following image illustrate the floorplan for ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC board ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC 2074295 D03 All primary wiring must be rated with insulat
225. fe Area Zone Zone 2 4 1 General The Fusion4 IR Controller is a hand held remote controller which is an infrared type control device The device facilitates programming the Enraf Fluid Technology IR Controlled Equipment remotely The device contains all the necessary program codes installed Hence the user programming is not required 2 4 2 Precautions m Clean the device with a damp cloth m Use additional protection in areas where damage may occur m Do not repair the device without permission to avoid the invalidation of the certificate m Do not leave the device in direct sunlight or place it near a heat source m Handle the device gently Do not drop the device or subject it to other types of stress m Do not touch any solvent or aggressive substances before touching the enclosure as it is made of plastic B Store the device at room temperature in a clean and dry location m avoid damage to the device or shortening of battery life use the correct type of batteries m To prevent battery usage when storing the device in an unused condition for a long time make sure that the buttons are not pressed prevent damage caused by leaking batteries remove the batteries before storing the device in an unused condition for a long time Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honevwell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 2 13 Safety Safety Instructions for the IR Controller A 2 4 2 1 2 4 3
226. feedback DO SSR 23 N N Neutral DO SSR 23 L L Live DO SSR 24 F SSr24 feed ac Feed DO SSR 24 N N Neutral Alarm indication Pump start DO SSR 24 L L Live Additive blocking valve DO SSR 25 F SSr25_feed_ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 25 O SSr25 sw ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection DO SSR 25 N N Neutral control feedback DO SSR 25 L L Live DO SSR 26 F SSr26 feed ac Feed DO SSR 26 N N Neutral Alarm indication Pump start DO SSR 26 L L Live Additive blocking valve Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309_Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical ID gnar name description Type functions DO SSR 27 F 55 27 feed ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 27 O 55127 sw ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection control feedback DO SSR 27 N N Neutral DO SSR 27 L L Live DO SSR 28 F SSr28 feed ac Feed Alarm shutdown DO SSR 28 N N Neutral Pump start Additive blocking DO SSR 28 L L Live valve DO SSR 29 F SSr29_feed_ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 29 O SSr29_sw_ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection DO SSR 29 N N Neutral control feedback DO SSR 29 L L Live DO SSR 30 F SSr3
227. fety Safety Instructions for the MSC L 2 2 7 4 The MSC L Labels NOTE Type plates are exemplary and subject to change Honeywell Enraf Americs Inc 2000 Northfield Court GA USA Honeywell Enraf muss Fusion4 MSC Serial nr Input 100 24D Vac 50 60 Hz Test date 590 W 90 W internal I 2 G Ex d ia IIB T amp Gb Ex d ia IIB T6 Gb DEKRA 12ATEX0101 X IECEx DEK 12 0021X CE Ta 40 C to 65 C R 0081 MID certificate TC warning do not open when an explosive atmosphere may be present Un anp E dreeriog ina Hon eywell raf 2000 Cauri Roswell QA UBA _ Fusion4 MSC Gerini nr Input 100 240 Vac Um 250 Vac Test dale 50 60 Hz max 90 W Claas Divituon 1 Groups C amp D Sp Class Zane 1 Ex d lia Gh Gerlilieate No 2873172 Install per control drawing 135 1385000 3 10 C to 85 C A LI RA HEMA 4X IP86 waming seal all conduits within 50 mm 187 wamind do not open when an explosive atmosphere may be present Hama in Honeywell Enraf Pe m Ca uit GA Lia Fusion4 MSC i input 100 240 Vac Um 250 Vac NOTE to FM label Test date 50 60 Hz 90 W Ginan Deviaion T Groupa G D T Ta 40 F to 149 F refer to Certificate and drawing 135 13950
228. fety Instructions for the LAD 2 3 1 WARNING 2 3 1 2 2 3 2 General The LAD is a hand held controller used for interfacing with the MSC L Only use the instrument for its intended purpose EC declaration of conformity for EU Refer to the EC declaration of conformity and ATEX certificate s shipped with the device for EC declarations Control Drawings for FM amp CSA Refer to the control drawings shipped with the MSC L for FM and CSA Explosion Safety Approval Certificate no Type of protection identification KEMA 10ATEX0152 112 G Ex ia IIB T4 Gb IECEx KEM 10 0070 Zone 1 3041202 Ta 20 C 65 Class 1 Division 1 group C D T4 4 F 149 F 11 2395571 WARNING 2 3 3 2 3 4 2 3 5 Class l Division 1 group C D T4 Zone 1 Ex ia IIB T4 This is an intrinsically safe device and may only be connected to devices with compatible intrinsically safe parameters such as the MSC L Connection of non intrinsically safe signals inval idates the approval The electrical data of the intrin sically safe circuits is to be taken from the certificate Commissioning The LAD and the Fusion4 parent devices must be commissioned using this controller trained by Honeywell Enraf The service technician must have knowledge of the national local and company requirements for electrical equipment in hazardous areas Operation After connecting to the MS
229. g screen select Outputs The following entity is displayed on the Device Configuration Outputs screen Description Value range Emergency sto With this entity you can select the Any of the unused DO SSR DO EMR PO gency stop physical output of the emergency stop or None The default value is lt None gt Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 61 Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 3 Device Configuration Communication 1 On the Device Configuration screen select lt Communication gt The Device Configuration Communication screen appears Device Configuration Communication Ethernet HH HHE Prese OK to select 2 On the Device Configuration Communication screen select each entity The Serial Ethernet or IR HHC communication entities can be configured The built in communication monitoring in the MSC L are as follows Up to seven 485 communication ports Up to three Ethernet ports Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 3 1 Serial 5 8 1 3 1 1 Communication protocol 1 On the Device Configuration Serial Communication screen select The Device Configuration Serial Com n screen appears Device Configuration Serial COM 1 FlexConn SLIP Modbus Prese OK to select The
230. ge packs e Transaction data Calibration data e Configuration data e Recipes e Alarm logs Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 11 Operation Service Tools Manufacturer SanDisk 5 3 4 4 1 Product Type Selection The selection of an SD card for the LAD is important Due to the intrinsically safe design of the LAD the power drawn by the SD card is strictly limited For this reason commercially available SD cards are NOT recommended as the specification and construction of these devices change frequently The following cards are recommended by Honeywell Enraf Series Capacity Industrial Part Number SDSDAA 002G Swissbit 5 200 SFSD1024L4BN2SA E D1 131 STD Pretec Industrial SDS001GSBHP Transcend Industrial 752650801 STEC Industrial SLSD1GBBSIU TABLE 6 1 Recommended SD cards You are allowed to use SD cards not included in TABLE 6 1 but they must conform to the following specifications Type SD or SDHC Operating temperature 20 C to 65 C 4 F to 149 F Maximum current 70 mA NOTE Honeywell Enraf does NOT provide support for any cards not listed in TABLE 6 1 Contact Honeywell Enraf for more information NOTE The miniSD and the microSD cards fitted in an SD adaptor must NOT be used in the LAD Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 12 Installation amp Operation
231. ged In the MSC L an alarm is either active or inactive An inactive alarm is in the inactive state An active alarm is either in the asserted state or the acknowledged state The difference between the asserted and acknowledged state is only in the way alarm outputs are driven Alarm Action The way the system responds to an activated alarm depends on the Alarm Action of that alarm There are four possible alarm actions m Disabled m Display m Pause amp Display m Shutdown amp Display An alarm with Disabled alarm action is ignored It is a way to tell the system that all alarming for that particular alarm is disabled A Display only alarm is an alarm that does not affect the loading operations that are happening using the MSC L The alarms are only displayed on the alarm screens and included in the alarm log Unlike a Display alarm both Pause amp Display and Shutdown amp Display are considered a critical alarm A critical alarm affects the loading of the batch it applies to A batch is affected by an alarm in the following scenarios Ifthe alarm is a loading arm alarm of the arm that serves that batch m lfitisa stream product or additive alarm that is associated with the loading arm that serves the batch lf itis a bay alarm of the bay that serves the batch m If itis a device alarm The difference between a Shutdown amp Display alarm and a Pause amp Display alarm is that the Shutdown amp Display
232. gle or dual QPI 5A P PULSE A Pulse Signal pulse Input A QPI 5B 12V 12 V DC Power METER POWER QPI 5B COMMON Common QPI 5B P PULSE B Pulse Signal Input B QPI 6A 12 V 12 V DC Power High frequency Additive flow METER pulse input meter single or POWER control 4 dual external power Product flow meter QPI 6A COMMON Common single or dual QPI 6A P PULSE A Pulse Signal pulse Input A QPI 6B 12V 12 V DC Power METER POWER QPI 6B COMMON Common QPI 6B P PULSE B Pulse Signal Input B Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Terminal Floor plan Signal Typical ID description Type functions RTD 1 S RTD S Three wire Resistance Preferred PT100 connection Temperature temperature Detector input measurement RID C Neutral control according to IEC RTD 1 A RTD POS Signal Input 60751 RTD 1 S RTD S Four wire connection RTD 2 S RTD S Three wire Resistance Preferred PT100 connection Temperature temperature Detector input measurement a C M Ad Neutral control according to IEC RTD 2 A RTD POS Signal Input 60751 RTD 2 S RTD S Four wire connection RTD 3 S RTD S Three wire Resistance Preferred PT100 connection Temperature temperature Detector input measurement PUEDES Neutral control accord
233. gs For instance if the initial flow rate is too small for accurate blend product measurement then blending only starts in the Full Flow Phase Secondly if the clean arm functionality is configured then the MSC L intentionally over blends to ensure that all the required blend products are dispensed before the clean arm phase begins ZIO Bl initial Flow Phase lI I Ill oh Pepe he et iss Inti ll Pre Stop Phase BE m Clean Arm Volume T L E m D T m Target Blend Ratio El Ratio Deviation Blend rato Time T To adequately match various specific applications the MSC L has a number of configurable parameters For an explanation of all these parameters and their specific settings see CHAPTER 5 Operation Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Introduction 3 1 3 3 1 3 1 Types of Blending The following sections describe the various types of blending supported in the MSC L Straight Loading otraight loading is a batch in which only the main product is dispensed without any additional blend products o FIGURE 3 1 Straight Arm Loading 3 1 3 2 Ratio Blending Ratio blending is a process in which the main product is blended with one or more blend products when a batch is loaded The amount of each product is defined by the recipe selected for the batc
234. guration User Database screen appears which displays the Index Person name Pass code and Security level Device Configuration User Database Indea mim orde Sed feed Admin JOHN DAYE PALI Page 10172 the to rerell 2 Select one of the databases then select OK on the IR controller or the LAD The Device Configuration Change DB screen appears on which the user database details can be entered Description Value range With this entity you can configure the A text string of maximum 16 characters name of the user Part No 4418 309 04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 83 Operation System Configuration Description Value range Pass code With this entity you can configure the A numeric string of maximum 10 digits password associated with the user account Security Level With this entity you can configure the Security level 1 gt security level associated with the user Security level 2 account Security level 3 5 8 1 6 2 2 Objects Database 1 On the Device Configuration Authorization Databases screen select Objects database The Device Configuration Objects Database screen appears which displays the Index Object name Pass code and Type Device Configuration Objects Database Inci Obj name EE T 1 VERDC LE 1111 Vehicle 2 CARRIER 2222
235. h Each product main and blend s must be controlled independently by its own product valve and must have its own meter FIGURE 3 2 Ratio Blending Piping 3 1 3 3 Side Stream Blending Side Stream blending is a batch blending where one blend product is blended into the main product The blend product must have its own valve and meter The combined final blended product must also have its own valve and meter Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 3 3 System Description Introduction In side stream blending the main product does not have its own valve and meter The flow rates of both the main and blend products are therefore a function of both valves FIGURE 3 3 Side Stream Blending Piping 3 1 4 3 1 5 Additive Injection Additive injection is a process in which small amounts of additives are added to the final product The additive product is injected in pace with the product flow That is the additive injection occurs after an interval of configured pacing volume until the end of the batch The recipe configured on the MSC L controls the rate of additive being injected into the product stream When the MSC L determines that an additive cycle is required it opens the solenoid control valve and injects a small quantity of additive into the product stream When the amount of additive is reached for that cycle the solenoid valve is closed
236. he MSC L is also routed to the external devices through the MSC SHORTCUT BOARD The fuses on the MSC fuse board deliver fuse protected AC power to the external devices Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 13 Installation Fusing and Power Consumption FIGURE 4 3 illustrates the block schematic of a single MSC SHORTCUT BOARD fuse on the SSR1 Feed AC SSR1 Feed AC FUSE SSR1 SW AC AC FUSED 1 SSR1 SW SSR AC Neutral AC IN 4 pin connector for field connec 4 pin connector for Fuse board CAN IN OUT board FIGURE 4 3 Block schematic of a single fuse on the MSC SHORTCUT BOARD Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Installation Fusing and Power Consumption FIGURE 4 4 illustrates the architecture of the MSC SHORTCUT BOARD 10 1 A with Pt 1 6 AC FUSED 1 AC FUSED 2 AC FUSED 3 AC FUSED 4 AC FUSED 5 AC FUSED 6 10 A with 1500 breaking current AC FUSED 7 AC IN AC FUSED 8 AC FUSED 9 AC FUSED 10 10 1 A with lt 1 6 AC FUSED 1 AC FUSED 2 AC FUSED 3 AC FUSED 4 AC FUSED 5 AC FUSED 6 10 A with 1500 breaking current AC FUSED 7 AC FUSED 8 AC FUSED 9 AC FUSED 10 FIGURE 4 4 Architecture of MSC SHORTCUT BOARD Part No 441
237. he Notified Bodies are scrutinized by the European Board of Accreditation The system approval process for MID consists of two main steps m Bringing on the market type examination by a Notified body in accordance with Annex B of the MID This generates a so called type examination certificate m Putting it into use conformity check of the essential parts and a wet calibration in the legal specification This is implemented in accordance with Annex F or D of the MID This generates the system approval The system can now be used for trade and excise applications The received approval is subject to recalibration at 1 or 2 year interval and this is determined on national level Evaluation Certificate provides demonstration that the MSC L as a component of an MID compliant instrument is approved per MID and OIML requirements Component level Requirements For blending applications such as ethanol and biodiesel blending the minimum required accuracy of the metering line is 0 5 class 0 5 The flow metering element of the system is allowed 0 3 in accuracy and the remainder of the system is permitted to show maximum errors to 0 296 As the errors are directly related to inaccuracies they are added to get the total maximum Therefore 0 5 is the maximum allowed discrepancy between what the seller states as the volume transferred and the actual volume the buyer receives Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Re
238. he batches running on this bay are paused If the input is reconnected then the alarm is auto cleared and the batch can be resumed 2 Shutdown If the physical input associated with the permissive is disconnected during loading all the batches running on the bay are terminated The alarm is auto cleared after the transaction is terminated 3 Timeout If the physical input associated with the permissive is disconnected during loading all the batches running on this bay are paused If the input is reconnected within the timeout configured from the device configuration the alarm is auto cleared and the batches can be resumed If the input is not reconnected during the timeout the transaction running on that bay is terminated and the alarm auto clears 4 Manual Reset If the physical input associated with the permissive is disconnected during loading all the batches running on this bay are paused If the input is reconnected within the timeout configured from the device configuration the alarm is auto cleared and the batches can be resumed If the input is not reconnected during the timeout the transaction running on that bay is terminated and alarm needs to reset manually Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 95 Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 Stream Configuration To perform the Stream Configuration 1 On the Main Menu screen select the Stream Configuration ic
239. i wiring is separated from other wiring limit the interference between low voltage and high voltage signals a logical separation between cables containing the signals are created High voltage Low voltage High voltage FEFE HK E E E SU d 2j ee 11 LT BETTE JI INESSE TrLee i ML jl EL uL GT 3 1 A E eee ee iper ee ieee eee 2 TREES p q 3 uA L o HI Lex a i i a SS AI RU Rip a IA ER I FPS TPS S inl lA Ai ke AEN i SIB BIB IFOREETE BEER PI EY LETI PETRI la kaka PeR FB BOE EI h i i B a b H SI NI MN ipa K i Fp 3527 Bx ur EAE 1 ERE ia rs xs dL z tit lori cile PPE q A P REI P E T Kk i HER EE E TU IE E E W N MPE 7 79 E Se a e RUE FRE ER Ie PETI E3 BUR i E PPP LAI HU LL i L eee IRE aa re Pee i O PIE Ld ME OEI II i k CF TT Fi Lib K d H L uium GINE ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC FIGURE 4 5 High low voltages separation concept Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Hon
240. ics for safety performance 4 Backplanes ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC and ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC for external wiring 5 Colored connectors on the backplane to distinguish different kinds of signals 3 6 4 System m Full color 16 bits WVGA 8 diagonal display m Multi language support for main screens which are as follows English US English UK e French Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 35 System Description Available Input Output Functions of the MSC L e German e Dutch Spanish e Chinese Japanese e Polish Portuguese e Italian Thai One additional configurable user language m Menu driven service interface e LAD intrinsic safe interface e IR interface which is compatible with the Fusion4 IR Controller Real time clock for time stamping Seven communication ports and three ethernet ports for inter facing with the safe area tools and systems 3 6 5 Environment Parameter Operating temperature 40 65 C 40 F 149 F 20 G 65 C 4 F 149 F Electronics designed 40 C 85 C 40 F 185 F 40 85 C 40 F 185 F and and RoHS RoHS Storage temperature 85 C 40 F 185 F 85 C 40 F 185 F Ingress protection IP66 NEMA 4X IP54 NEMA 3R SD card compartment behind lid IP20 1 Restriction of Hazardous Sub
241. iew the calibration records Transfer Callbration Records All records Range of records Single record Press to select gr UOTE The following entities are available on the Transfer Calibration Records screen m All records This option retrieves all the calibration records available on the device m Range of records This option allows you to select the required range of calibration logs from the available records m Single record This option allows you to retrieve the calibration of a single record available on the device Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 223 Operation Transfer 5 15 6 Recipes On the Transfer screen select lt Recipes gt to install and save the recipes available on the SD card The Transfer Recipes screen appears which displays the options to Install and save recipes available on the SD card Transfer Recipes Install recipe Retrieve recipes Press Ok to select The following entities are available on the Transfer Recipes screen m lt Install recipe Select this option to install a recipe present on the SD card Retrieve recipes Select this option to save the current recipes on the SD card Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 224 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Transfer 5 15 7 NOTE Language Packs The language pa
242. ight condition It is sensitive to visible light and has peak sensitivity at 570 nm RS COM 2 wire or 4 wire The RS 485 serial communication block is used by the FlexConn micro processor to communicate with external devices using an RS 485 com pliant physical layer It can be configured for a 2 wire half duplex or a 4 wire full duplex RS 485 communication ETHERNET The Ethernet communication block is used for allowing the FlexConn microprocessor to communicate with the external devices using an Ethernet compliant physical layer Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 3 22 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description PCB Layout FIGURE 3 15 RTC battery backup COMMS RS485 4 wire isolated CAN HM Display interface control Transaction Display Power failure storage image memory memory memory management HHC Ambient IR interface light sensor COMMS ETHER isolated isolated FlexConn generic ext RAM ON Sw 123456 I MSC functions top and physical layout bottom Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual System Description PCB Layout 3 6 1 1 2 Component Locations LEZ nira Ha Ius LEG CN3 FIGURE 3 16 CAN HMI MSC compon
243. iguration All modifi cations must be in accordance with the guidelines as set forth by Honeywell International Inc Modifi cations not authorized by Honeywell International Inc invalidates the approval certificates Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 2 16 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Introduction CHAPTER 3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 3 1 1 1 3 1 2 Introduction General The main function of the MSC L is to assist in loading the liquid products from a storage area to another containment vessel That is the MSC L helps the smooth movement and accurate measurement of the liquid product being transferred The MSC L is also capable of creating a new composite product during the transfer operation by combining one or more different products together to form a new product The MSC L creates the final required product based on a user supplied specification known as a Recipe For more information about Recipes refer to the section 5 10 6 Arm Configuration Arm n Recipes The types of composite products that the MSC L can create is limited by various physical constraints such as product piping isolation valves the availability of pumps and blend valves The MSC L can create composite products by combining products through one of the following methods m Blending The process of combining two or more products contin uously m Additive injection The process
244. in 1500 Press to confirm value a fa Rec 5 Enter the flow rate and then select Confirm Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 191 Operation Calibration The Calibration Arm n Stream n Manual screen appears on which the meter factor must be entered Calibration Arm 1 Stream 1 Manual Enter meter 0 99 7 m m lid an EE W Press fo confirm value PA n OF tes 6 Enter the meter factor and then select lt Confirm gt The Calibration Stream n Meter Profile Manual screen appears which displays the Calibration No Meter Factor and the Flowrate Calibration Stream 1 Meter Profile Manual Calibration Ho Meter Factor AE 0 993245 905 28 L min 1 01000 1000 00 L min 0 99000 Press OK to select 7 Select OK on the IR controller or LAD to save the calibration point The Calibration Stream n Edit Meter Profile Manual screen appears Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 192 Installation amp Operation Manual oneywell Enraf Operation Calibration Calibration Stream 1 Edit Meter Profile Manual ei Delete Update Saye Press OR to select 8 Select lt Save gt and then select lt OK gt on the IR controller or LAD The Calibration Stream n Manual screen appears which displays the Meter Factor old Flowrate old Meter Factor
245. ing intrinsic safety of the MSC L the grounding connection of the lid to the main box and the box to the local grounding system is very crucial 5 Remove the screw of the earth strap protection cable on the MSC L lid Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 9 Installation Opening the MSC L 6 Remove the screw on the earth strap assembly from the MSC L lid NOTE The screw must be removed only by Honeywell Enraf trained service technicians 7 Remove the screws that hold the boards fastened to the enclosure with a 4 mm allen key 8 Remove the CAN IN OUT MSC boards and CAN ARM MSC boards 9 Remove the 2x cabling from the backplane of the CAN HMI MSC boards 10 Replace all the toothed rings in the MSC L lid NOTE Make sure there is no corrosion between the parts of the MSC L 11 Replace the screw of the earth strap protection cable on the MSC L lid 12 Replace the screw of the earth strap assembly on the MSC L lid Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Closing the MSC Lid 4 4 Closing the MSC Lid To close the MSC L Lid 1 Make sure the O ring is in place and it is not damaged If the O ring is damaged replace it first 2 Remove the 2x cable grounding cable and cable to prevent over stretching door after opening the door before replacing the O ring NOTE The O ring must
246. ing on Alarm action lt 1 gt lt 255 gt s default 15 s 5 116 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 5 0 6 Blend Tolerance On the Product Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select Blend Tolerance The Product Stream Config Stream n Blend Tolerance screen is displayed with the following entities Entity Description Value range Alarm action With this entity you can configure the Disabled default alarm behavior in case this particular Display alarm occurs Display shutdown Display pause Tolerance limit With this entity you can configure the 0 10 blend tolerance percentage that the default 5 MSC L raises e blend tolerance low alarm if the blend ratio between delivered product quantity with delivered batch quantity is less than blend tolerance limit e blend tolerance high alarm if the blend ratio between delivered product quantity with delivered batch quantity is greater than blend tolerance limit 5 9 1 5 0 7 Overrun Volume On the Product Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select Overrun volume The Product Stream Config Stream n Overrun volume screen is displayed with the following entities Description Value range Alarm action With this entity you can configure the Disabled a
247. ing to IEC RTD 3 A RTD POS Signal Input 60751 RTD 3 S RTD S Four wire connection PO 1 HI 1_ Feed Pulse output Real time pulse control output factored PO 1 LO Po1_LO Signal Output Dulse output PO 2 HI Po2 HI Feed Additive injection feedback Alarm PO 2 LO Po2 LO Signal Output shutdown Alarm indication Pump start Additive blocking valve Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Terminal Floor plan Signal Typical NM T 2S ID sional description ype functions AO 2 AO a2 Signal Output Analog output 4 20 mA output for control primary value AO 2 AO_b2 Signal Output AO 3 AO a3 Signal Output AO 3 AO b3 Signal Output AO 1 AO a1 Signal Output AO 1 AO b1 Signal Output COM 1 RS485 A CH1 Receive RS485 Preferred interface communication to COM 1 RS485 B CH1 Transmit interface 2 wire TAS COM 1 C RS485_Commo OV Fusion4 Portal n CH1 COM 2 RS485 A CH2 Receive COM 2 RS485 A CH2 Transmit COM 2 C RS485_Commo OV n CH2 ETH 1 T ETHER_TXP Transmit Ethernet Preferred interface positive communication to interface TAS ETH 1 T ETHER TXN Transmit Bona negative ETH 1 R ETHER RXP Receive positive ETH 1 R ETHER RXN Receive n
248. input Pulse output Analog YO NOTE You can activate or de activate the individual output for testing by selecting the output and then selecting lt OK gt on the IR controller or the LAD Activating the output energises the actual field equipment connected NOTE The content of the following sections may differ depending on the particular Model that is bought Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 164 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Diagnostics 5 12 2 0 1 Dashboard I O Type Symbols The diagnostic dashboard displays the detailed I O diagnostics together with the NAMUR NE 107 compliant icons which reflect the high level category of the I O diagnostics The following table lists the icons on the Diagnostics Dashboard Screen Description Maintenance is required Out of specification Check the function Failure Diagnostics is active Diagnostics is passive Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 165 Operation Diagnostics 5 12 2 0 2 Digital Input On the Diagnostics Dashboard screen select Digital input The Diagnostics Dashboard Digital Inputs screen appears which displays the state or value of all the available Digital input blocks Diagnostics Dashboard Digital Inputs BB DI DX 1 Low DD Low MI S DI DC 5 i DI LX 6
249. ion amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration Entity Lamp state wait start Description With this entity you can select the lamp status on the Remote Interaction Terminal when waiting for start Value range All off gt lt Red steady gt Red flashing Amber steady Amber flashing Green steady Green flashing default Lamp state loading With this entity you can select the lamp status on the Remote Interaction Terminal when loading lt All off Red steady Red flashing Amber steady Amber flashing Green steady default Green flashing Lamp state error With this entity you can select the lamp status on the Remote Interaction Terminal when in an error lt All off gt lt Red steady gt lt Red flashing gt default lt Amber steady gt lt Amber flashing gt lt Green steady gt lt Green flashing gt Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Operation System Configuration 5 8 2 Bay Contiguration On the System Configuration screen select lt Bay gt The Bay Configuration screen appears which displays the functions available for device configuration Bay Configuration Identification LO binding Permissmes Prese OK to sala ct 5 8 2 1 Bay Configuration Identification m On the Bay Configuration screen selec
250. ion for minimum 300 V and with a max temperature of at least 105 C 221 F R B R B Can Ee a B A B A e e LA CN N O N FIGURE 4 8 Blackplane arrangement of ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309_Rev04 4 20 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 2 3 Connector Overview The following table provides an overview of the ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC connector ID PINS FUNCTIONS BOARD COLOR X Y NAME CN 101 8 DO EMR AC DC 1 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 ow A 10 DO EMR 1 DO EMR AC DC 2 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DO EMR 2 DO EMR AC DC 3 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DO EMR 3 DO EMR AC DC 4 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DO EMR 4 CN 102 8 DO EMR AC DC 5 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 Yelow F 10 DO EMR 5 DO EMR AC DC 6 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DO EMR 6 DO EMR AC DC 7 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DO EMR 7 DO EMR AC DC 8 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DO EMR 8 CN 103 8 DO EMR AC DC 11 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 ow A 9 DO EMR 11 DO EMR AC DC 12 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DO EMR 12 DO EMR AC DC 13 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DO EMR 13 DO EMR AC DC 14 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DO EMR 14 CN 104 8 DO EMR AC DC 15 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 Yellow F 9 DO EMR 15 DO EMR AC DC 16 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DO EMR 16 DO EMR AC DC 17 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DO EMR 17 DO EMR AC DC 18 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DO EMR 18 CN 105 8 DO EMR AC DC 9 CAN IN
251. ion percentage The alarm is evaluated after every injection With the entity Additive volume deviation the acceptable deviation can be set With the entity Number of cycles before deviation alarm evaluation the number of additive injection cycles that are used for calculating the average of the injection volume for the deviation calculations can be set Control fault The MSC L is not configured appropriately and does not have sufficient time to handle all the inject triggers NOTE The maximum number of triggers that can be stored inside the buffer is 10 Solenoid fault The system cannot activate or deactivate the solenoid This is an internal firmware control failure Pulse hardware fault The pulse input module detects the following error conditions Reading information from the Pulse Input processor e Pulse overflow errors e BAD health of the pulse input function Pulse phase fault The dual pulse input are out of phase It is only possible if the MSC L is configured for quad pulse Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honevwell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 6 15 Alarm Handling Additive Stream Alarms Factored pulse out The configured number of pulses cannot be generated on fault the pulse output Temperature error The temperature sensor fault is detected on the temperature sensor on the product stream Tank low level The Tank low level signal is received This signa
252. ions 3 9 4 2 Characteristics Minimum Typical Maximum Load Voltage to be 30 Vpc switched Switching current 1 A Steady state current 1 A Output contact type SPST Operate time 5 ms Release time 10 ms Setting time 50 ms Control voltage 2 5 Voc high level Control voltage 0 4 Vpc low level Control current 1 mA high level Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309_Rev04 3 54 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Output Functions 3 9 5 3 9 5 1 1 For physical location s see CHAPTER 4 Installation Digital Output Electromechanical Relay AC or DC Functional Description The Digital Output Electromechanical Relay DO EMR AC or DC allows the controller to switch DC signals or AC signals to control alarms and other loads The two output terminals are volt free contacts and require an external power supply to drive a load The relay output contacts are effectively Single Pole Single Throw SPST and are configurable through a jumper to be either Normally Open NO or Normally Closed NC See FIGURE 3 33 illustrates the simplified block diagram of the DO EMR connections Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 3 55 System Description Output Functions CAN IN OUT MSC JPx N O N C External equipment
253. iple loads per arm Allows you to enable or disable the Enable default functionality to perform multiple Disable batches on an arm in the same transaction Batch start When configured as remote the batch ocal default can be started remotely through TAS Remote When configured as local the batch can only be started using the START key Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 66 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration Description Value range This configuration selects which Default default workflow is started when the device Custom powered up The MSC L can support two independent workflow configurations Default and Custom One of these two configurations Default is programmed in the factory and contains sufficient functionality to perform compartment loading without any TAS interaction The MSC L prompting configuration settings enable and disable certain specific prompts used in this default workflow The custom workflow can be initialized by first changing the workflow selection setting to custom and then applying a custom workflow XML file through the LAD The device must be restarted for this workflow to take effect After changing the workflow selection setting the device should always be reset to restart the desired workflow Workflow Selection 5 8 1 8 2 Device Configuration Workflow Settings Pr
254. is capable of operating in an explosion hazardous area The MSC L is mainly used for accurately transferring products from the storage area into another containment vessel takes into account the volume changes necessary for legal measurements Apart from loading a single product the MSC L also provides necessary functionality for blending products additive injections and for loading the final products accurately as required in the global oil storage and distribution industry The MSC L controls the following B Loading Transferring the base or the stock oil or the petroleum derivative from a storage tank to a vehicle for example road trucks rail cars or barges m Additive injection Improving and differentiating the base or stock oil or petroleum derivatives by changing the physical properties and specifications of the oil product fuel during loading transferring m Blending Combining two or more fluid products to a predetermined specification during loading The MSC L utilizes Local Access Device LAD for interfacing local commissioning configuration calibration troubleshooting and data exchange using the Secure Digital SD card Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 1 1 General Product Overview ADDITIVE PUMP ADDITIVE ADDITIVE INJECTOR 1 TANK ADDITIVE PUMP 2
255. is greater than the Initial Volume is deter mined 1 L min to 1000000 L min default 300 L min Full flowrate With this entity the target flow rate of the final product when it is neither in Ini tial or pre stop states is determined 1 L min to 1000000 L min default 1800 L min Pre stop flowrate With this entity the target flow rate of the final product when the amount of delivered product is greater than the following Batch Preset Volume Pre stop Volume is determined 1 L min to 1000000 L min default 300 L min Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 137 Operation Arm Configuration 5 10 4 Arm Configuration Arm n Product Streams 1 On the Arm Contiguration Arm n screen select lt Product stream selection gt The Arm Configuration Arm n Product Streams screen appears Arm Configuration Arm 1 Product Streams Stream 1 Stream Stream 7 Stream amp Stream 9 i Stream l Stream 11 J Stream 12 z zi i 2 Select the required stream and press OK The checkbox is enabled To clear the checkbox press lt OK gt again NOTE Streams that are bound to the Arm selected have the checkbox enabled Streams that are bound to another arm are dimmed One Arm can have maximum of 7 product streams If you try to assign more than 7 s
256. is particular alarm occurs Disabled Display Display shutdown default Display pause Pulse phase With this entity you can configure the Pulse phase alarm in case this particular alarm occurs Disabled Display Display shutdown default Display pause 5 132 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration Factored pulse out Description With this entity you can configure the Factored pulse out alarm in case this particular alarm occurs Value range Disabled Display Display shutdown default Display pause Temperature sensor With this entity you can configure the Temperature sensor alarm in case this particular alarm occurs Disabled Display Display shutdown default Display pause Tank low level With this entity you can configure the Tank low level alarm in case this particular alarm occurs Disabled Display default Display shutdown Display pause Tank empty With this entity you can configure the Tank empty alarm in case this particular alarm occurs Disabled Display Display shutdown default Display pause Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 133 Operation Arm Configuratio
257. is entity you can select the lt 1 Pulse Unit gt default amount of pulses for each unit of lt 10 Pulses Unit gt additive volume dispensed lt 100 Pulses Unit gt lt 1000 Pulses Unit gt Part No 4418 309 04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 127 Operation Stream Configuration Feedback mode Description With this entity you can select the type of feedback for each injection Value range None default Piston switch Inverted piston switch Post injection Double pulse Last 2590 Ext piston switch Inv ext piston switch Feedback pulse duration With this entity you can enter the duration of the feedback pulse in ms 0 ms 1000 ms default 500 ms Pump run timeout With this entity you can enter the time in minutes between the last injection and the additive pump stop 1 min 255 mins default 10 mins Block valve location 5 9 2 3 2 Number of retries With this entity you can configure the physical position of the block valve pertaining to the additive meter Solenoid Upstream from meter default Downstream from meter On the Additive Stream Config Stream n Control Settings screen select Solenoid The Additive Stream Config Stream n Solenoid screen is displayed with the following entities Description
258. ist of uniform Printed Circuit Boards PCBs each of them representing a different and a unique functionality See section 3 6 1 PCB Details for more information Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description System Architecture With the software implemented on these hardware parts each PCB makes up a FlexConn module These modules communicate with each other through the serial CAN bus See FIGURE 3 6 for more Information IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM RS 485 LE WEIGHBRIDGE STRAINER RS 485 DEAD MAN TAS FUSION4 i PORTAL Po L RS 485 ETHERNET REDUNDANT MSC L DISPLAY REMOTE TOTALIZER W amp M SWITCP MAINS DI SUPPLY EMR gt lt L 2 7 CONTROL VALVE a N 4 OVERFILL FUSION4 IR CONTROLLER MSC L KEYBOARD gem VAPOUR GF FM IN OUT 4 A le LL a 3 m a i OL s TANK LOW LEVEL EMPT s LOAD ARM 2 DO BAY LIGHT BAY BARRIEI ADDITIVE FLOWMETER b SOLENZ INJECTION vA s E 200 QPI RS 485 FLQWMETER DCV ETHERNE BLEND STREAM 2 DQ Pad METER JAA i DENSITY h PRESSURE lt L TEMPERATURE L GROUNDING RIT panel F4A10 0004 FIGURE 3 6 The F
259. itions 2 3 Sicul TP 2 3 Maintenance and Troubleshooting 2 3 Personal Safely 2 3 Geel 5 55 bees 2 4 Opening the 2 4 Commissioning and Maintenance 2 4 jls RR eed amp PETTO 2 4 meis 2 4 Cree P as 2 4 Accordance to Regulations 2 6 Explosion Safety Limiting Values 2 6 Explosion Safety 2 6 Low Voltage Directive 2 6 The Sex on 2 7 Safety Instructions for the LAD 2 8 2 9 EC declaration of conformity for EU 2 9 Control Drawings for 5 2 9 EXDIOSIOI Qp bene m ls E UE FPES 2 9 Commissioning 2 9 eui een 2 9 Maintenance and Troubleshooting 2 9 Additional Information
260. izard Calibration The built in calibration wizard makes it easy to re calibrate the flow meter in place and so on before starting the actual cali bration 1 On the Calibration screen select Wizard calibration and then select OK on the IR controller or LAD WARNING Do all the necessary preparations calibrated vessel The Calibration Arm Selection screen appears Callbration Arm Selection l LIE 0 0 AJA U U l BLE 5 ry ER LU 0 nm 4 Press OK to select Grm 1 2 Select any one of the arms For example Arm1 The Calibration Arm n Stream Type Selection screen appears Calibration Arm 1 Stream Type Selection Additive stream selection Press to select Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 197 Operation Calibration 3 On the Calibration Arm n Stream Type Selection screen select Or to calibrate the product stream or additive stream accordingly oee the following sections for more information 5 13 4 1 Product Stream Selection 1 On the Calibration Arm n Stream Type Selection screen select The Calibration Arm n Product Streams screen appears Calibration Arm 1 Product Streams 2 Select any one of the streams For example Stream 1 The Calibration Stream n Meter Profile Wizard screen appears which displays the Calibration No Meter Factor and the Flowr
261. kom 15 611 16 to 1163 79 611 16 to 1163 86 801 25 to 1163 85 ke m 20 606 12t0 1161 15 606 12 to 1160 62 798 11 to 1160 71 Temperature C SU OO to 150 00 58 0 to 302 0 Pressure psig p lo 1 500 5 9 1 4 2 2 5 9 1 4 2 3 O to 1 034x10 ___ Qftol034 230 0x10 to 930 0 10 414 010 to 1674 0 10 MPMS 11 1 D1250 04 Commodity Group C Special Applications For volume conversion this commodity group requires knowledge of the thermal expansion factor ago The product density data is not necessary for volume conversion for cases where compensation for pressure effects is not required but the density is still needed for product mass determination It is recommended always to configure appropriate product density or use the density sensor Valid ranges for this commodity group are specified in MPMS 11 1 see table above MPMS 11 2 4 TP27 07 Commodity Group E NLG amp LPG The calculation of the pressure conversion factor is not included directly into the MPMS 11 2 4 TP27 07 procedures therefore MPMS 11 2 2 and 11 2 5 are used in addition for calculating the equilibrium pressure and the compressibility of the fluid Since MPMS 11 2 5 is using non metric units and requires knowledge of product density at 60 F additional calculation of product density at 60 F is performed by using TP27 07 procedure as needed regardless of the configured base temperature This density at 60 F compensated fo
262. l icon is displayed with a black strikethrough when the MSC L is configured as W amp M intended but not compliant for W amp M custody transfer operations See FIGURE 5 17 for an example of the status bar displaying the seal icon with a strikethrough The seal icon is not displayed when the MSC L is not configured as not intended for W amp M custody transfer See FIGURE 5 18 for an example of the status bar not displaying the seal icon LAD icon Lock icon Press CK to select i E 092538 Message bar TAS icon Seal icon without strikethrough FIGURE 5 16 Status bar displaying the seal icon LAD icon Lock icon 7 a 10 05 02 Press OK to select Message bar TAS icon Seal icon with strikethrough FIGURE 5 17 Status bar displaying the seal icon with a strikethrough Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 22 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Device Security 3 11 16 59 TAS icon LAD icon Lock icon FIGURE 5 18 Status bar without the seal icon 5 5 Device Security A security level based access controls the activities which a user can perform using the MSC L The MSC L user management takes care of the following actions m Identify entering a pin or providing a card m Authorize check pin card ID against the database and provide access to the system B Register store the latest login date and time You can perform the
263. l is received only when the I O binding input DI and so on are not active for the Tank low level input Tank empty The Tank empty signal is received This signal is received only when the I O binding input DI and so on are not active for the Tank empty input Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf For More Information To learn more about Honeywell Enraf s solutions contact your Honeywell Enraf account manager or visit www honeywellenraf com Americas Honeywell Enraf Americas Inc 2000 Northfield Ct Roswell GA 30076 USA Phone 1 770 475 1900 E mail enraf us honeywell com Europe Middle East and Atrica Honeywell Enraf Delftechpark 39 2628 XJ Delft The Netherlands Phone 31 0 15 2701 100 E mail enraf ni honeywell com Asia Pacific Honeywell Pte Ltd 17 Changi Business Park Central 1 Singapore 486073 Phone 65 6355 2828 E mail enraf sg honeywell com 4418309 Revision 04 March 2014 2014 Honeywell International Inc Honeywell Enraf
264. lained in detail in section 5 3 4 1 Basic Navigation Fusion4 IR Controller Fusion4 LAD FIGURE 5 2 The key functions of the Fusion4 IR Controller NOTE m The controller range is limited to 3 m 10 ft The switch on the right hand side if present is not functional Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 3 Operation Service Tools 5 3 2 5 3 2 1 Fusion4 Local Access Device General The Local Access Device LAD is a hand held controller used for Interfacing with the Fusion4 product family allowing tasks such as parameter adjustment alarm resetting and calibration The device facilitates two way data communication between a parent device and LAD see section 5 2 Service Interfaces The functions supported by LAD are as follows 1 Rapid transfer of transaction data configuration of files and cali bration of records 2 Upgrade the firmware in the field SD card USB SD card Key Panel reader Keys FIGURE 5 3 LAD and its system overview NOTE The LAD connection is not recognized by the MSC L during an active IR Controller session The LAD must be disconnected and then connected again after the IR Controller session is complete Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 4 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Service Tools 5 3 2 2 LAD Application Overview
265. larm behavior in case this particular Display lt Display shutdown gt lt Display pause gt default Overrun volume limit With this entity you can configure the default 0 00 L overrun volume limit The MSC L raises Exceeds overrun limit alarm if the product quantity delivered exceeded the preset quantity by the configured overrun volume limit Part No 4418 309 04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 117 Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 5 0 8 Valve Fault On the Product Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select Valve fault The Product Stream Config Stream n Valve Fault screen is Entity Alarm action displayed with the following entities Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range Disabled Display Display shutdown Display pause default Valve fault timeout Entity Vcf out of range With this entity you can set the time in seconds in which the product stream valve must close after sending the signals close to the product stream valve If product stream valve did not close within Valve fault timeout an alarm occurs depending on the Alarm action 5 9 1 5 0 9 Volume Conversion On the Product Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select Volume conversion The Product Stream Config St
266. lation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 6 24 AC Cable 9 Gland 24 gand Amoured Unshielded Cable amp ouree Deasealion Manz 31 i is iL Mire cup prs Ls rd M Kimita hb LN SI FE Cae M DEAC iN Di ML ILE mcn a ll IL 5 DCAC S K Di AC IS DIE iM LH OD LE Du SER 24 1 5589 24 81 IF OC E TIED DO S8R 25 N DO 89Rd5 0 Pe sgn cl Da S58 NI BO Sha arr bo Bea archi Da SET 28 065 OG Sete IN a t zB INI IM MS SST M DO 838 2510 DOLSER B a IPL SPS TE Hi DS SSE H DO 33 430 D DEL SERS H DO S R 2B 12 DO 858 315 ipai Vile as 3 55H S tl ENT DOE SERM ENS ka Pump DC SS DN DOC SEU OG e DC Gio JHI 11 EN Bi S54 oa DEI 5 Ot OT rn ENDS Deis mE 05 358 3 2 17 05 558 Bu 559 Bi DO S3R 38 H Di SSA amic uiu a5 444 Ni Bie SSRA aBiN DEI et CA Bi 7 Dese Hj Do S3R 3T N acr re DO SER AE 10 BEF SE rN orn 141 Do EER i2 LD EB IM DC Soa DC rt CHE LN FIGURE 4 34 AC cable 9 gland 24 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 46 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance C
267. lation amp Operation Manual oneywell Enraf Operation Menu and Navigation 5 4 8 Numeric Input Screen See FIGURE 5 14 for a sample numeric input screen Device Configuration Display brightness Enter Display brightness 86 Single line edit button Numeric buttons Hyphen button Point button Backspace button Confirm button i ne i TC Press to confirm value 2 FIGURE 5 14 Numeric Input screen 5 4 9 Enumeration Input Screen See FIGURE 5 15 for a sample enumeration input screen Device Configuration Units of volume Focus rectangle Cubic Meter Cubic Centimeter Cubic Decimeter US Gallons UK Gallons Barrel Press to select TRIS Action message FIGURE 5 15 Enumeration Input screen Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 21 Operation Menu and Navigation 5 4 10 Status Bar The Status Bar is always visible on all screens and provides the following information Context specific information directions to the user Status of the connectivity for example the LAD or the IR controller e Status of TAS e Actual time Optionally the status bar also displays a seal icon The seal icon is displayed when the MSC L is configured as W amp M intended and compliant for W amp M custody transfer operations See FIGURE 5 16 for an example of the status bar displaying the seal icon The sea
268. layed in FIGURE 3 13 FIGURE 3 13 Cable GND cable used for grounding the lid of the MSC enclosure The Protected Earth PE ground connections for external cables are connected to one of the nine M4 studs at the bottom using the gland entries as displayed in FIGURE 3 14 FIGURE 3 14 PE ground connections for external cables Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 3 20 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description PCB Layout 3 6 PCB Layout Each FlexConn PCB consists of generic electronic parts and specific electronics part The generic electronic parts can be found on any FlexConn modules The specific electronics part represent an application specific function On the generic electronics part the following parts are available m Program memory Contains the module specific software m Microprocessor controller Executes the module specific software stored in the program memory m Non volatile memory Stores the commissioning parameters and the diagnostics data when the power is turned off m Jumpers Establish specific hardware settings m Health LED blue Indicates the general health status of the FlexConn module The following table specifies the health status and the flashing pattern on the FlexConn module Health Status Flashing Pattern Good eoooooooooooeooooooo Uncertain 6000000000 0000000000 Bad 600000000000000000000 m Function LEDs Indica
269. lect any one of the streams For example Stream 1 The Calibration Stream n Manual 1 3 screen appears on which the new meter factor must be entered Calibration Stream 2 Manual 1 3 Enler new meter Lacke 998 Prese to confirm value 3 On the Calibration Stream n Manual 1 3 screen enter the new meter factor and then select lt Confirm gt The Calibration Stream n Manual 2 3 screen appears which displays the new meter factor Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 195 Operation Calibration Calibration Stream 2 Manual 2 3 New meter factor 0 99800 Press OK to accept ESC to releet 4 On the Calibration Stream n Manual 2 3 screen select OK on the IR controller or LAD to accept the new meter factor and view the calibration details The Calibration Stream n Manual 3 3 screen appears which displays the calibration details Calibration Stream 2 Manual 3 3 Dale 79 061 11 Time 92940 Calibration Bay Bay 01 Am Arm 3 Presel volume DU ml volume O OQ ml Metered volume Quo ml Difference 00 Original meter Factor Mew meter factor LL SONT Meter serial AM01 ATO serial NOTE Select lt ESC gt to restore the old meter factor Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 196 Installation amp Operation Manual oneywell Enraf Operation Calibration 5 13 4 W
270. llowing entities Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range lt Disabled gt lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt lt Display pause gt default No product timeout With this entity you can set the time in seconds in which product stream pulses should be received when the device is permitted After this time no product pulse stream pulse is received an alarm occurs depending on Alarm action 5 9 1 5 0 3 No Pump Alarm action lt 1 gt lt 255 gt s default lt 5 gt On the Product Stream Config Stream Alarms screen select No pump The Product Stream Config Stream n No Pump screen is displayed with the following entities Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range Disabled Display Display shutdown Display pause default Pump feedback timeout With this entity you can set the time in seconds in which the product stream pump must give feedback to the MSC L If no pump feedback is received in Pump feedback timeout an alarm occurs depending on Alarm action lt 1 gt lt 255 gt default 15 5 Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 115 Operation Stream Configuration 5 9
271. llowing figure NOTE The base mounting bolt thread size is M10 Right view Left view nig 5 mm 2 952 inches 2 952 inches Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 3 Installation Mounting and Dimensions 7 Lifting eyes facility for easy installation as illustrated in the following figure This facility is not allowed for permanent mounting as it is used only for installation purpose NOTE The ring bolt is rotatable therefore the load direction is adjustable and unintended tightening or loosening is negated The higher load rating ring bolts allows for smaller connection threads The lifting eye thread size is M10 8 Three external grounding facilities are available to ground the MSC L enclosure with an external ground reference point See section 2 2 6 1 Grounding for more information 9 Internal grounding is available for each gland entry to ground the internal electronics and ground earth signal of the cables See section 2 2 6 1 Grounding for more information 10 Metric or the NPT cable entry layout See section 4 2 Gland Entries for more information 11 Mounting facilities for the type plates and an optional tag plate as illustrated in the following figure Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 4 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Mounting and Dimensions Typepl
272. low level switch indicates low immediately upon the start of the delivery there is still an adequate volume in the tank to allow the delivery to complete prior to the pump inlet drawing air If the low level condition exists the MSC L can operate under normal condition To clear the tank low level signal the tank must be refilled to a point that closes the level switch At that time the alarm disappears There is no need to reset the condition as with normal alarms Tank Empty Switch If the tank empty condition exists the MSC L cannot operate under normal condition To clear the tank empty signal the tank must be refilled to a point that closes the level switch At that instance the alarm disappears and the MSC L resumes to normal use It is not required to reset the condition with normal alarms Hydraulic Pump Feedback m f the product stream Hydraulic pump feedback I O binding is defined then the controller should generate an error if the hydraulic pump indication input is inactive after the hydraulic pump demand is active m The allowable delay is defined by the Hydraulic pump feedback timeout entity defined in the alarm settings submenu for this alarm The 1 0 Bindings Output Parameters The default value for all the Output entities are None Description Can be linked to With this entity you can select the physical Any of the unsed DO EMR n DO SSR n source for the DCV function PO n or None NC DCV
273. low rate and is applied to both limits That is the range of the meter is effectively reduced by twice the amount of the factor in terms of the loading profile Value range default 5 00 Meter error threshold With this entity you can enter the maximum number of quad pulse errors permitted for every 1000 pulses If more than the specified number of pulses are missing in a batch of 1000 pulses then a pulse hardware error is generated if the pulse integrity check is configured Missing pulses that occur when the pulse input frequency is below the meter cutoff frequency are not counted towards the pulse hardware alarm A quad pulse phase error also increments the pulse hardware error count default 3 K factor type With this entity you can specify if the meter is configured to use a linear or non linear K factor This setting affects the calculation of the effective K Factor entity Linear default Non Linear DI hysteresis time With this entity you can set the active time in milliseconds ms of the input signal before accepting it as a valid input signal The time between two signal transitions must be greater than the Hysteresis time default 250 ms Flow meter serial With this entity you can program the manufacturer serial number of the flowmeter Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf
274. lt Pulse input gt The Diagnostics Dashboard Pulse Inputs screen appears which displays the state or value of all the available Pulse input blocks Diagnostics Dashboard Pulse Inputs B Oh A 000 QPPL 2A 0 00 QPI 2B N QPI J 0 00 QPI 3B 0 00 NM QPI 4A QPI 5A 100 OF 0 00 54 MALE 4 QPI 6HB MALE ELE OAM CPT 8A 0 00 8 0 00 UD B op 8 UD 10 QP 108 00 PI 11A QPI 116 TT E HAB 000 5 12 2 3 Pulse Output On the Diagnostics Dashboard screen select lt Pulse output gt The Diagnostics Dashboard Pulse Outputs screen appears which displays the state or value of all the available Pulse output blocks Diagnostics Dashboard Pulse Outputs B PO 1 Inactive Po PU S Inactive P4 Inactive OK to toggle output Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 167 Operation Diagnostics 5 12 2 4 Analog I O On the Diagnostics Dashboard screen select Analog O gt The Diagnostics Dashboard Analog I O screen appears which displays the state or value of all the available Analog I O blocks Diagnostics Dashboard Analog 1 0 55 M Aa 55 00 t RTD 2 E RIOU 3 d Al 2 Ad AL 1 RILI 4 RTD 6 Alg A 11 eh MILE a AA FS gon oo 99999 99 S
275. lues for the entities are displayed only if the values are the same for all the streams otherwise appears for the entities on the screen Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 15 Operation Menu and Navigation 5 4 4 Main Menu The following table provides detailed information for the main menu items on the MSC L For more details on the main menu items see FIGURE 5 9 Item Description Title bar The title bar is the horizontal bar at the top of the screen that shows the name or description of the screen For example Main Menu Title Hierarchy The title hierarchy is an arrangement of a particular set of entities The entities are separated from each other by a dot Selected icon focus rect The focus rectangle is used as an indicator of the angle selected entity Status bar icons The status bar icons provides information of the selected icon It also provides information about the TAS communication sealing actual time and the lock icon Main Meru Main Menu Icon Selected Icon focus rectangle Only available if LAD is connected Diagnostics ra eg 07449 Name of the selected icon FIGURE 5 9 Main Menu screens Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 16 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Menu and Navigation 5 4 5 5 4 5 1 FIGURE 5 10 Stream Selection Pro
276. lve Fault Alarm Action Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this alarm occurs Value range lt Disabled gt lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt default lt Display pause gt Feeback timeout With this entity you can configure the time within which a feedback should be received from the block valve 5 10 7 4 Preset Overrrun Entity Description Value range Alarm Action With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this alarm occurs lt 1 gt sec to lt 999 gt sec default lt 10 gt secs lt Disabled gt lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt default lt Display pause gt Preset overrun limit With this entity you can configure the overrun limit If the delivered batch quantity exceeds this quantity an alarm Is raised 5 10 7 5 Clean Arm Underrun Entity Description Value range Alarm Action With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this alarm occurs default lt 5 00 gt L lt Disabled gt lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt default lt Display pause gt Clean arm underrun The measured clean arm volume is less than the specified clean arm vol ume minus the clean arm tolerance 5 10 7 6 Fixed Entity Arm parked alarm action Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this alarm occurs
277. m Details screen appears WAA o Logs Transaction Lag Stream Details Additive name Accumulated stari GOY Accumulated slop GOW Stream GON 100 00 Leakage GUN D OD ml PPH 199 iri QUOND S Following are the stream details that appear on the Logs Trans action Log Stream Details screen for an additive stream Additive Name Accumulated Start GOV Accumulated Stop GOV Stream GOV Leakage GOV PPM Deviation 5 11 2 Calibration 1 On the Logs screen select Calibration and then select OK on the IR controller or the LAD The Logs All Streams Calibration Log screen appears which displays the sequence of additive meter factor calibrations over time Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 157 Operation Logs 2 On the Logs All Streams Calibration Log screen select any one of the transactions and then select OK on the IR controller or the LAD Logs All Streams Calibration Log Time Meter Serial No 14 00 72 zu 11 14 65923215 3 Perform one of the following m Select the calibration log for an additive stream The Logs All Streams Calibration Record screen appears which displays the data of the flow meter calibration process It contains the current and the new meter factor value so that the precision of the flow meter can be checked Logs All Streams Calibrati
278. maining free pulse inputs In the MSC L there are always un configured and not allocated streams left CAUTION Be aware that the stream configuration is limited by Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 139 Operation Arm Configuration 5 10 6 Arm Configuration Arm n Recipes 1 On the Arm Configuration Arm n screen select Recipes The Arm Configuration Arm n Recipes screen appears with the configured recipes 50 recipes can be configured for each arm 2 Select the required recipe number and press OK to view the recipe The Arm Configuration Arm n Recipes screen appears Arm Configuration Arm 1 Recipes 01 DIESEL 02 HS MESEL Main stream Mone 0 00 Fe Alend stream Hone Blend shiam hone Blend stream Mone 96 Additwe stream Mone D PPM 0 00 Additive stream None D PPM 1 00 Addiliwe shean None LOD Adie Shean None D PPR OO Additive stream Mane PPM 200 stream hone D PPM 0 00 Proce OK to change recipe When configuring the recipe make sure of the following he recipe can contain up to four products and up to six additive streams arm can be bound to more streams but a batch running on the arm can only have upto four products and six additives e An Arm can have a maximum of 50 recipes e he sum of all product stream blend ratios must be 100 Fusion4 MSC L Part No
279. mode for mode digital input Al 4 A Analog signal Signal Input active passive mode Al 5 24 V 24 V Power active Analog input 4 20 mA input for mode control temperature measurement Al 5 C 24 V common di Digital mode for mode digital input Al 5 A Analog signal Signal Input active passive mode Al 6 24V 24 V Power active Analog input 4 20 MA input for mode control temperature measurement Al 6 C 24 V common 2 Digital mode for iod digital input Al 6 A Analog signal Signal Input active passive mode Al 7 24V 24V Power active Analog input 4 20 mA input for mode control temperature measurement Al 7 C 24 V common ae Digital mode for mode digital input Al 7 A Analog signal Signal Input active passive mode Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Terminal Floor plan Signal Typical 79 ID Siga name description Type functions QPI 1A 12V 12 V DC Power High frequency Additive flow METER pulse input meter single or POWER control dual external power Product flow meter QPI 1A COMMON Common single or dual QPI 1A P PULSE A Pulse Signal pulse Input A QPI 1B 12V 12 V DC Power METER POWER QPI 1B COMMON Common QPI 1B P PULSE B Pulse Signal Input B QPI 2A 12V 12 V DC Power High frequency
280. mon CHx e 13 6 RS 485 x TRANSCEIVER 0V 0V connection is omitted for some RS 485 applications FIGURE 3 36 RS Communication 2 wire connections CAN HMI MSC External equipment CN151 RS485 A CH5 1 L RXD lt O TXD 4 RS485 CH5 2 1 VW RS485 Y CH5 la 4 RXD TXD RS485 2 CH5 3 3 RS485 Common CH5 amp 5 m 0V b RS 485 0V TRANSCEIVER 0V connection is omitted for some RS 485 applications FIGURE 3 37 RS Communication 4 wire connections CAN HMI MSC only Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honevwell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 61 System Description Communication Functions 3 10 2 2 Characteristics Minimum Isolation Typical Maximum R1 Terminator resistor Driver output short circuit current Data transmission rate 3 10 2 3 Cable Specifications Minimum Cable length Typical Maximum Cable characteristic impedance Cable DC loop resistance Cable capacitance 3 10 3 Ethernet Communication 3 10 3 1 Functional Description The function of the Ethernet Communication ETHERNET block is to allow the FlexConn microprocessor to communicate through an Ethernet compliant physical layer with external devices including a TAS system Fusion4 Portal or other remote interfaces Fusion4 MSC L 3 62 Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf System Desc
281. n 5 10 Arm Configuration To perform the Arm Configuration 1 On the Main Menu screen select the Arm Configuration icon The Arm Configuration Arm Selection screen appears Main Menu Arm gu ration FIGURE 5 25 Arm Configuration icon 2 On the Arm Configuration Arm Selection screen select the required arm For example Arm 1 The Arm Configuration Arm n screen appears with the following entities 5 10 1 Arm Configuration Arm n Identification On the Arm Configuration Arm1 screen select Identification The Arm Configuration Arm1 Identification screen is displayed with the following entity Entity Description Value range Arm name With this entity you can enter the name A text string of maximum 20 characters of the loading arm Use maximum 7 characters to view the The Arm name appears on the running complete name on the MSC L screen Screens Arm address With this entity you can enter and default 123 assign a reference number to the arm Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 134 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Arm Configuration Progress bar color Alarm reset 5 10 2 5 10 2 1 Description With this entity you can configure the color to be used on a loading arm progress bar Note The Progress bar color is located on the loading arm progress tab Value range lt Black gt lt While gt G
282. n Guidance 4 7 2 5 Floorplan The following image illustrate the floorplan for ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC board ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC 2074296 D02 All primary wiring must be rated with insulation for minimum 300 V and with a max temperature of at least 105 C 221 F N e S NO N lt F N cN FIGURE 4 10 Blackplane arrangement of ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 26 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 2 6 Connector Overview The following table provides an overview of the ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC connector ID PINS FUNCTIONS BOARD COLOR X Y NAME CN 201 8 DO EMR AC DC 21 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 Yellow Q 10 DO EMR 21 DO EMR AC DC 22 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DO EMR 22 DO EMR AC DC 23 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DO EMR 23 DO EMR AC DC 24 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DO EMR 24 CN 202 8 DO EMR AC DC 25 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 Yellow L 10 DO EMR 25 DO EMR AC DC 26 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DO EMR 26 DO EMR AC DC 27 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DO EMR 27 DO EMR AC DC 28 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DO EMR 28 CN 203 8 DO EMR AC DC 31 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 Yellow Q 9 DO EMR 31 DO EMR AC DC 32 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DO EMR 32 DO EMR AC DC 33 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DO EMR 33 DO EMR AC DC 34 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DO EMR 34 CN 204 8 DO EMR AC DC 35 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 Yellow L 9 DO EMR 35 DO E
283. n Key screen appears which specifies the functions that can be programmed The configuration is saved on the LAD Changes made to the function key is applicable for other Fusion4 devices also LAD Function Key None Retrieve last 1000 transaction records Retrieve all calibration records Retrieve alarm Kx Reset device Ke enable device Screen capture Lang Hold ESC Long Hold OE Prese OK to salect 5 16 5 LAD Information On the LAD screen select lt LAD information gt The LAD LAD Information screen appears which displays the relevant LAD information and diagnostics of LAD LAD LAD Information Serial mam bei SD card memory 1919428 1925464 KB AVANT memory Voltage 1 85400 Vv Temperature C Hardware version Application version D Bootloader version B1102 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309_Rev04 5 232 Installation amp Operation Manual oneywell Enraf Operation LAD Functions 5 16 6 Format SD Card 1 On the LAD screen select lt Format SD card gt to format the SD card of the LAD The confirmation dialog box appears LAD Firmware update Test LED Are you sure lhe action removes all items on lhe SD care Press OK to select CAUTION All content is erased if you select OK 2 Perform any one of the following B Click OK to erase all the content available in the SD card The LAD Format SD Card screen appe
284. n Manual 5 27 Operation Device Commissioning Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309_Rev04 Operation Device Commissioning 5 6 2 1 System Configuration oystem Configuration Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Operation Device Commissioning Device Configuration A1 22 4 MSC L 5 30 Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Operation Device Commissioning Device Configuration General Device Configuration Identification Site name Device name WnM intended reboot required Device Configuration Units Units of preset Units of volume gt Unite of additive Volne Device Configuration Device Configuration Units of temperature I O Binding O Binding Inputs Units of pressure Emergency shutdown Units of density Units of mass Device Configuration Display General settings Operational screen YO Binding Outputs Emergency stop Device Configuration Time Date display format Time display format Date Time Device Configuration Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Operation Device Commissioning Device Configuration Communication Device Configuration Authoriz
285. n Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Gland Entries 4 2 3 NPT Cable Entries The MSC L with an optional NPT cable entry layout supports the following thread sizes m4x 1 NPT m 4x 1x NPT optional breather FIGURE 4 2 NPT cable entries overview Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 7 Installation Opening the MSC L 4 3 Opening the MSC L WARNING Do NOT open when an explosive atmosphere is i present It is forbidden to open the MSC L in an N explosive hazardous environment unless otherwise stated on the safety label WARNING Treat the flange surface of the cover and the housing with care Keep the flange surface free of dirt The O ring must be present and undamaged To open the MSC L Lid 1 Remove the W amp M seal if present 2 Remove the cosmetic cover by gently pulling the cover 3 Loosen all the 32 bolts by loosening one or two threads of the bolts with an 8 mm Allen key The MSC L lid can now be opened Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 8 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Opening the MSC L 4 f the MSC L lid is stuck due to the air seal carefully force it to open with the screwdrivers as illustrated in the following figure WARNING Do not force the MSC L lid to open in other places Also take care not to damage the flame path WARNING For ensur
286. n entity defines the write access password that external applications must use before they are allowed to write to the FlexConn entities FlexConn Alphanumeric string of maximum 6 characters Default ENRAF2 On the Device Configuration Serial COM n screen select lt FlexConn gt The Device Configuration COM n FlexConn screen appears with the following entities Description With this entity you can enter the device address for the FlexConn protocol Value range lt 0 gt lt 1900 gt default lt 0 gt Datastream max gap time 5 8 1 3 1 3 Slip unit address With this entity you can enter the time out between the characters in one single record ms SLIP lt 0 gt lt 10000 gt default lt 1000 gt ms On the Device Configuration Serial COM n screen select lt SLIP gt The Device Configuration COM n SLIP screen appears with the following entities Description With this entity you can enter the starting unit address This entity is only applicable in case the protocol is Slip Value range default lt 123 gt Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 3 1 4 Modbus Modbus byte order On the Device Configuration Serial COM n screen select lt Modbus gt The Device Configuration COM n Modbus screen appea
287. n more details W amp M Intended For the MSC L to be intended for W amp M custody transfer the configuration entity W amp M intended should be set to True See section 5 8 1 1 1 Device Configuration Identification for more information This setting can be changed by a user who has SL2 or higher access typically a service technician or a notified body engineer W amp M Sealing The MSC L can be W amp M sealed in the following two ways 1 Using a board jumper switch on every Flexconn board in the MSC L The MSC L W amp M relevant configuration and the MSC L relevant firmware is sealed when the jumper is set to ON The MSC L W amp M relevant configuration and the MSC L relevant firmware is not sealed when the jumper is set to OFF The W amp M board jumper switches are daisy chained logical OR ed hence only one board needs to have the W amp M board jumper switch in the ON position to seal all boards Consequently multiple W amp M board Jumper switches placed in the ON position must be removed before the device is unsealed 2 Using a switch on the keyboard of the MSC L NOTE Switch The MSC L W amp M relevant configuration and the MSC L relevant firmware is sealed when this switch is activated When the switch is deactivated the MSC L W amp M relevant configu ration and the relevant firmware is not sealed In case the W amp M keyboard switch is used for sealing the board W amp M jumpers switches must be
288. n set the high PV alarm threshold When exceeded a PV alarm occurs L alarm threshold With this entity you can set the low PV alarm threshold When exceeded a PV alarm occurs LL alarm threshold With this entity you can set the low low PV alarm threshold When exceeded a PV alarm occurs Alarm hysteresis With this entity you can set the hysteresis around the alarm levels This hysteresis is used for avoiding alarm ON OFF toggling situations at an alarm level A high high alarm occurs when the value becomes higher than HH H Alarm Threshold A low low alarm occurs when the value becomes lower than LL L Alarm Threshold A high high alarm disappears when the value becomes lower than HH H Alarm Threshold Hysteresis and a low low alarm disappears when the value becomes higher than L LL Alarm Threshold Hysteresis Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 74 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration Entity Operational mode 5 8 1 4 5 AO Operational mode On the Device Configuration I O Settings screen select the available Analog Outputs AOs The following entities are displayed on the Device Configuration I O Settings AO n screen Device Configuration I O Settings AO 1 Explicilly driven Follet PV source Nane Upper boundary Lower boundary Burn cut valie 3 50 Description With this
289. n4 LAD The recipes are an important part of the MSC L configuration The recipes can be retrieved or installed using the Fusion4 LAD m The recipes are saved with the configured recipe name on the Fusion4 LAD m The recipe is validated after installation e sum of all product stream blend ratios must be 100 he product and additive streams must be bound to the ARM m he Fusion4 LAD provides an easy mechanism to transfer the recipes between the devices 5 19 Running Screens 5 19 1 Loading Progress During an active transaction with batches running on the arms the Arm n Load Progress screen appears See FIGURE 5 42 for a sample of a loading progress when the default language selected in the lt User display language gt is lt English UK gt and the Progress bar is green Arm 1 01 05 Arm 1 Load Progress 1555 2000 gt Compartment 1 p 97 3000 Recipe name DIESEL E 1555 e Remaining qty 44 5 L pai L Flow rate 1800 min Press to continue REL 4 gm 102416 FIGURE 5 42 Loading progress for the default language Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 251 Operation Running Screens See FIGURE 5 43 for a sample of a loading progress when the default language selected in the User display language is English UK and the Progress bar color is white Arm 1 00 24 Arm 1 Load n 1 Load Progress Compartment
290. n4 Portal transaction record for W amp M compliant BoL storage and printing B A transaction can contain batches loaded with maximum of 6 different loading arms B Atransaction contains maximum of 20 batches m batch simultaneous controls a maximum of 10 streams Stream with main product Upto 3 blend streams e Up to additive streams sirmaltareonus mium 6 Recipe i Preset Volime m Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description MID Compliance 3 1 6 3 2 3 2 1 3 2 2 Menu based MSC L Control By using service tools the LAD the IR controller and the integrated keyboard the MSC L can be controlled through its integrated and menu based interface This control device can be one of the following three devices m The RS 485 connection through an Ex d Ex i connector on the front of the MSC L based on the LAD B The Fusion4 IR Controller m integrated keyboard Using one of these devices it is possible to navigate the menu items change the settings commissioning initiate a calibration and diagnose problems MID Compliance Introduction The Measuring Instruments Directive MID 2004 22 EC is designed to provide a level playing field in Europe for custody transfer measuring equipment and systems The MID currently covers 10 instrument categories for uniform legislation in the 27 EU countries The impleme
291. ng connections including the grounding connection to the lid are properly connected All wiring entries must be closed such that the approvals are not invalidated See section 4 2 Gland Entries to make sure that the correct thread type is selected For installations using cable glands always use compound barrier glands For installations using conduits each conduit must be sealed within 18 inches of the enclosure The limiting values of Um must be respected for all non intrinsically safe connections See section 2 2 7 1 Explosion Safety Limiting Values for information regarding the Explosion Safety Limiting Values Tools Use non sparking tools and explosion proof testers Use suitable explosion proof tools for example testing devices Electrical Grounding Make sure that the housing of the MSC L is properly bounded to the Protective Earth PE See FIGURE 2 1 for external grounding of the MSC L and FIGURE 2 2 for bounding any AC mains wire Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Safety Safety Instructions for the MSC L Also make sure that the electrical resistance of the ground connections is below the maximum limit value prescribed by national local and company requirements 3 point grounding F4A10 0002 FIGURE 2 1 External grounding connections of the MSC L 8 point grounding FIGURE 2 2 Internal grounding connections of the MSC L
292. ng entities Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range Disabled Display default Display shutdown Display pause Add volume deviation With this entity you can set the percentage of additive volume that is accepted without resulting in an alarm situation If this percentage is exceeded an alarm occurs depending on the Alarm action The alarm is evaluated after every injection 1 96 100 default 10 96 Num cycles for alarm With this entity you can set the number of additive injection cycles over which the deviation is calculated 5 9 2 4 6 Fixed Control fault 1 99 gt default lt 1 gt On the Additive Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select lt Fixed gt The Additive Stream Contig Stream n Fixed screen is displayed with the following entities Description With this entity you can configure the Control fault alarm in case this particular alarm occurs Value range Disabled Display default Display shutdown Display pause Solenoid fault With this entity you can configure the Solenoid fault alarm in case this particular alarm occurs Disabled Display default Display shutdown Display pause Pulse hardware With this entity you can configure the Pulse hardware alarm in case th
293. ns and conveniently this laboratory data can represent conditions different from base conditions Laboratory data parameters also include thermal expansion coefficient which is required for commodity group C Special Apps Product Stream Config Stream 1 Lab Data Qbserved density 1000 0 kg m Observed Temperature 15 06 6 Observed pressure kPa Ihermal expansion coe DLOCOOOFE OO 1 Product mass is determined by multiplying volume and density at metering conditions M Vm Pm 5 108 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309_Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual onevwell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 4 2 Volume Conversion Calculation Details 5 9 1 4 2 1 MPMS 11 1 D1250 04 Commodity Groups A B D Valid ranges for this commodity groups are specified in MPMS 11 1 in paragraph 11 1 2 3 as follows 11 1 2 3 Temperature Pressure and Density Limits The limits on this Standard are defined in a mixture of terms of customary and metric units The following table shows the defining limits and their associated units These values are shown in bold italics Also shown in the table are the limits converted to their equivalent units and in the case of the densities other base temperatures Crude Chl Refined Products Lubricating Oils Density Kg om iu 607F 610 6 io 1163 5 500 9 to 1163 5 Relative Density 60 F 0 61120 to 1 16464 0 80163 to 1 1646 API Gravity 60 F 100 0 to 10 0
294. ntact EDI Transaction S DA 14 06 02 00 Transaction stop 14 06 12 17 Sile name Device name MSc Device lype EL WE M intended Y es Base temperature 15 00 t Bane pressure kPa Number of batches 4 Preset type GOV Press DK to view batches 00671256 Following are the transaction details that appear on the Logs All Arms Transaction Details screen e Transaction record version Transaction number e Driver ID Vehicle ID Contract ID e Transaction start Transaction stop Site name Device name Device type e W amp M intended e Base temperature e Base pressure Number of batches Preset type Bay number e Communication mode User language A Balance icon is displayed on the screens of the MSC L which are intended for W amp M custody transfer Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 153 Operation Logs The Transaction Details screen is a W amp M intended screen It displays the balance icon as shown in the figure above The screen displays the complete transaction data with the multiple batches and the transaction attributes including GOV GSV base conditions and mass To view transactions from the transaction log the security level of the user must be SL2 or higher gt Press OK to view batches The Logs Transaction Log Batch Overview screen appears Logs
295. ntation of this directive in national legislation became due on the 30th of October 2006 The MSC L is 100 MID compliant This legislation results in breaking down trade barriers and improving competition which is one of the main objectives of the European Union In the directive the specific articles on each of the instrument categories are called Annexes The Annex relevant to the measurement of petroleum products is flow metering of liquids other than water and is identified as Annex MI 005 The requirements in this Annex are based on the OIML recommendation R117 1 which is the pre eminent set of guidelines for Weight amp Measures of petroleum metering installations for a considerable time MID Approval Approach One of the key changes in the Measurement Instruments Directive MI 005 compared to previous national legislation is that the total metering system is now subject to perform in the accuracy specification and not just specific components This means that not only the flow meter is subject to certification but also others Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 3 7 System Description MID Compliance NOTE 3 2 3 Essential parts of the metering system such as temperature transmitters electronic volume converters air eliminators and so on In addition to this the method with which the system is built is also examined by the Notified body In turn t
296. o 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 67 Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 4 1 DI for both AC and DCZ On the Device Configuration I O Settings screen select the available Digital Inputs Dis The following entity is displayed on the Device Configuration I O Settings DI screen Device Configuration I O Settings DI DC 1 Hysteresis time 750 ms Description Value range Hysteresis time With this entity you can set the active 250 ms default time in milliseconds ms of the input signal before accepting it as a valid input signal Hence the time between two signal transitions must be greater than the Hysteresis time Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 68 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 4 2 PI On the Device Configuration I O Settings screen select the available Pulse Inputs Pls The following entities are displayed on the Device Configuration I O Settings screen Device Configuration 1 0 Settings QPI 1A Meter integrity check Disable UAE I Minimum linear Hoy rale 200 00 L min Maximum tow rate 200000 L min How rate range margin 500 Meter error threshold 3 k Tacter type Linear IM husteresis time FEL Flew meer serial Description Value range K factor With this entity you can set the K factor The K factor must be the number of puls
297. oard I O Type 5 5 165 Digital 5 166 Digital QUIDUT Tr pio rage ps AREALE 5 166 Pulse 5 167 PUISS QUIDUL 3233 906 5 167 iiio mE 5 168 System 5 168 Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual ix Table of Contents 5 12 4 Process Data 5 170 9 12 9 SOA IIO s y iu hka q awa aa bu qunakuna b UG ux 5 171 5 12 6 Accumulated 5 171 5127 COMMS NOs i akaid uuu ay hee al inn mak 5 174 5 12 8 Device lt 5 176 5 12 8 1 Reset Tasks 5 176 5 12 8 2 TOS KS a ni aca ken Oded eae oe kamaq a s ecole dad aa 5 177 5 12 8 3 Clear 5 5 178 5 12 9 Maintenance 5 181 512 10 AON ANG COs ince ob dae oe he ee OOS ees ee oe Gees 5 182 5 13 Calibration ace eee es a ee eee ce eee Sk ea 5 185 5 13 1 Why Calibrate 5 185 5 13 2 Calibration Menu
298. oduct in the finished product Batch Product Start Accumu lated Gross Observed Volume The gross observed accumulated volume at the start of the batch for the stream Batch Product Stop Accumu lated Gross Observed Volume The gross observed accumulated volume at the end of the batch for the stream Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 219 Operation Transfer Transaction Record Parameter Batch Product Start Accumu lated Gross Standard Volume Description The gross standard net accumulated volume at the start of the batch for the stream Batch Product Stop Accumu lated Gross Standard Volume The gross standard net accumulated volume at the end of the batch for the stream Batch Product Start Accumu lated Mass The arm accumulated mass at the start of the batch Batch Product Stop Accumu lated Mass The arm accumulated mass at the end of the batch Batch Product Average Tem perature The average or observed stream temperature dur ing the batch Batch Product Average Pres sure The average or observed stream pressure during the batch Batch Product Average Den sity The average or observed stream density during the batch Commodity Group The commodity group of the product Temperature Compensation Used Expresses if the temperature compensation is used for calculating th
299. of injecting small and discrete amounts of a product an additive into another product Transactions and Batches The MSC L uses the following terms to control and record the product transfer process m Transaction A single user session during which one or more batches may be initiated A transaction also defines the basic unit of financial reconciliation m Batch Loading of a preset amount of final product into a compartment on the vehicle Batch principle Batch is defined as the loading of a preset amount of the final product into a compartment on the vehicle This final product may be a single product or a blended product made on the fly by the MSC L If more than one compartment is available then more than one batch per transaction can be initiated There are no dependencies between batches That is each compartment has its own independent operation If there are more than one load arm associated with the MSC L then multiple batches may be running simultaneously in the MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 3 1 System Description Introduction 3 1 2 1 NOTE Batch Flow Stages Following are the four batch flow stages for the MSC L m Initial Flow Phase m Full Flow Phase m Pre Stop Phase m Clean Arm Volume The following image illustrates how the actual batch blend percentage may vary during the load based on the various configuration settin
300. olume correction calculation used in the MSC L VCF noreference fluid No reference fluid error occurs during the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L VCF memory allocation Memory Allocation error occurs during the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L VCF temperature out of range The temperature sensor output is out of range during the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L VCF pressure out of range The pressure sensor output is out of range during the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L VCF density out of range The density sensor output is out of range during the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L VCF alpha60 out of range The Alpha60 out of Range error occurs during the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Alarm Handling Product Stream Alarms Alarm Cause VCF no solution The No Solution error occurs during the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L VCF illegal argument The Illegal argument error occurs during the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L VCF pressure com pensation not sup ported The Pressure Compensation not supported error occurs during the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L VCF bad sensor health The Bad sensor health error occurs du
301. olume with the device dispensed volume n the Manual calibration method you must enter the meter factor The default meter factor for the Wizard calibration method and the Manual calibration method is 1 The range which can be specified for the meter factor is between 0 5 and 1 5 Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 187 Operation Calibration Callbration Manual Prens OR to select FIGURE 5 31 Calibration menu choices Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 188 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Calibration 5 13 3 Manual Calibration 1 On the Calibration screen select calibration The Calibration Arm Selection screen appears Callbration Arm Selection LJ Arme p x WWE Press OK to select amp rm 1 2 Select any one of the arms For example Arm1 The Calibration Arm n Stream Type Selection screen appears Calibration Arm 1 Stream Type Selection Product stream selection Additive stream selection Prese OK to select 3 On the Calibration Arm n Stream Type Selection screen select Or to calibrate the product stream or additive stream accordingly See the following sections for more information Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 189 Operation Calibration 5 13 3 1 Product St
302. ommunication 52 6 Interface S2 7 ON S2 8 ON m JP7 JP8 JP9 and JP10 Jumper for RS 485 communication termi nating setting Position Description S1 2 Closed RS 485 communication with 120 Q is terminated S2 3 Closed RS 485 communication is NOT terminated Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honevwell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 25 System Description PCB Layout 3 6 1 2 3 6 1 2 1 Functions CAN ARM MSC The function ofthe CAN ARM MSC board is to provide the minimum I O functions required for loading and for enhanced additive injection processes The CAN ARM MSC board supports both W amp M and non W amp M additive injection and blending processes Following are the functions of the CAN ARM MSC board Function 12 Pulse Input DC Quad circuit Description Converts pulse signals from external flow measuring devices into numeric data that can be read by a FlexConn microprocessor 7 Analog Input Al 4 20 mA Active Passive circuits Converts analog signals received from a single external 4 20 mA trans mitter into a signal that can be read by the FlexConn microprocessor 2 Pulse Output DC PO DC circuits Converts logic signals from the FlexConn microprocessor into isolated switched DC signals 12 Digital Output Solid State Relay AC DO SSR AC circuits Converts logic signals from the FlexConn microprocessor into isolated high voltage s
303. ompts On the Device Configuration Workflow Settings screen select Prompts The following entities are displayed on the Device Configuration Workflow Settings Prompts screen Carrier identification Description Alllows you to enable or disable the carrier identification prompt Value range Enable Disable default Vehicle identification Allows you to enable or disable the vehicle identification prompt Enable Disable default Trailer identification Allows you to enable or disable the trailer identification prompt Enable Disable default Load number identification Allows you to enable or disable the load number prompt Enable Disable default Compartment identification Allows you to enable or disable the compartment number prompt Enable default Disable Return quantity entry Allows you to enable or disable the return quantity prompt Enable Disable default Preset entry Allows you to enable or disable the preset entry prompt Enable default Disable Contract identification Allows you to enable or disable the contract identification prompt Enable Disable default Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 9 Device Configuration RIT Panel 1 On th
304. on The Stream Configuration screen appears which displays the functions available for stream configuration Main Menu EE m Jm 2 r P Stream Configuration me dui Nie FIGURE 5 23 Stream Configuration icon 2 On the Stream Configuration screen select Product streams or Additive streams Stream Configuration Product streams Addrtive streams Prese OK to salect Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 96 Installation amp Operation Manual oneywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 Stream Configuration Product Streams 1 On the Stream Configuration screen select Product streams The Stream Config Product Stream Selection screen appears Stream Config Product Stream Selection Stream 1 K A All streams 3 Stream 2 Stream 3 i Stream 4 _ Stream 5 _ Stream Stream 7 ONU E C Stream 9 n Y Stream 10 Stream 11 Stream 12 2 Select the required stream or all the streams The Product Stream Config Stream n screen appears Product Stream Config Stream 1 Identification IO binding ITi Control settings Volume conversion ALARMS Press OK to select 105557 Part No 4418 309 04 4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 97 Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 1 Product Stream Config Stream n Identification On the Product Stream Config Stream n scre
305. on Neutral Deadman bell DO EMR 13 A EMR13 no Signal Output DO EMR 13 B EMR common Neutral DO EMR 14 A EMR14 no Signal Output Secondary interface for DO EMR 14 B EMR common Neutral Actuator output Additive solenoid DO EMR 15 A EMR15_no Signal Output Low frequency Alarm shutdown slow switching Alarm indication AC or DC output Pump start DO EMR 15 B EMR common Neutral control Brodnctbiock DO EMR 16 A EMR16 no Signal Output valve Deadman callout DO EMR 16 B EMR common Neutral Deadman bell DO EMR 17 A EMR17 no Signal Output DO EMR 17 B EMR common Neutral DO EMR 18 A EMR18_no Signal Output Secondary interface for DO EMR 18 B Neutral Actuator output Additive solenoid Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical LO ID signal lame description Type functions DO EMR 9 A EMR9_no Signal Output Low frequency Alarm shutdown slow switching Alarm indication DO EMR 9 B EMR common Neutral AC or DC output Pump start DO EMR 10 A EMR10 no Signal Output control Product block valve DO EMR 10 B EMR common Neutral Deadman callout DO EMR 19 A EMR19 no Signal Output Deadman bell DO EMR 19 B EMR common Neutral DO EMR 20 A EMR20 no Signal Outp
306. on amp Operation Manual onevwell Enraf Operation Calibration Calibration Stream 2 Wizard 2 6 Sel start delay s Press to value 4 On the Calibration Stream n Wizard 2 6 screen enter the start delay time in seconds and then select lt Confirm gt A suitable delay time should be entered so that you can move to another place for example to observe the result until the process continues The Calibration Stream n Wizard 3 6 screen appears with the preset volume delay time in seconds and the progress status Calibration Stream 2 Wizard 3 6 Preset volume 71000 00 mi Start delay 35 Progress 0 00 ml Press to start calibration 5 Check the Progress bar to monitor the calibration progress 6 Select OK on the IR controller or LAD The countdown of the delay time starts After the expiration of the delay time the injection process starts Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 207 Operation Calibration The following screen appears which displays the progress of the Injection process on the progress bar Calibration Stream 2 Wizard 3 6 Presetvolume 1000 00 mi Start delay 0 s Bros ress 250 16 ml Pres ESC te abort callbration 7 After the process is completed the Calibration Stream n Wizard 4 6 screen appears on which the actual measured volume must be entered Calibration Stream 2
307. on Record Date Time Calibration id Bay Arm Presel volume Actual volume Metered volume Difference Original meter factor Mew meter factor IS EET EE ATO serial 09 M 14 Er 33 46 8 Hav 01 Arm 3 1000 00 mi 1002 00 ml 1001 90 ml 001 1 05000 LUV oe ARIDI Press to save on LAD m Selectthe calibration log for a product stream The Logs All Streams Calibration Record screen appears which displays the data of the flow meter calibration process It Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 158 Installation amp Operation Manual oneywell Enraf Operation Logs contains the current and the new meter factor value so that the precision of the flow meter can be checked Logs All Streams Calibration Record Dip _ _ _ Time Er 20 08 Calibration id si Bay Hav 01 Am Arm 1 Original meter profile Meter facto 0 99245 905 28 L min 1 01000 IE ETE TERTII Mew meler profile Meter Factor flowtate 099245 905 28 L min 1 021000 1000 00 L min 1500 00 L min Press to smua on LAD 5 11 3 Alarm On the Logs screen select lt Alarm gt and then select lt OK gt on the IR controller or the LAD The Logs All Streams Alarm Log screen appears which displays all the activated alarms with the date and time the alarm is recorded in the device Logs All Streams Alarm Log ld Alarm Batch Start error Part
308. on the product stream 1 it affects the loading arm 11 Hence L1 will have Display severity 5 Now if PS3 is activated it does not affect any loading arm as stream P3 is not associated to any loading arm However this alarm appears in the alarm screens and in the alarm log 6 If the alarm action for PS1 is changed from Display to Shutdown amp Display there is no effect at this point This is because the alarm action used in the MSC L is only sampled at the time the alarm is activated 7 If PS1 is deactivated it removes the last activated Display alarm for L1 and hence L1 changes to Alarm severity None 8 If PS1 is activated then it uses the configured Shutdown amp Display alarm action and brings the alarm severity of L1 to Shutdown amp Display 9 If a stream has an active alarm then it is not allowed to associate the stream to a loading arm or to dissociate from a loading arm You need to try and clear the alarms first or reboot the MSC L after the faulty re configuration is made Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Alarm Handling Alarm Output Configuration Prolite Crirical alarm Dre Foce im L raw on bleck White on du 4 a ie So EET Em uw Hep e cr ER ERR Y ouem Lv The loading progress bars at the left side of the screen display an icon which indicates the s
309. on voltage 2500 Vac Switching level External DC 5 30 Voc voltage Switching level V External DC 0 8 Voc voltage Switching current lew 10 mA Input switching frequency 10 kHz Input on time Tow 50 Us Input off time Torr 50 Us 3 8 3 Single Pulse Input 3 8 3 1 Functional Description The function of the Single Pulse Input is to accept pulse signals from a product stream single pulse flowmeter or an additive stream single pulse flowmeter Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 3 40 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Input Functions FIGURE 3 25 illustrates the simplified block diagram of the Single Pulse Input connections External equipment CAN ARM MSC 5V CN135 E PULSE A 3 COMMON S x NPN open collector emitter d Load computer PLC or TAS d or External equipment CAN ARM MSC 5V CN135 E dee e gt 2 Voltage free contact 0V x FIGURE 3 25 Single Pulse Input connections NOTE The connector CN135 used in the illustration refers to the connector on the backplane that connects to QPI1 This is only an example Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honevwell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 41 System Description Input Functions 3 8 3 2 Characteristics Item Minimum Typical
310. onn JP5 Spare FlexConn JP6 CAN bus termination m JP7 to JP16 Jumper for Electro Mechanical Relay contacts setting Position Description Relay contacts normally open Relay contacts normally closed 3 6 2 CAN PSF MSC 3 6 2 1 Functions The function of the CAN PSF MSC is to convert single phase AC main voltage into multiple DC voltages This powers the other modules in the MSC L and also provides DC power to external devices such as flow meters temperature sensors and so on On the system level two separate Power Supply Units PSUs operate the sharing current The two PSUs make the system powering redundant One PSU is able to power the complete system at maximum temperature See FIGURE 3 21 for the functions of the MSC L AVOC isolated ARMI i avec isotetea ARNE 12VDC otalari ARMI NDG ARM 4 n f ee IM i k r T P ARMI ARMI contri Input FIGURE 3 21 CAN PSF MSC functions Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 3 32 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description PCB Layout 3 6 2 2 Power Board Connection The CAN PSF MSC is mounted inside the MSC L Ex d box through a DIN41612 F type 48 pins connector It is mounted on the ARM x BACKPLANE MSC and connected to AC input and DC outputs The heat generating components are conducted to the enclosure A mechanical cooling method
311. onnector FIGURE 4 35 4 7 6 25 AC Cable 10 Gland 25 Amoured Unshielded Cable AC cable 10 gland 25 DO EMR 21 A DO EMR 21 B DO EMR 22 DO EMR 22 B DO EMR 23 A DO EMR 23 B DO EMR 24 A DO EMR 24 B DO EMR 25 A DO EMR 25 B DO EMR 26 DO EMR 26 B DO EMR 27 A DO EMR 27 B DO EMR 28 A DO EMR 28 B DO EMR 31 A DO EMR 31 B DO EMR 32 A DO EMR 32 B DO EMR 33 A D O EMR 33 B DO EMR 34 A DO EMR 34 B DO EMR 35 A DO EMR 35 B DO EMR 38 A DO EMR 36 B DO EMR 37 DO EMR 37 Bi DO EMR 38 A DO EMR 38 B De stination Alarm Outputs Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Installation Wiring Termination Guidance DC Cable 12 Gland 26 Armoured Unshielded C able Cable gland DO EMR 38 DO EMR 38 B DO EMR 40 A DO EMR 40 A 40 B 40 FIGURE 4 36 DC cable 12 gland 26 4 7 7 ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC Terminal Assignment Guide The following table provides information for the basic function assignment to specific terminals Majority of the MSC L functions can be assigned to multiple 1 0 To complete the installation bind each function to its within the Configuration menu Floor plan Terminal ID Signal name Signal description Typical functions EMHR1 no Signal Output EMR common Neutral EMR2 no
312. ons calibrations and alarms Year Month Day Note By default the current date appears To change the default date enter the year month and day With this entity you can select the actual time that is used for time stamping of transactions calibrations and alarms Hour Minute Second Note By default the current time appears To change the default time enter the hour minute and second Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 2 Device Configuration I O Binding 1 On the Device Configuration screen select lt 1 0 binding The Device Configuration I O Binding screen appears Device Configuration 1 0 Binding Chul puts Prese OK to salect 2 On the Device Configuration I O Binding screen select each entity to configure the MSC L 5 8 1 2 1 Device Configuration VO Binding Inputs On the Device Configuration I O Binding screen select Inputs following entity is displayed on the Device Configuration Inputs screen Description Value range Emergency shutdown With this entity you can select the Any of the unused DI DC n DI AC n QPI physical input of the emergency n Al n or None shutdown input The default value is lt None gt 5 8 1 2 2 Device Configuration l O Binding Outputs On the Device Configuration I O Bindin
313. ontiguration screen appears which displays the functions available for the device configuration Device Configuration General O binding Communication VO settings Alaris LH DITE LETT Base conditions Workflow settings RII Panel Prese OK t select 5 8 1 1 Device Configuration General 1 On the Device Configuration screen select General The Device Configuration General screen appears Device Configuration General Identification Units Display lime Prene OK to select 2 On the Device Configuration General screen select each entity to configure the MSC L Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 54 Installation amp Operation Manual oneywell Enraf Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 1 1 Device Configuration Identification The Device Configuration General screen select lt ldentification gt The following entities are displayed on the Device Configuration Identification screen Site name Description The name of the site at which the MSC is located Value range A text string of maximum 20 characters Device name The name of the MSC L This entity specifies a unique identification of the device by a text string A text string of maximum 8 characters WnM intended reboot required 5 8 1 1 2 Units of preset This entity denotes if the MSC L is W amp M intented Note You need to restart the MSC L after changing the entity
314. or an additive pulse input Can be linked to Any of the unused QPI 1A to QPI 6B for additive streams 1 to 12 Any of the unused QPI 7A to QPI 12B for product streams 13 to 24 Pump feedback With this entity you can select physical source for the pump feedback function Any of the unused DI DC n DI AC n QPI n Al n or None Tank low level switch With this entity you can select the physical source for the tank low level function Any of the unused DI DC n DI AC n QPI n Al n or None Tank empty switch With this entity you can select the physical source for the tank empty function Any of the unused DI DC n DI AC n QPI n Al n or None Additive temperature With this entity you can select the physical source for the additive stream temperature measurement RTD 1 RTD 2 RTD 8 RTD 4 RTD 5 RTD 6 Al 1 Al 2 Al 3 Al 4 Al 5 Al 6 Al 7 Al 8 Al 9 Al 10 Al 11 Al 12 Al 13 Al 14 None Block valve feedback With this entity you can select the physical source for the block valve feedback function Any of the unused DI DC n DI AC n QPI n Al n or None Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 123 Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 2 2 1 1 Pump Feedback m If the Pump feedback I O binding is defined then the controller should generate an error if the pump indication in
315. or configuration Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309_Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration Description Value range Response time With this entity you can set the time lt 0 gt lt 255 gt S seconds which is the time required for default 0 S the input to change from one state to other Alarm activation Idle With this entity you can set the state of None default the input when the MSC L is in idle Active state for the alarm function The MSC L lt Deactive gt state is in idle when the transactions are not started for loading process None The alarm is ignored Active Alarm occurs when the input state is active Deactive Alarm occurs when the input state is deactive Alarm activation Running With this entity you can set the state of None default the input when the MSC L is in running lt Active gt state for the alarm function After successful authorization and permissives gets connected to start a loading process the MSC L is in the running state and continues to be in this state till all the permissives are disconnected after the transactions are complete Deactive None The alarm is ignored Active The alarm occurs when the input state is active Deactive The alarm occurs when the input state is deactive Part No 4418 309 04 Fusion4
316. other parameters from the 5 8 1 1 3 2 Device Configuration Operational Screen menu Following is a sample screen where the operational label 2 and 3 are configured as Additive ppm 1 and Preset Arm 3 Load Progress Compartment f Recipe name DIESEL 266 2000 Load GOV 2 66 L Additive PPM 1 19 D Preset 2000 L nr rr T Press OK continue Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 253 Operation W amp M Compliance 5 19 2 Left Arm Pane The left pane displays the status of the arms Based on the license used the number of arms displayed in the left pane varies 1895 5200 1895 5200 1895 5200 IESS 3780 7500 MINI 0 0 7500 7500 The state of the arm is also indicated by the running stop or the pause symbol Following is a sample screen which shows the paused batch 00 05 Arm 1 Load Progress 974 1000 Compartment 1 Ba Recipe name 10 Blend GOV 1 100 L Load GOV 974 1 0 Flow rate min Press to continue 5 20 W amp M Compliance W amp M compliance of the MSC L is based on the following criteria m Configuration of the W amp M Intended entity m Sealing m Device Health 5 254 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation W amp M Compliance 5 20 1 5 20 2 NOTE Following sections explain the criteria i
317. output is set to ON lt Display shutdown gt he alarm appears on the display The alarm indication output is set to ON The alarm shutdown output is set to ON e Running batch is stopped lt Display pause gt The alarm is shown on the display The alarm indication output set to ON The alarm shutdown output is set to ON e Running batch is paused On the Device Configuration Alarms screen select each entity to configure the alarms Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 77 Operation System Configuration alarm action 5 8 1 5 1 Device Configuration Alarms Scheduled Service On the Device Configuration Alarms screen select lt Scheduled service gt The following entities are displayed on the Device Configuration Alarms Scheduled Service screen Description Value range With this entity you can configure the lt Disabled gt alarm behavior in case this particular Display default alarm occurs Display shutdown Display pause Next scheduled service Entity IO binding 5 8 1 5 2 NOTE With this entity you can select the date Year when the next service activities should Months take place for the MSC L It is handled similar to an alarm and can be configured to a required alarm behavior Disable Display Display shutdown or Display pause Day Note By default 01 01 25 appea
318. parameters and the entities 4 Bay Configuration Includes configuring bay permissive For example overfill bay alarms and so on See 5 8 2 Bay Configuration for more information regarding the configuration of the parameters and the entities Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 249 Operation Service Technician Operations 5 18 3 Configuration File You can configure the MSC L using user interface but it can be time consuming Retrieving and installing the configuration file using the Fusion4 LAD is a time saving option that can be used effectively in situations where there are multiple MSC L devices with similar configurations Following are the XML based configuration file features m Retrieved and installed through the Fusion4 LAD m Prepared modified offline safe area m Contains all the configuration entities in the device except for the following e he workflow e he authorization databases e Recipes See FIGURE 5 41 for the contents of the configuration file lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY name Permissive board 20 funchon 4 entity 1031 index 11 datatype 0 size 10 comment gt 65535 321 1 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt FLEXCONN_ENTITY name Permissive board 20 function 4 entity 1031 index 12 datatype 0 size 10 comment gt 65535 321 1 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY name System interlock board 20 func
319. pe name compartment arm name and preset value If not an error message appears Batch details Recipe name DIESEL Compartment 1 Arm name Arm 1 Preset 2000 L Confirm gt 11 Select Confirm to perform the batch or select Cancel to cancel the batch 12 If confirmed press the Start button on the keyboard to commence the batch Press START The load another compartment prompt appears only if another batch can begin that is there is an idle arm and the maximum number of simultaneous batches has not been reached If a new batch cannot be planned then the running screen appears Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 240 Installation amp Operation Manual oneywell Enraf Operation Truck Driver Operations A message appears prompting you if another batch needs to be loaded Load another compartment WI TRT Prat 13 Perform any one of the following B Select Yes if you want to load another compartment The selected arm screen appears After entering all the details another batch can be started m Select No to go back to one of the following screens Running screen if there are batches still in progress e Transaction Overview screen if there are no batches in progress Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 241 Operation Truck Driver Operations Balance Icon Transaction det
320. ppears which displays the options to install and retrieve configuration on the SD card Transfer Configurations Install configuration Retrieve configuration Press to select The following entities are available the Transfer Configurations screen m Install configuration Select this option to install the configuration present on the SD card Retrieve configuration Select this option to save the present configu ration on the SD card Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 221 Operation Transfer 5 15 4 Events Logs On the Transfer screen select lt Events Logs gt to retrieve the events and logs from the MSC L The Transfer Events Logs screen appears which displays the options to retrieve the events and logs from the MSC L Transfer Events Logs Retrieve alarm logs Press to select The following entity is available on the Transfer Events Logs screen m lt Retrieve alarm logs gt Select this option to view the historian of the enabled device alarms Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 222 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Transfer 5 15 5 Calibration Records On the Transfer screen select lt Calibration records gt to view the calibration record details The Transfer Calibration Records screen appears which displays the options to v
321. pped controller I O function has good health and is active red mapped I O is inactive red blinking mapped I O has bad health off no I O mapping exists Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 9 Operation Service Tools 5 3 4 3 Special Function Key Only LAD User defined LAD functions such as transferring transactions to the LAD display of the diagnostics screen and calibration wizard process can be mapped to the F key You can configure the special function key through the HMI of the Fusion4 device Note The Fusion4 LAD special function key may not be applicable for all Fusion4 devices Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Operation Service Tools 5 3 4 4 SD Card NOTE Format the SD card before using it for the first time See section 5 16 6 Format SD Card for more infor mation about formatting the SD card The LAD contains an SD card slot which is located at the top front face of the LAD See FIGURE 5 7 FIGURE 5 7 SD card location in lid opened m The SD card uses a FAT file system to allow interpretability with Microsoft Windows platforms m The SD card is used for the storage of the following LAD firmware e LAD license key Generic recipes Configuration templates Device firmware e Langua
322. put Secondary DO EMR 38 B EMR_common Neutral interface for Actuator output Additive solenoid DO EMR 29 A EMR29_no Signal Output Low frequency Alarm shutdown slow switching Alarm indication DO EMR 29 B EMR Neutral AC or DC output Pump start DO EMR 30 A EMR30_no Signal Output control Product block valve DO EMR 30 B EMR Neutral Deadmancallout DO EMR 39 A EMR39 Signal Output Deadman bell DO EMR 39 B common Neutral DO EMR 40 A EMR4O no Signal Output Secondary DO EMR 40 B common Neutral interface for Actuator output Additive solenoid Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical ID gnar name description Type functions DO SSR 21 F SSr21 feed ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 21 O SSr21 sw ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection DO SSR 21 N N Neutral control feedback DO SSR 21 L L Live DO SSR 22 F SSr22 feed ac Feed DO SSR 22 N N Neutral Alarm indication Pump start DO SSR 22 L L Live Additive blocking valve DO SSR 23 F 55 23 feed ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 23 O SSr23 sw_ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection control
323. put is inactive after the pump demand is active m he allowable delay is defined by the Pump feedback timeout entity defined in the alarm settings submenu for this alarm 5 9 2 2 1 2 Tank Low Level Switch Supply tank level monitoring is useful in applications where a very small supply tank is used This is typical in portable or mobile applications such as truck mounted systems By monitoring a hardware input connected to a level switch in the supply tank the controller can detect when the level in the tank is nearing empty and take appropriate action This prevents the pump from running completely dry and prevents fueling operations from being interrupted mid load The tank level signals used should provide a simple form contact closure upon the detection of a low level in excess of some low point in the supply tank Consideration should be given to the pump intake position in the tank and to the amount of blend volume required for a normal fuel delivery The switch activation level should be positioned so that it is slightly higher than the level required for the normal delivery If the tank low level switch indicates low immediately upon the start of the delivery there is still an adequate volume in the tank to allow the delivery to complete prior to the pump inlet drawing air If the low level condition exists the MSC L can operate under normal condition To clear the tank low level signal the tank must be refilled
324. quipments user s manual for defined programmed functions The device automatically stops after 30 seconds if an activity is not performed This helps in preserving the battery life Maintenance and Troubleshooting In the unlikely event of a malfunction only a qualified service technician trained by Honeywell Enraf and with the knowledge of safety regulations for working in hazardous areas must be allowed to repair the MSC L Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Safety Safety Instructions for the IR Controller 2 4 7 Additional Information For additional information about Honeywell Enraf s solutions see the back cover of this manual to contact Honeywell Enraf or its representative 2 4 8 IR Controller Labels Honeywell Enraf GCHMC R CONTROLLER PROCESS CONTROL EQUIP 5R41 FOR USE N LISTED INTRINSICALLY SAFE CLASS GROUPS C D TEMP CODE 85D 118535 EEx lb A T4 WARNING SUBSTITUTION OF COMPONENTS MAY INPAIR INTRINSIC SAFETY AVERTISSMENT LA SUBSTITUTION DE COMPOSANTS PEUT SCOMPROMETTRE LA SECLIRITE IKNTRINSEQUE CAUTION USE ONLY 1 57 ALKALINE SIE BATTERIES TYPE 2402 DURACELL PANASONIC E24 RAYOVAC 2 EHERGIZER DOR RAYOVAC ONLY DO NOT OPEN BATTERY COMPARTMENT IN A HAZARDOUS AREA Honeywell Enraf FAREHAM ENGLAND TEL 44 0 1329 825823 GCHHC IR CONTROLLER EPSILON 07 ATEX 225
325. r 3 8 6 1 Functional Description 3 8 6 Resistance Temperature Detector The Resistance Temperature Detector RTD input allows the controller to read the temperature of a remotely connected PT100 resistance temperature detector FIGURE 3 28 illustrates the RTD connections The RTD input supports 3 wire connections and 4 wire connections Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf System Description Input Functions External equipment CAN ARM MSC CN141 RTD S 1 RTD COM 2 e 4 Wire xD RTD RTD POS E 3 RTD S 4 PT100 RTD element IEC 60751 0 3850 C Or External equipment CAN ARM MSC CN141 RTD S 1 RTD COM 2 e 3 Wire ADC gt RID RTD POS 3 4 e PT100 RTD element IEC 60751 0 3850 C FIGURE 3 28 RTD connections Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honevwell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 47 System Description Input Functions 3 8 6 2 3 8 7 3 8 7 1 The following RTD type is accepted RTDtype Connection PT100 3 wire or 4 wire Kelvin connection Alpha co efficient IEC 60751 0 385 O C 0 214 Q F DIN 43760 1 3 DIN DIN 43760 1 5 DIN DIN 43760 1 10 DIN The selection of 3 wire or 4 wire RTD type is performed in the software but the RTD must b
326. r all totals Clears all the totals Clear wild stream totals only Clears the wild stream totals Clear additive stream totals only Clears the additive stream totals Diagnostics Stream 1 Clear Tasks Clear all alarms Clear all totals Chaar wild stream totals only Clear additive stream totals only Press Ok to select 3 Select Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 179 Operation Diagnostics The Diagnostics Clear Task Additives screen appears Select the appropriate stream Diagnostics Clear Task Additives J Stream 1 DO stream 13 GE TETTE LJ Dye 2 Stream 14 SETTE Stream 15 _ Stream 4 C Stream 16 Stream 5 I Stream 17 I Stream 6 C Stream 18 Stream EU 19 BE QI Stream 20 _ Stream 9 21 J Stream 10 a Stream 2 CY Stream 11 I Stream 23 Stream 12 Lu Stream 2 The Diagnostics Stream n Clear Tasks screen appears which displays the following options to clear the tasks selected for the stream Clear all alarms Clears all the alarms on all the streams and device level alarms Clear all totals Clears all the totals Clear wild stream totals only Clears the wild stream totals Clear additive stream totals only Clears the additive stream totals Diagnostics Stream 1 Clear Tasks Clear all alarms Clear all totals Clear wild stream totals only Clear addi
327. r temperature effects is then used as an input to both MPMS 11 2 5 and 11 2 2 to calculate the equilibrium pressure and compressibility factor of the product at the observed temperature Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 109 Operation Stream Configuration C AU TION NOTE CAUTION 5 9 1 4 2 4 Determination of the product density at 60 F used as an input to MPMS 11 2 5 and 11 2 2 to derive compressibility factor is based on compensation for temperature effects only typically it is the only major contributing factor required for calculating compressi bility factor accounting for pressure effects would require iterative calculations Sometimes the containment vessel for the product contains means of altering the vapour pressure in the vessel to some value other than the equilibrium pressure Pe at the metering temperature Tm The difference between the calculated equilibrium pressure at the observed temperature and the actual measured pressure Pm in the vessel results in a pressure difference AP that is then used for calculating the compressibility factor Fp of the product at the observed conditions using MPMS 11 2 2 Finally the compressibility factor and the pressure differential between the observed pressure and the equilibrium vapour are used for calculating the CPL for blend product Table of valid ranges for this commodity group as stipula
328. r the transactions are complete None The alarm is ignored Active The alarm occurs when the input state is active Deactive The alarm occurs when the input state is deactive 5 8 2 4 Bay Configuration Permissives 1 On the Bay Configuration screen select lt Permissives gt The Bay Configuration Permissives screen appears Bay Configuration Permissives Grounding Pause Cyerfill Pause Vapour recovery Pause 2 Onthis screen the following entities are displayed Entity Description Value range Grounding With this entity you can configure the Pause default action taken when the grounding input lt Shutdown gt is detached lt Timeout gt lt Manual Reset gt Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309_Rev04 5 94 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration Entity Description Value range Overfill With this entity you can configure the Pause default action taken when the overfill input is Shutdown detached Timeout Manual Reset Vapour recovery With this entity you can configure the Pause default action taken when the vapor recovery Shutdown input is detached lt Timeout gt lt Manual Reset gt The various permissive types and the associated actions are described as follows 1 Pause If the physical input associated with the permissive is discon nected during loading all t
329. ration Arm 1 Stream 1 Wizard Enter thawrate Lf min Mackspace Confirm Jl _ dI 1 1 Press to enter character r a U qu ae 6 Enter the flowrate and then select lt Confirm gt The Calibration Arm n Stream n Wizard screen appears on which the start delay time in seconds must be entered A suitable delay time must be entered so that you can move to another 5 200 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual onevwell Enraf Operation Calibration place for example to observe the result until the process continues Calibration Arm 1 Stream 1 Wizard Set start delay s Press to confirm value 7 Enter the start delay in seconds and then select lt Confirm gt The Calibration Arm n Stream n Wizard screen appears with the Preset volume Flowrate Start delay time in seconds and the Metered Volume Callbratlon Arm 1 Stream 1 Wizard Preset volume 1000 00 Target flowrate 900 QOL min Flowrate 0 00 L min Start delay Metered Volume 0 001 Press Ok to start calioretion 8 Select OK on the IR controller or LAD to start the calibration The countdown of the delay time starts After the expiration of the delay time the calibration process starts Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 201 Operation Calibration Calibration frm 1
330. ray Yellow Mid Blue Light Blue Purple Green default Dark Green Brown Red Pink Gold Arm Configuration Arm n I O Bindings On the Arm Configuration Armi screen select lt I O binding The Arm Configuration Arm1 I O Bindings screen is displayed with the following entities The I O Bindings Input Parameters Description With this entity you can select the physical source for the alarm reset function NOTE The default value for all the Input entities are None Can be linked to Any one of unused Pulse Inputs QPI Ana log Inputs Al n Digital Inputs DC DI DC n Digital Inputs AC DI AC n or None RIT ack With this entity you can select the physical source for the RIT acknowledgment function Any one of unused Pulse Inputs QPI Ana log Inputs Al n Digital Inputs DC DI DC n Digital Inputs AC DI AC n or None RIT start With this entity you can select the physical source for the RIT start function Any one of unused Pulse Inputs QPI Ana log Inputs Al n Digital Inputs DC DI DC n Digital Inputs AC DI AC n or None RIT stop With this entity you can select the physical source for the RIT stop function Any one of unused Pulse Inputs QPI Ana log Inputs Al n Digital Inputs DC DI DC n Digital Inputs AC DI AC n or None Block valve feedback With this entity you can select
331. ream 2 ss ii T kk TI a Press to select Stream 1 L r Eu uU Peed FIGURE 5 11 Additive Stream Selection screen Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 18 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Menu and Navigation 5 4 6 FIGURE 5 12 Arm Selection For some of the entities available in the MSC L for example the Arm Configuration a specific arm needs to be selected When this menu is selected the respective screen appears on which you can select the required arm See the following screen for an example of the arm selection Arm Configuration Arm Selection DE Arm z a L_ Arma E 11 m Tr i L P Press OK to select Arm 1 A z Arm Selection screen Part No 4418 309_Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 19 Operation Menu and Navigation 5 4 7 Text Input Screen oee FIGURE 5 13 for a sample text input screen Device Configuration Site name Title bar Enter Site name Single line edit field Selected letter mnm al Press OK to enter character ps w 2 07 45 14 Device Configuration Site Enter Site name Letters grouped Numbers grouped Press OK to enter character FIGURE 5 13 Text Input screen Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 20 Instal
332. ream Selection 1 On the Calibration Arm n Stream Type Selection screen select Product stream selection The Calibration Arm n Product Streams screen appears Calibration Arm 1 Product Streams C DIESEL C HS DIESEL 75715 2 Select any one of the streams For example Stream 1 The Calibration Stream n Meter Profile Manual screen appears Calibration Stream 1 Meter Profile Manual Calibration Bieter Factor Floitrale 094235 5 728 L min 1 00000 100 00 l min Press to select 3 Select lt OK gt on the IR controller or LAD to select the calibration point The Calibration Stream n Edit Meter Profile Manual screen appears Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 190 Installation amp Operation Manual oneywell Enraf Operation Calibration Calibration Stream 1 Edit Meter Profile Manual ei Delete Update Press to select The following functions can be performed for the calibration e Add Adds a new calibration point to the meter profile Delete Deletes the selected calibration point Update Updates the selected calibration point e Saves Saves the meter profile generates Calibration Log record 4 If the Add function is selected then the Calibration Arm n Stream n Manual screen appears on which the flow rate must be entered Calibration Arm 1 Stream 1 Manual Enter thawrate LZ m
333. ream n Volume Conversion screen lt 1 gt lt 99 gt 5 default lt 5 gt s Is displayed with the following entities Description With this entity you can configure the VCF out of range alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range lt Disabled gt lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt lt Display pause gt default Non convergence With this entity you can configure the Non convergence alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs lt Disabled gt lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt lt Display pause gt default Supercritical fluid With this entity you can configure the Supercritical fluid alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs lt Disabled gt lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt lt Display pause gt default No reference fluids With this entity you can configure the No reference fluids alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Disabled Display Display shutdown Display pause default 5 118 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration Entity Memory allocation Description With this entity you can configure the Memory allocation alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range Disabled Display Display shutdown Display paus
334. red externally External equipment CAN ARM MSC CN128 24V Al 1 x 4 20MA Al 3 Analog Signal Temperature pressure transmitter 250Q 24V Common o External equipment CAN ARM MSC CN128 24V oc fi i Al al E Analog Signal External DC PENA power supply 2500 24V Common Al 2 e pressure transmitter FIGURE 3 27 Analog Input connections Active mode top and Passive mode bottom For non MID applications the Al can be used for temperature pressure or any other type of analog 4 20 mA signal measurement The Al interface is not intrinsically safe and external devices connected to the Al must conform to Ex d safety standards when used in a hazardous area Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual System Description Input Functions 3 8 5 2 Characteristics Minimum Typical Maximum Isolation i 500 VAC 23 0 24 0 42 5 Vpc 150 24 V Vpc 20 l oop ISO mA Nominal loop current range 4 20 mA Loop current measurement 0 25 mA range Maximum loop current 40 mA Rs 249 75 250 250 25 Q Bi 0 01 9e O Vrs 4 mv VREF 4 49775 4 5 4 50225 Voc Accuracy 1 0 Without external transmitte
335. ring the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L Pulse hardware fault The pulse input module detects the following error conditions Reading information from the Pulse Input processor e Pulse overflow errors BAD health of the pulse input function Pulse phase fault The dual pulse inputs are out of phase It is only possible if the MSC L is configured for quad pulse Tank low level A Tank low level signal is received This signal is received only when the I O binding input DI PI and so on are not active for the Tank low level input Tank empty A Tank empty signal is received This signal is received only when the I O binding input DI PI and so are not active for the Tank empty input Temperature sensor fault Temperature sensor fault is detected on the temperature sensor on the product stream Low temperature The instantaneous temperature is less than the configured limits High temperature The instantaneous temperature is greater than the configured limits Pressure sensor The pressure sensor fault is detected on the pressure sensor on the product stream Low pressure The instantaneous pressure is less than the configured limits High pressure The instantaneous pressure is greater than the configured limits Density sensor fault The density sensor fault is detected on the density sensor on the product stream Low density Th
336. ription Communication Functions FIGURE 3 38 illustrates the Ethernet connections using the external cables or Ethernet connections to the external devices External equipment CAN ARM MSC or CAN HMI MSC CNx Orange white RJ45 pin 1 1 ARM HMI_ETHER_TXP ETHERNET Orange RJ45 pin 2 2 ARM HMI ETHER PHY Green white RJ45 pin 3 c 3 ARM HMI ETHER RXP Green RJ45 pin 6 4 ARM HMI_ETHER_RXN RJ 45 CONNECTOR FIGURE 3 38 Ethernet complaint physical layer 3 10 3 2 Characteristics Minimum Typical Maximum Isolation 500 Vac Data transmission rate 10 100 mbps 3 10 3 3 Cable Specifications Item Minimum Typical Maximum Unit Cable length Cable characteristic 100 impedance Cable DC loop resistance lt 0 188 Cable capacitance 52 Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honevwell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 63 System Description Communication Functions Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Installation Mounting and Dimensions CHAPTER 4 INSTALLATION 4 1 Mounting and Dimensions For personal safety and for LVD compliance make sure that the structure on which the housing is mounted and the mounting parts support at least 200 kgs to provide permanent support to the device Following are
337. roprocessor 15 Digital Input DC DI DC circuits Converts switched DC signals into an isolated logic signal that can be read by the FlexConn microcontroller Analog Output AO circuit Converts signals from the FlexConn microcontroller into scaled 4 20 mA analog signals 4 Digital Output Solid State Relay AC DO Converts logic signals from the FlexConn generic microcontroller into SSR AC circuits isolated high voltage switched AC signals 10 Digital Output Electromechanical Relay Converts logic signals from the FlexConn generic microcontroller to AC or DC DO EMR AC or DC circuits switched high power AC or DC signals Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honevwell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 29 System Description PCB Layout AO 2 wire passive R CN1 R CN2 N K B 1 3 A e SO LU LU WW U LL WU In np 8 eR EF FEA AE E elz IU HU I 00 0 00 dy um du du OD DER DIR U38 Sm mun mom ims BB 0 I B B Dd B m FIGURE 3 19 CAN IN OUT MSC functions top and physical layout bottom Fusion4 MSC L
338. rosene Menu text displayed LS kerosene High sulfer kerosene HS kerosene E5 5 Alcohol based fuel E10 10 Alcohol based fuel API E10 E20 20 Alcohol based fuel API E20 B5 596 Bio blended diesel B10 1096 Bio blended diesel API B10 B20 2096 Bio blended diesel API B20 Used oil Used Oil Observation or monitoring well Monitoring well Vapor recovery Description Lead Replacement Petrol Vapor Recovery bp less For the E U related market select from the following list of symbols as defined in Code of practice for a product identifi cation system for petroleum products Energy Institute Menu text displayed Lead repl petrol Premium unleaded Petrol 95 octane PU petrol Super unleaded petrol 97 octane SU petrol 5 142 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Operation Arm Configuration Description Menu text displayed Symbol E5 5 ethanol 95 petrol EU E5 E5 E10 10 ethanol 90 petrol EU E10 E10 E20 20 ethanol 80 petrol EU E20 E20 DERV DERV E B5 596 FAME 95 diesel EU B5 B10 10 FAME 90 diesel EU B10 1 B20 20 FAME 80 diesel EU B20 2 Gas oil marked heating oil Gas Oil Fi Marine Gas Oil Marine Gas Oil MAR GO Ss Ultra low sulfur gas oil marked ULS gas oil
339. rs However to change the default date enter the year month and day Device Configuration Alarms Programmable Alarms On the Device Configuration Alarms screen select Programmable alarms The following entities are displayed on the Device Configuration Alarms Programmable Alarms screen The MSC L contains four device programmable alarms Programmable alarm 1 Programmable alarm 2 Programmable alarm 3 and Programmable alarm 4 When any of the device programmable alarm arises the MSC L stops or pauses all the running batches based on the configuration To clear the programmable alarm the programmable input must be connected disconnected based on the expected input state configured Then the alarm disappears and the MSC L resumes However it is not required to reset the condition with normal alarms You can configure Emergency Stop as the MSC L programmable alarm Description Value range With this entity you can select the Any of the unused QPI n Al n DI AC n physical input source for the DI DC n or None programmable alarm function The default value is None Alarm action With this entity you can configure the Disabled alarm behavior in case this particular Display lt Display shutdown gt lt Display pause gt default Alarm name With this entity you can configure the A maximum of 32 alphanumeric characters name of the alarm are allowed f
340. rs with the following entities Description With this entity you can select the byte order used for the data when Modbus protocols are used Value range Little endian default Big endian gt 5 8 1 3 1 5 Authorization Entity Database selection On the Device Configuration Serial COM n screen select lt Authorization gt The Device Configuration COM n Authorization screen appears with the following entities Description With this entity you can select the authorization database used to authorize users or objects connected to this device 5 8 1 3 2 Ethernet DHCP status Value range lt User gt default lt Object gt The following table lists the entities available for the Ethernet communication on the Device Configuration Ethernet ETH n screen Description With this entity you can enable the DHCP to use a dynamic IP address Value range Disabled default Enabled DNS server IP address With this entity you can configure the DNS server IP address default 0 0 0 0 Static IP address With this entity you can assign static IP address to the MSC L when the DHCP is disabled default 192 168 1 100 Gateway IP address With this entity the default gateway IP address can be entered default 0 0 0 0 Subnet mask With this entity the subnet mask can be entered default 255 255 0 0
341. rticular alarm select Ack and then press OK on the IR controller the LAD or the keyboard to acknowledge the alarm The state of the alarm changes to ACKNOWLEDGED and a new alarm log item is created OR Scroll to All alarms select lt Ack gt and then press OK on the IR controller the LAD or keyboard to acknowledge all the alarms The state of all the active alarms changes to ACKNOWLEDGED and new alarm log items are created To change the state of the alarm to ALARM gt on the Active alarm screen perform the following Scroll to the particular alarm select Reset and then press lt OK gt on the IR controller the LAD or the keyboard to reset the alarm The state of all the alarms changes to ALARM INACTIVE and a new alarm log item is created OR Scroll to the top to all the alarms select Reset and then press OK on the IR controller the LAD or keyboard to reset the Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Alarm Handling Alarm Logs alarms The state of all the active alarms changes to ALARM INACTIVE and a new alarm log item is created To reset all alarms through hardware the entity I O binding alarm reset input must be configured accordingly This allows you to reset all alarms on a particular arm A special function key can be assigned to the F key on the LAD to re enable the device Thi
342. rvice Technician Operations 5 248 Configuration Options 5 248 Configuration Order 5 248 Configuration File 5 250 Recipe Transfer using the Fusion4 LAD 5 251 Oda de rcx eR a 5 251 Loading Progress 5 251 LETA PANE uu us pap ce aq sa bane ea et 5 254 W amp M Compliance 5 254 W amp M 5 255 VV GI See MAC drenata 5 255 Device Health 5 256 MSC L W amp M compliance 5 256 Alarm eux scan cence wawa uama a persi 6 1 QO O sss c T 6 1 Basic CONCEDIS oss zs ususqa iii eee awaqku E ea 6 1 AL l INITIO nares a SIT 14 T7552 6 1 PAVIA SCODG acs aia wonder dore busua eg RR a we d ue 6 1 AD VANS arua am amu isa o was g a SD 6 2 AGIIOI 6 2 Date amp 6 3 Alarm eee wees 6 3 S ID REALTA LETI 6 3 Configuratio ssaa
343. s from a number larger than zero to zero then the alarm indication output is deactivated Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 6 5 Alarm Handling Operations on alarms 6 5 6 5 1 6 5 2 6 5 3 6 5 4 Operations on alarms A number of operations can be performed on alarms Not all operations are directly accessible However they are explained in the following sections to give a clear understanding of the way alarms work Raising For each alarm a specific raise conditions is periodically checked If the raise condition is met then a RaiseAlarm operation is performed A RaiseAlarm operation activates the alarm if the alarm is not active yet Clearing Clearing is performed through user interaction On the alarm screen or through external interfaces an individual alarm is selected and a ClearAlarm operation may be requested for that alarm The ClearAlarm operation causes the alarm to be deactivated However if the raise conditions for that alarm are still met the effect of the ClearAlarm operation is immediately overwritten by the RaiseAlarm operation Some alarms such as the Tank Low Level alarm perform automatic clearing For such alarms there is a raise condition and a clear condition that is periodically checked When the clear condition is met a ClearAlarm operation is performed and the alarm is deactivated In case of the Tank Low Level alarm the
344. s function Re enable device clears all the alarms on the device 6 7 Alarm Logs Any alarm state change that occurs is logged with a timestamp Alarms can have the following three states m Inactive default m Active m Acknowledged On the Alarm log screen all the alarm states that are changed can be examined 6 8 List of all alarms This section lists the alarms and their cause for the Device Bay Arm Product stream and Additive stream alarms 6 8 1 Device Alarms Service due reminder The Next scheduled service date has expired Programmable input 1 4 The programmable input state active de active does not match with the expected input state Deadman The operator does not press any key or the deadman refresh switch in the deadman callout time and the timer expires Power failure This transaction is not completed due to a power failure Emergency stop The emergency stop signal is active NEDAP communica tion failure The communication with the Nedap Reader is lost NEDAP battery Low The Nedap reader reports a low battery status Nexwatch communi cation failure The communication with the Nexwatch reader is lost A task called Block Task An internal software error occurred inside the device A reboot is required Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Alarm Handling List of
345. s required by MID and working documents of WELMEC A very stringent requirement is the EMC standard for industrial use of electronic equipment Electro magnetic noise might influence the measurement of the metering signal and this is not allowed to occur outside the maximum given accuracy Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 3 10 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description MID Compliance 3 2 4 3 2 5 System level Requirements With any new equipment legislation such as MID there is a raft of new issues and criteria that need to be understood by both those who are manufacturing the equipment and those who seek to utilise it In the downstream oil and gas sector the volume of that legislation is vast In the case of MID where the legislation crosses the boundaries of mechanical and electronic hardware software communications and reconciliation and reproduction of data correctly understanding the legislation can be particularly vexing For this reason the provision of system solutions is seen by many as the most efficient method of procuring equipment that is in compliance with their regulatory needs Instead of having to understand the individual technical requisites of each individual component of a system they only need to understand their end game I need an MID compliant ethanol blending system is far easier to define than specifying the individual technical specifications of
346. sec time in between DCV output updates default 300 msec DCV minimum pulse width With this entity you can configure the 50 msec 950 msec minimal time in between solenoid default lt 50 gt msec changes Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 104 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 4 5 9 1 4 1 Volume Conversion Volume Conversion Essential Information The MSC L volume conversions are meant for the conversion of the measured Gross Observed Volume GOV to the Gross Standard Volume GSV The GSV is defined at base reference conditions for temperature and pressure and hence it is suitable for highly accurate custody transfer of various products Volume conversion e GOV Gross Observed Volume volume at observed T P GSV Gross Standard Volume volume at baseT P CTL Correction for the effect of Temperature on Liquid CPL Correction for the effect of Pressure on Liquid Observed Product temperature Product pressure Product density Measured Configured Commodity group GOV Product volume Observed Calculated CTPL CTL CPL Calculated GSV Product volume Base Base temperature Base pressure Product density Lab Product temp Lab Product pressure Lab Thermal expansion factor Density input usage The MSC L implements volume conversions for the product groups
347. seconds in which the Leaking volume default 60 s limit is checked 5 9 2 4 2 No Additive On the Additive Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select No additive The Additive Stream Config Stream n No Additive screen is displayed with the following entities Description Value range Alarm action With this entity you can configure the Disabled default alarm behavior in case this particular Display alarm occurs Display shutdown Display pause No additive timeout With this entity you can set the time in 1 5 9 S seconds in which additive stream default 2 s pulses should be received when the solenoid is opened The additive stream pulses are not received after the configured number of retries and an alarm occurs depending on the Alarm action Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 130 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 2 4 3 No Pump Entity Alarm action On the Additive Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select No pump The Additive Stream Config Stream n No Pump screen is displayed with the following entities Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range Disabled default Display Display shutdown Display pause Pump feedback timeout With
348. sioning Arm Configuration Arm n I O Bindings Arm Configuration Arm n Alarms For information regarding the parameter and entity details see section 5 10 Arm Configuration Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 41 Operation Device Commissioning 5 6 2 4 Calibration Calibration Wizard Manual Calibration Manual alibration Arm n Product stream selection Product Strean Calibration Wizard Calibrati Product stream selection Prodi D1 1 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 42 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Device Commissioning Calibration Product Streams Stream n Wizard Enter preset volume L Enter flowrate L min Set start delay s Enter actual volume Overview of the calibra tion Calibration Arm n Stream n Manual Enter flowrate L min Enter meter factor Overview of the calibra tion Calibration Calibration Arm n Additive Streams Additive Streams Stream 1 Stream 2 Stream n Calibration Armn Calibration Stream n Wizard Enter preset volume ml Set start delay s Progress Enter actual volume ml New meter factor Overview of the calibra tion record Calibration Stream n Manual Enter new meter factor New meter factor Overview of the calibra tion record
349. sks 1 On the Diagnostics screen select lt Device tasks gt The Diagnostics Device Tasks screen appears which displays the options to reset tasks execute tasks and clear tasks Diagnostics Device Tasks J k j k Reset tasks Execute Lasks Clear tasks Presi to select 5 12 8 1 Reset Tasks 1 On the Diagnostics Device Tasks screen select lt Reset tasks gt The Diagnostics Reset Tasks screen appears which displays the following options to reset the device Re enable device Allows you to clear all the alarms and re enable the MSC L Reset device Allows you to reset the MSC L Reset to factory settings Allows you to reset to the default config uration settings 5 176 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Diagnostics e Format all memory Allows you to reset to the default configu ration settings and reset to the default calibration settings For example K factors and clear remove logs Diagnostics Reset Tasks Re enable device Reset device Reset to factory settings Formal all memory Press OR to select 5 12 8 2 Execute Tasks 1 On the Diagnostics Device Tasks screen select lt Execute tasks gt The Diagnostics Execute Task Arm Selection screen appears Diagnostics Execute Task Arm Selection iu Am 3 E 7 CE Press to select Arm 1 2 Select OK
350. st the high current condition For the MSC SHORTCUT BOARD board only the fuses are assembled and not the OE resistors The MSC SHORTCUT BOARD board has 22 fuses and the SSR output is connected to the MSC L load through the fuse The MSC SHORTCUT BOARD is directly interfaced to the backplane through the 48 pin connector The following table provides an example of the maximum dissipation of the boards based on the specific main voltage conditions for the particular region country for the site where the MSC L is installed Dissipation Description The dissipation is based on the maximum load CAN IN OUT MSC The dissipation is based on the maximum load CAN HMI MSC The dissipation is based on the maximum load Display KOE TX20D26VMOAAA The dissipation is based on the maximum load Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Number of boards CAN PSF MSC Internal dissipation is 0 2 53 6 10 7 W External 12 V dissipation is 0 2 24 4 8 W External 24 V dissipation is 0 2 24 4 8 W Boards Dissipation Description Total dissipation 73 9W 4 6 3 Disconnecting breaker device WARNING A readily accessible disconnecting breaker device with a 20 A fuse shall be incorporated external to the equipment 4 7 Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 1 Wiring Architecture m Ex
351. stances 3 7 Available Input Output Functions of the MSC L The following table lists the different types of interfaces supported by the boards Refer to I O block CAN ARM MSC CAN IN OUT MSC CAN HMI MSC Single Pulse Input DI Input Dual Pulse Input Quad PI Analog Input 4 20mA Active Passive Resistance Temperature Detector RTD Temperature Input 3 wire or 4 wire Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 3 36 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Available Input Output Functions of the MSC L Refer to I O block CAN ARM MSC CAN IN OUT MSC CAN HMI MSC section Digital Input AC Pulse Output DC Analog Output 4 20 mA Passive Digital Output Electromagnetic Relay DC Digital Output Electromechanical Relay AC or DC Digital Output AC Solid state relay RS 485 Communication 2 wire RS 485 Communication 4 wire Ethernet Communication For the configuration of these I O functions see CHAPTER 5 Operation Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honevwell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 37 System Description Input Functions 3 8 Input Functions 3 8 1 General The following table lists the electronic input functions supported by the the MSC L Input function Single Pulse Input DI DC Input I O block name CAN ARM MSC CAN IN OUT MSC Dual
352. sure Density sensor Low density High density Meter exceeded max flow Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 37 Operation Device Commissioning Additive Stream Config Stream n C B2 6 Additive Stream Config Stream n I O Bindings Additive Stream Config Stream n Control Settings Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 38 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Device Commissioning Additive Stream Config Stream n Alarms Leaking Valve Alarm action Leaking volume limit Leaking timeout period No Additive Alarm action No additive timeout No Pump Alarm action Pump feedback timeout Block Valve Fault Alarm action Feedback timeout Deviation Alarm action Aad volume deviation Num cycles for alarm Fixed Control fault Solenoid fault Pulse hardware Pulse phase Factored pulse out Temperature sensor Tank low level Tank empty For information regarding the parameter and entity details see section 5 9 Stream Configuration Part No 4418 309 Rev04 4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 39 Operation Device Commissioning 5 6 2 3 Arm Contiguration Arm Configuration Fusion4 MSC L 5 40 Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Operation Device Commis
353. t lt Identification gt The following entities are displayed on the Bay Configuration Identification screen Description Value range Bay name With this entity you can configure the A text string of maximum 20 characters name of the bay Use maximum 7 characters to view the complete name on the MSC L screen Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 90 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration 5 8 2 2 Bay Configuration I O Binding 1 On the Bay Configuration screen select l O binding The Bay Configuration I O Binding screen appears Bay Configuration 1 0 binding ITi Inputs Chul puts Press OK to Hed rJ 4 na 1054 49 2 On the Bay Configuration I O Binding screen select each entity to configure the MSC L 5 8 2 2 1 Bay Configuration I O Binding Inputs On the Bay Configuration I O binding screen select Inputs The following entities are displayed on the Bay Configuration I O Binding Inputs screen Description Value range Grounding With this entity you can configure the Any of the unused DI DC n DI AC n QPI physical source for the grounding input n Al n or None The default value is None Overfill With this entity you can configure the Any of the unused DI DC n DI AC n QPI physical source for overfill protection n Al n or None input The default value is lt None gt Vapour recover
354. t No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honevwell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 31 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 4 Recommended Cables Cable type XLPE SWA PVC 4C X 1 5MM 600 1000 V BS5467 Number of wires Function 230 Vac Mains Supply Input XLPE SWA PVC 4C X 1 5MM 600 1000 V BS5467 230 Vac Alarm Output XLPE SWA PVC 4C X 1 5MM 600 1000 V BS5467 230 Vac Permissive Input 3C X 0 75 MM YYNR PVC 230 Vac Digital Controlled Valve Output 3C X 0 75 MM YYNR PVC 230 Vac VAC Solenoid Supply Output BS5308 1X4X0 5 MM COL SCREEN SWA P1T2 PVC 12 Vpc Switched Output BS5308 1X4X0 5 MM COL SCREEN SWA P1T2 PVC 12 Vpc Switched Input BS5308 1X4X0 5 MM COL SCREEN SWA P1T2 PVC Analog Output maximum 24 V 3 2 24 mA BS5308 1X4X0 5 MM COL SCREEN SWA P1T2 PVC Analog Input maximum 24 V 3 2 24 mA BS5308 1X4X0 5 MM COL SCREEN SWA P1T2 PVC Analog Output maximum 24 V 3 2 24 mA BS5308 1X4X0 5 MM COL SCREEN SWA P1T2 PVC Pulse Output maximum 12 V 10 KHz BS5308 1X4X0 5 MM COL SCREEN SWA P1T2 PVC Pulse Input maximum 12 V 10 KHz BS5308 1X4X0 5 MM COL SCREEN SWA P1T2 PVC Analog input RTD maximum 24 V 1 5 mA BELDEN 9842 2PAIR 24AWG LSNH SWA ni 120 O RS 485 Serial Communication Interface BELDEN 9842 2PAIR 24AWG LSNH SWA ni 120 O RS 485 Serial Communication Interface CAT5E SWA FTP LSZH 24 AWG 4PAIR 10
355. tate of the loading arms The state of the loading arm is a combination of the loading state idle running and so on and the alarm severity of the loading arm From that icon the highest severity among the active alarms associated with the loading arm can be read rea Not seleried rari fiver alarm Gray cm ara Were right hand pane celecteri lab 6 4 Alarm Output Configuration In the MSC L two different alarm output bindings per loading arm can be configured These are m The alarm indication output can be set with Alarm indication I O binding entity m The alarm shutdown output can be set with Alarm shutdown I O binding entity The alarm shutdown output of a loading arm activates when the alarm severity of that loading arm becomes critical A critical severity is a severity that is equal to either Pause amp Display or Shutdown amp Display The reverse is also possible If the alarm severity of the loading arm becomes non critical then the alarm shutdown for that loading arm is deactivated The severity is non critical when it is not critical so it is either None or Display The de activation of the alarm indication output is dependent on the number of unacknowledged active alarms that affect the loading arm When the number changes from zero to a number larger than zero the alarm indication output is activated When the number change
356. ted GOV Accumulated GSV gt Remaining quantity Temperature Pressure Density Blend 1 GOV Blend 2 GOV Blend 3 GOV Blend 1 GSV gt Blend 2 GSV gt Blend 3 GSV gt Blend 1 ratio Blend 2 ratio Blend 3 ratio Additive 1 PPM Additive 2 PPM Additive 3 PPM Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Operation System Configuration Date display format 5 8 1 1 4 Device Configuration Time On the Device Configuration General screen select Time The following entities are displayed on the Device Configuration Time screen Description With this entity you can select the format of the date Note The local site time must be configured synchronized in the MSC L to have all the transactions and the alarms being timestamped correctly in the local time The MSC L does not support Daylight Saving Time Value range lt DD MM YY gt default lt MM DD YY gt lt YY MM DD gt lt DD MM YYYY gt lt MM DD YYYY gt Note Only the first three selections are completely visible on the MSC L screen Time display format With this entity you can select the format of the time 12 hour 24 hour default Note Only the 24 hour selection is completely visible on the MSC L screen With this entity you can select the actual date that is used for time stamping of transacti
357. ted in MPMS 11 2 4 Fluid Property Minimum value Maximum value Temperature F Temperature C 60 0 F relative density Density at 15 0 C kg m Density at 20 0 C kg m Compensation for pressure effects should be used above 10 bar product pressure When density sensor input is used not all sets of observation values may result in a proper calculation values bound by stipulated ranges This is the expected behaviour for these calculations an exception is raised if a proper value cannot be calculated EN14214 2008 Commodity Group FAME Fatty Acid Methyl Esters There is currently no compensation for pressure effects for this commodity group Table of valid ranges for this commodity group Fluid Property Minimum value Maximum value Temperature C 20 0 60 0 Density at 15 0 C kg m 860 900 5 110 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309_Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 4 2 5 Volume Conversion Terms product lab sample density product lab sample temperature product lab sample pressure product thermal expansion factor at 60 F product metering conditions density measured or calculated product metering conditions temperature product metering conditions pressure product metering conditions volume product base conditions density
358. tes the module specific activities such as the data being transmitted or received m Voltage monitors and temperature sensors Used for internal diag nostics purposes Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 21 System Description PCB Layout 3 6 1 PCB Details 3 6 1 1 CAN HMI MSC 3 6 1 1 1 Functions The CAN HMI MSC board is used as the basic Human Machine Interface HMI for the MSC L The board supports various communication interfaces Ex i interfaces and the display interface control Following are the functions of the CAN HMI MSC board Function Description Display interface control Displays a 8 WVGA color display in the MSC L lid with battery backup Is used for the date and time stamping of the transaction data External backup battery is connected to the RTC to retain the real time information even when the main power of the MSC L is turned off Transaction storage memory Is the external non volatile memory for storage of the transaction details Display image memory Stores video data and it is interfaced to the Field Programmable Gate Array FPGA Power failure memory management Is the non volatile memory for storage of measured values as a protec tion against the power failure HHC IR interface Is the HHC IR interface for the Fusion4 IR Controller Ambient light sensor Is the device used for sensing the ambient l
359. the physical source for the block valve feebdack function Any one of unused Pulse Inputs QPI Ana log Inputs Al n Digital Inputs DC DI DC n Digital Inputs AC DI AC n or None Arm parked With this entity you can select the physical source for the arm parked function Any one of unused Pulse Inputs QPI Ana log Inputs Al n Digital Inputs DC DI DC n Digital Inputs AC DI AC n or None Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 135 Operation Arm Configuration 5 10 2 2 The I O Bindings Output Parameters NOTE The default value for all the Output entities are None Block valve control Description With this entity you can select the physical output for the block valve control function Can be linked to Any one of unused Digital Outputs DO SSR n or DO EMR n Pulse Outputs PO n or None Alarm indication With this entity you can select the physical output for the alarm indication function Any one of unused Digital Outputs DO SSR n or DO EMR n Pulse Outputs PO n or None Alarm shutdown With this entity you can select the physical output for the alarm shutdown function Any one of unused Digital Outputs DO SSR n or DO EMR n Pulse Outputs PO n or None Loading active With this entity you can select the physical output for the loading active function
360. the Diagnostics screen select Advanced The Diagnostics Advanced screen appears Diagnostics Advanced Load profile WEM info CAML into Press OK to select 2 Select lt Load profile gt The Diagnostics Load Profile Arm Selection screen appears Select the appropriate arm Diagnostics Load Profile Arm Selection Arm 1 3 AMI LI TUE Press OK to select amp rm 1 5 182 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual onevwell Enraf Operation Diagnostics The Load profile diagnostic screen appears which displays the target and actual flow rates of a currently active batch Diagnostics Arm 3 Load Profile ks APA F ADI 1 LU W gt 1 i esi i MITI i Boe 2002 r pa a UL ka wd 776 1000 E i D J ET 3 Select W amp M info The Diagnostics W amp M Info Stream Selection screen appears Select the required stream The W amp M Information Product Stream n screen appears which displays the intermediate volume conversion calculations values W amp M Information Product Stream 3 Commodity group D1250 04 Refined Prod Lables nelerte N A Base temperature 15 00 r Base pressure kPa Compensation used Temperature amp pressure Observed temperature 5500 A 7C Observed pressure 40 amp kPa Observed density Lala 1000 0 kg m Observed temperature Lat 15 00
361. the LAD when an upgrade file is downloading B Do not perform the update procedure during a power outage as this can cause problems and or make the device unusable 5 228 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation LAD Functions 3 On the LAD screen select Firmware update to either update the firmware of the MSC boards or LAD firmware itself The LAD Firmware Upgrade screen appears LAD Firmware Upgrade Fusion device 4 Select Fusion4 device to update the files The Select File screen appears 0 0 FM IN QUI APP bin FM HMI FC APP bin FM ARM FC APP bin FA HMI bin Prese OK to salect 5 On the Select File screen select the firmware files in the following order to update the files The Transfer Progress screen appears for the particular file selected displaying the progress of the file download and the status of the installation in the LAD Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 229 Operation LAD Functions a FM IN OUT APP bin if required The total time for the firmware update file is 35 seconds approximately fthere are more than one CAN IN OUT MSC boards firmware on all those boards gets updated simultaneously Update the file only if it is available b FM ARM FC APP bin The total time for the firmware update file
362. the initial flowrate alarm The initial flowrate high alarm is raised if the actual flowrate during the initial flow stage is above the configured initial flowrate by high percentage value 5 10 7 1 2 Full Flow Alarms Entity Alarm action Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs 1 0 99 99 default 5 0 96 Value range Disabled default Display Display shutdown Display pause Alarm start delay With this entity you can configure a delay after which the MSC L starts monitoring the full flow rate alarm after the load profile enters the full flow state 0 lt 255 gt s default 5 S Low percentage With this entity you can configure the low percentage value for monitoring full flowrate alarm The full flowrate low alarm is raised if the actual flowrate during the full flow stage is below the configured full flowrate by low percent age value 1 0 99 99 default 5 0 High percentage With this entity you can configure the high percentage value for monitoring the full flowrate alarm The full flowrate high alarm is raised if the actual flow rate during the full flow stage is above the configured full flowrate by high per centage value 1 0 99 99 default 5 0 96 Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf F
363. the mechanical features of the MSC L 1 An enclosure box with a hinged lid which allows M10 1 5 g6 fixing bolts The weight of the MSC L is 53 8 kgs The width is 525 mm 20 67 inches depth is 265 mm 10 43 inches and the height is 344 mm 13 54 inches 525 m 20 67 inches Shaft 7 50 h13 mm 0 295 h 0 512 inches Thread M10x1 5 g6 Type ISO 4762 Material A2 70 Torque 33 Nm 22 12 Ib ft 25 077 lb ft 2 An Ex flame path by means of an internal flange Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 1 Installation Mounting and Dimensions 3 31 bolts and one sealing bolt as illustrated in the following figure 4 An O ring positioned inside the lid as illustrated in the following figure NOTE The standard material for the O ring is NBR 70 Shore A as it is used in the current application of Honeywell Enraf For more demanding applications and environments a special ring is available gt O ring 5 Wall mounting facilities There are four wall mounting bolts as illus trated in the following figure The size of the bolts is M10 1 5 g6 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Mounting and Dimensions 6 Base mounting facilities The base mounting holes are located on the right side and the left side of the MSC L as illustrated in the fo
364. the transaction hap pened Transaction Start Time The time at which the transaction began sampled from RTC entity Transaction Start Date The date when the transaction began Sampled from RTC entity Transaction Stop Time The time at which the transaction ended sampled from RTC entity Transaction Stop Date The date when the transaction ended sampled from RTC entity Preset Type This specifies if the preset value is expressed as volume or mass value Bay Number The number of the bay the device is installed in Communications Mode It expresses if the transaction is done in Local No Communications or Remote Communications to TAS Mode User Language The language used by operator during transaction Contract ID A string that represents the Contract or Order Num ber Vehicle ID A string that uniquely identifies the vehicle used in the transaction Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 218 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Transfer Transaction Record Description Parameter Batch Details Batch Number The batch number associated with the current batch record Batch Start Time The time at which the batch began sampled from RTC entity Batch Start Date The date when the batch began sampled from Batch Stop Time The time at which the batch ended sampled from RTC
365. tion Units of mass Description Transaction volume General MSC L BoL Description With this entity you can select the engineering units for mass Pound Value range Kilogram default Metric ton Long ton UK Short ton US The following table lists the units that are displayed on the device screen Liter Cubic meter Cubic centimeter Cubic decimeter US Gallons UK Gallons Barrel Range min Range max 999999 99 999 99999 999999990 999999 99 99999 999 99999 999 9999 9999 6 ds 2 3 ds 5 9 6 ds 2 5 ds 3 5 ds 3 4 ds 4 Transaction volume MSC L running idle screens Liter Cubic meter Cubic centimeter Cubic decimeter US Gallons UK Gallons Barrel 99999999 99999 999 8 5 ds 3 99999999000 11 99999999 9999999 9 9999999 9 999999 99 8 7 ds 1 7 ds 1 6 ds 2 Accumulated total volume Liter Cubic meter Cubic centimeter Cubic decimeter US Gallons UK Gallons Barrel 99999999 99999 999 8 5 ds 3 99999999000 11 99999999 9999999 9 9999999 9 999999 99 8 7 ds 1 7 ds 1 6 ds 2 Transaction additive vol ume Milliliter Cubic centimeter 999999 99 999999 99 6 ds 2 6 ds 2 Accumulated total addi tive volume Liter Cubic meter Cubic centimeter Cubic decimeter US Gallons UK Gallons Barrel cm dm3 gal gal bbl 99999 999 99 999999 99999999 99999 999 99999 999 99999 999
366. tion 4 entity 1045 index 1 datatype 0 size 10 comment gt 0 0 0 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt FLEXCONN ENTITY name System interlock board 20 function 4 entity 1045 index 2 datatype 0 size 10 comment gt 0 0 0 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY name System interlock board 20 funchon 4 entity 1045 index 3 datatype 0 size 10 comment gt 0 0 0 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt FLEXCONN ENTITY name System interlock board 20 functon 4 entity 1045 index 4 datatype 0 size 10 comment gt 0 0 0 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY name System interlock board 20 function 4 entty 1045 index 5 datatype 0 size 10 comment gt 0 0 0 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt FLEXCONN ENTITY name System interlock board 20 function 4 entity 2 1045 index 6 datatype 0 size 10 comment gt 0 0 0 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt FLEXCONM ENTITY name System interlock board 20 function 4 entibys 1045 index 7 datatype 0 size 10 comment gt 0 0 0 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt FLEXCONN ENTITY name System interlock board 20 function 4 entity 1045 index 8 datatype 0 size 10 comment gt 0 0 0 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY name System interlock board 20 function 4 entity 1045 index 9 datatype 0 size 10 comment gt 0 0 0 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt FLEXCONN ENTITY name System interlock board 20 function 4 entity 1045 inde
367. tive stream totals only Freez OR to select Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 180 Installation amp Operation Manual oneywell Enraf Operation Diagnostics 5 12 9 Maintenance 1 On the Diagnostics screen select Maintenance The Diagnostics Maintenance screen appears which displays the option to view the switch counts Diagnostics Maintenance Switch count Press to sel ect m o THETA 2 On the Diagnostics Maintenance screen select Switch count The Diagnostics Maintenance Switch Count screen appears which displays the switch count that maintains the number of times the digital output is switched ON or OFF DO SSR switch count provides an indication for the duration of an external connected device for example solenoid It can also provide indication for the duration of an Electro Mechanical Relay EMR Diagnostics Maintenance Switch Count DO SSR 1 4 DO SSR 3 0 a DO 558 4 W 06558 5 0 ij DO SSR 6 DO 533R 0 9 DO S3R 8 Xx 55R 9 0 JE EX 558 10 eh a Du 55R 12 Magd JM Sa 2 j DO EMR 3 0 Fj DO EMR 4 DO EMR 5 0 Zi DO EMEBE 6 DO FMR 7 0 8 0 N Do EMR 9 0 Z7 DO EMR 10 Mi exi 13 0 E 00 556 14 0 DO SSR 15 0 j DO SSR 16 0 DO 55R 21 0 N DO 55ER 22 0 Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 181 Operation Diagnostics 5 12 10 Advanced 1 On
368. to the compartment at the Initial Flow Rate to ensure that the risk of static discharge is eliminated Batch initial quantity 0 L to 1000000 L default 300 L With this entity you can determine the volume before the end of the batch at which the flow rate must be adjusted to dispense the exact quantity requested Batch pre stop quantity Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 136 Honeywell Enraf Operation Arm Configuration Batch clean arm quantity Description With this entity the amount of the unblended main product at the end of a batch can be determined The flow rate to obtain this volume is not defined though it is still restricted due to the lim itations mentioned previously How ever blending during delivering the clean arm volume is not permitted Value range 0 L to 1000000 L default 300 L Minimum preset quantity With this entity the minimum preset quantity can be configured Presets entered below this value are not accepted for a valid batch default 0 L Maximum preset quantity With this entity the maximum preset quantity can be configured Presets entered above this value are not accepted for a valid batch default 30000 L Initial flowrate With this entity the rate at which the final product is initially filled into the container until the delivered volume
369. treams to an arm then an error message appears mentioning that all product streams are used These streams are not physical streams but abstract placeholders which can configure a stream Each stream must also have an associated flow meter CAUTION Be aware that the stream configuration is limited by the remaining free pulse inputs In the MSC L there are always un configured and not allocated streams left Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 138 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Arm Configuration Arm Configuration Arm 1 Product Streams zi Stream 1 Arm Confi guration Error All product streams are used Stream 11 mam 12 4 ITAL 5 10 5 Arm Configuration Arm n Additive Streams 1 On the Arm Configuration Arm1 screen select lt Additive stream selection gt The Arm Configuration Armi Additive Streams screen appears 2 Select the required stream and press OK The checkbox is enabled To clear the checkbox press OK again NOTE Streams that are bound to the Arm have the checkbox enabled Streams that are bound to another arm are dimmed One Arm can have maximum of 12 additive streams If you try to assign more than 12 streams to an arm then an error message appears These streams are not physical streams but abstract placeholders to be able to configure a stream Each stream must also have an associated flow meter the re
370. ts outputs display for the state as High Low Provides the values of all output channels digital and analog which can be set explicitly Outputs can be operated manually to activate control and test the field equipment This function is extremely useful for commissioning the device Provides the internal memory usage overview Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 161 Operation Diagnostics On the Diagnostics screen you can view the diagnostics of the following features Diagnostics Alarms Dashboard System health Process data Storage into Accumulated total Comms info Device tasks Maintenance Advanced Prese OK t select Alarms Provides the options to reset and acknowledge the alarms Dashboard Provides an overview of all the I O functions System health Provides an overview of the system health Process data Provides an overview of the process data such as accumulated totals flow rate temperature and so on for each of the selected screen m Storage info Provides an overview of the available memory space for data logs and the total number of available logs m Accumulated totals Provides an overview of the accumulated totals of the product streams and additive streams m Comms info Provides an overview of the diagnostic information related to the available serial and ethernet ports in the system m Device tasks Provid
371. ty The EX IO HMI MSC L board is an interface between the keyboard the LAD outside the enclosure and the HMI board The keyboard contains the following functions 1 16 keypad switches on the MSC L enclosure These switches are connected to the enclosure 2 A switch that is connected to the WnM slider on the MSC L enclosure 3 An LAD connector CN1 where field connections from the external LAD module are connected 4 A HMI connector CN2 which is interfaced to the CAN HMI MSC board See the following figure for more details gt EX 10 HMI MSC PCB WAM switch FIGURE 5 5 Keyboard The following table describes the functionality of the individual keys on the keyboard Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 6 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Service Tools Key name Image Description ESC Select the ESC key to return to the previous screen NOTE Hold the ESC key to enter the Service Technician logon screen DEL Select the DEL key to clear the values entered OK Select the OK key to select the item in focus and confirm the value NOTE Hold the OK key to enter the Service Technician logon screen and check the alarms or stream details Numeric Keys 0 9 Select any of the numeric keys to enter the numerical values START Select the START key to start a batch after it is setup STOP Select the STOP key to stop all the run ning batches
372. ubic decimeter per minute US Gallons per minute UK Gallons per minute Barrel per minute L min m min cm min dm min gal min gal min bbl min 999999 99 999 99999 999999990 999999 99 99999 999 99999 999 9999 9999 6 ds 2 3 ds 5 9 6 ds 2 5 ds 3 5 ds 3 4 ds 4 Additive Flow rate Milliliter per min ute Cubic centimeter per minute ml min cc min 999999 99 999999 99 6 ds 2 6 ds 2 Part No 4418 309_Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 1 3 Device Configuration Display 1 On the Device Configuration General screen select lt Display gt The Device Configuration Display screen appears Device Configuration Display General settings Operational screen Prese OK to sala ct 2 On the Device Configuration Display screen select each entity to configure the display for the MSC L 5 8 1 1 3 1 Device Configuration General Settings On the Device Configuration Display screen select General settings The following entities are displayed Entity Description Value range Display brightness With this entity you can enter the 0 low 100 high brightness of the display The default 75 96 brightness is controlled by the backlight of the display Auto brightness adjustment With this entity you can enable the auto
373. usion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 147 Operation Arm Configuration Entity Alarm action 5 10 7 1 3 Pre stop Flow Alarms Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range lt Disabled gt default lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt lt Display pause gt Alarm start delay With this entity you can configure a delay after which the MSC L starts monitoring the full flow rate alarm after the load profile enters from full flow state to pre stop state 0 lt 255 gt s default 5 S Low percentage With this entity you can configure the low percentage value for monitoring the prestop flowrate alarm The Prestop flowrate low alarm is raised if the actual flowrate during the prestop stage is below the configured prestop flowrate by low percentage value 1 0 99 99 default 5 0 High percentage Entity IO binding With this entity you can configure the high percentage value for monitoring the prestop flowrate alarm The Prestop flowrate low alarm is raised if the actual flowrate during the prestop stage is above the configured prestop flowrate by high percentage value 5 10 7 2 Programmable Alarms Description With this entity you can select the physical input source for the programmable alarm function 1 0 99 99 default 5 0
374. usion4 MSC L architecture overview Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 13 System Description FlexConn Modules Ec terminating resistor FIGURE 3 7 3 4 3 4 1 FlexConn Modules General One of the main characteristics of the FlexConn architecture is the placement flexibility of the FlexConn modules The backbone of this concept is the serial Control Area Network CAN bus to which each FlexConn module connects CAN HMI MSC CAN IN OUT MSC CAN ARM MSC FlexConn CAN bus concept Each FlexConn module has one or more specific functions as follows A sensor function Measures or calculates a process value or obtains a process value from a connected external instrument An application function Controls the high level operation of a device For example stream control flow control or device control An Input Output I O function Controls digital output or reads digital input from instruments around the loading framework A communication function Ensures the communication with a communication interface unit or with a DCS SCADA tank inventory or another terminal automation system A display function Ensures communication with the module s through an HMI Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Hardware Structure 3 5 Hardware Structure For details on the h
375. ut Secondary DO EMR 20 B EMR_common Neutral interface for Actuator output Additive solenoid DO SSR 1 F SSr1_feed_ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 1 O SSr1 sw ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection DO SSR 1 N N Neutral control feedback DO SSR 1 L L Live DO SSR 2 F SSr2_feed_ac Feed DO SSR 2 N N Neutral Alarm indication Pump start DO SSR 2 L L Live Product block valve Additive blocking valve DO SSR 3 F SSr3_feed_ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 3 O SSr3 sw_ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection control feedback DO SSR 3 N N Neutral DO SSR 3 L L Live DO SSR 4 F SSr4 feed ac Feed DO SSR 4 N N Neutral Alarm indication Pump start DO SSR 4 L L Live Product block valve Additive blocking valve Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan ID Signal Typical Terminal description functions Signal name SSr5_feed_ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid AC output Additive injection N Neutral control feedback L Live SSr6 feed ac Feed 55 5 sw ac Signal Output Alarm shutdown SSr6 sw ac Signal Output Alarm indication N Neutral Pump start Product block L Live valve Additive blocking valve mr O Ti Z O T
376. ut losing a single transaction in standard operating conditions Alternatively the MSC L can have its transaction data securely downloaded through the Fusion4 LAD Local Access Device This allows the MSC L to have its memory cleared in preparation for the storage of another 10 000 transactions The transactions subsequently transferred to the LAD can then be manually transferred to any peripheral system for storage or printing through the SD card Finally the preferred method is to link the MSC L through Comms to the Fusion4 Portal software package When connected all the transaction data are scanned and collected by Portal from each device The transaction record is stored and can be printed directly or distributed through OPC to third party systems for separate reconciliation The Fusion4 Portal BoL Print facility is fully MID compliant and therefore can facilitate a stand alone blending infrastructure that meets all the MID requirements Along with the MID print functionality and the OPC capability built in modules for the Portal software suite also include remote configuration remote event monitoring and alarm handling and advanced LAD interaction tools System Architecture The MSC L is installed as per the Honeywell Enraf s proprietary FlexConn architecture The MSC L is a member of Fusion4 portfolio of Loading Automation and Control products The MSC L system is built up of interchangeable hardware modules These modules cons
377. v04 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description MID Compliance MID essentials flow accuracy FIGURE 3 4 Component level requirements flow accuracy In the metering line the essential parts of the system are the flow meter the temperature sensor and the load controller itself The flow meter physically measures the flow and generates pulses which are related to the volume passed through the meter For reliability the pulses are dual phase shifted and are constantly checked by the electronic load controller for integrity according to and ISO Through the temperature sensor transmitter the metered volume can be corrected to base temperature of either 15 C 60 F or 20 C 68 F in accordance with the ASTM standards If a temperature transmitter is applied then component level requirements must also have an evaluation certificate For the temperature sensor Pt100 it is not required Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honevwell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 9 System Description MID Compliance MID essentials T D P accuracy Sensor sve m ove Pressure PS MPa 30 kPa 40 kPa 1sPs2MPa 3 4 5 FIGURE 3 5 Component level requirements Temperature and Pressure accuracy The load controller evaluation is quite complex but in principle it has to comply with the security of signal and data handling a
378. ve Volume accumulated on the additive stream meter within the leaking timeout period is more than the leaking Volume limit when the stream is idle or in between injections No additive The number of retries no additive timeout is elapsed after the additive pulses stop during a batch As soon as the additive solenoid opens the timer no additive timeout starts No pump The pump feedback signal is not detected within the pump feedback timeout It is only possible if the I O binding for the pump is ON OFF and the pump indications are configured Block valve fault The block valve feedback signal is not detected within the block valve feedback timeout It is only possible if the I O binding for the block valve is ON OFF and the block valve indications are configured Low volume deviation The average of the additive injection volume calculated over the configured number of cycles is lower than the additive deviation percentage The alarm is evaluated after every injection With the entity Additive volume deviation the acceptable deviation can be set With the entity Number of cycles before deviation alarm evaluation the number of additive injection cycles that are used for calculating the average of the injection volume for the deviation calculations can be set High volume deviation The average of the additive injection volume calculated over configured number of cycles exceeds the additive deviat
379. wered connections Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Honevwell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 57 System Description Output Functions MSC FUSE BOARD External equipment CNx L N A a AC Mains supply e Fuse 1 5A T CAN ARM MSC or CAN IN OUT MSC CNx SSrx feed ac SSrx_sw_ac gt LOAD Solid State Relay Typical load is additive solenoid or blend DVC FIGURE 3 34 Solid State Relay Self powered connections Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309_Rev04 3 58 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Output Functions CAN ARM MSC or CAN IN OUT MSC External equipment CNx Fuse SSRx feed_ac 1 5A T L gt N VA AC CO SSRx sw ac B LOAD Solid State Relay N FIGURE 3 35 Solid State Relay Externally powered connections 3 9 6 2 Characteristics Isolation voltage Minimum Typical Maximum Operating voltage Operating frequency Output steady state load current Maximum output power Output surge load current Off state output leakage current Off state output dV dt Switching time Control voltage must turn on Control voltage must turn off Control current Part No 4418
380. witched AC signals Analog Output AO 4 20 mA Passive cir cuit Converts signals from the FlexConn microprocessor into scaled 4 20 mA analog signals 2 COMMS circuits 2 wire The RS 485 serial communication block which can be configured as a 2 wire circuit allows the MSC L to communicate with external devices through an RS 485 compliant connection An ETHER circuit The Ethernet communication block allows the FlexConn microprocessor to communicate with external devices through an Ethernet physical com pliant layer 3 Resistance Temperature Detector RTD 3 wire or 4 wire circuits Converts the temperature data from a remotely connected PT100 RTD into a resistance value that can be read by the FlexConn microcontroller and then converted back into a temperature value Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Honeywell Enraf System Description PCB Layout AO Quad PI Dire ie act pass passive RTD 3 wire or 4 wire COMMS Ethernet 2 wire isolated isolated FlexConn generic ext RAM FIGURE 3 17 CAN ARM MSC functions top and physical layout bottom Part No 4418 309 Rev04 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 27 System Description PCB Layout 3 6 1 2 2 Component Locations EEDEL BET TIT DD DI U
381. x 10 datatype 0 size 10 comment gt 0 0 0 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY name System interlock board 20 funcbon 4 entty 1045 index 117 datatype 0 size 10 comment gt 0 0 0 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt lt ENTITY name System interlock boardz 20 function 4 entity2 1045 index 12 datatype 0 sizes 10 comments 530 U U 0 U FLEXCONN ENTITY gt FLEXCONN ENTITY name Alarm reset board 20 function 4 entity 1035 index 1 datatype 0 size 10 comment 0 0 0 0 U FLEXCONN ENTITY FLEXCONN ENTITY name Alarm reset board 20 funcbon 4 entity 1035 index 2 datatype 0 size 10 comment gt 0 0 0 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt FLEXCONN ENTITY name Alarm reset boardz 20 function 4 entity 1035 index 3 datatype 0 sizez 10 comment gt 0 0 0 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt FIGURE 5 41 Configuration file The following table provides the description of the fields in the configuration file Name The name of the entity as it appears on the MSC L Content The description of the enumeration options otherwise empty Value The value of the entity For details regarding the installation or retrieving a configuration refer to the section Transfer 5 15 3 Configurations Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev04 5 250 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Running Screens 5 18 4 Recipe Transfer using the Fusio
382. y With this entity you can configure the Any of the unused DI DC n DI AC n QPI physical source for the vapor recovery n Al n or None input The default value is None 5 8 2 2 2 Device Configuration Binding Outputs On the Bay Configuration I O binding screen select Outputs The following entities are displayed on the Bay Configuration I O Binding Outputs screen Description Value range Bay active With this entity you can configure the Any of the unused DO EMR n DO SSR n output which indicates the bay active PO n or None The default value is None Part No 4418 309 04 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 91 Operation System Configuration 5 8 2 3 Bay Configuration Alarms 1 On the Bay Configuration screen select lt Alarms gt The Bay Configuration Alarms screen appears Bay Configuration Alarms Programmable alarms Press OK to select e S 1075574 can have the following alarm actions m Disabled The alarm is ignored m Display e he alarm appears on the display The alarm indication output is set to ON B Display shutdown he alarm appears on the display The alarm indication output is set to ON The alarm shutdown output is set to ON e Running batch is stopped Display pause e he alarm is shown on the display e The alarm indication output set to ON

Installation and Operation Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents